academic regulations, program structure and syllabus pdf/b-tech/me.pdf · academic regulations,...

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS,

PROGRAM STRUCTURE

AND SYLLABUS

For

B.Tech FOUR YEAR DEGREE PROGRAM (Applicable for the batches admitted from 2017-18)

( I to VIII Semesters )

ADITYA ENGINEERING COLLEGE An Autonomous Institution

Approved by AICTE, Affiliated to JNTUK & Accredited by NBA, NAAC with 'A' Grade Recognized by UGC under the sections 2(f) and 12(B) of UGC act 1956

Aditya Nagar, ADB Road, SURAMPALEM - 533 437

MECHANICAL

ENGINEERING

AR 17 Mechanical Engineering

Aditya Engineering College (A) 1

ABOUT ADITYA ENGINEERING COLLEGE

ADITYA ENGINEERING COLLEGE (AEC) was established in 2001 at

Surampalem, Kakinada, Andhra Pradesh in 125 Acres of pollution free and lush green

landscaped surroundings by the visionaries of Aditya Academy who are in the

glorious service field of education since last 33 years.

AEC believe in the holistic development of society at large and are

researching its efforts in multi-disciplinary activities. We shoulder the responsibility

of shaping the Intellect, Character and Physique of every student, because we believe

that these students would be the architects to develop a humanized and harmonious

society, and the nation as a whole.

Our vision is to impart education, in a conductive ambience, as comprehensive

as possible, with the support of all the modern technologies and produce graduates

and post graduates in engineering with the ability and passion to work wisely,

creatively, and effectively for the betterment of our society. It is our endeavor to

develop a system of Education which can harness students’ capabilities and the

muscles of the mind thoroughly trained to enable it to manifest the great feats of

intellectualism which it is capable of.

SALIENT FEATURES:

An Autonomous Institution.

Accredited by NAAC with “A” Grade in 2015 and NBA in 2008.

Recognized by UGC under sections 2(f) & 12(B).

Affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada.

Recognized by Scientific and Industrial Research Organizations (SIROs) of

Department of Scientific and Industrial Research, Ministry of Science and

Technology, Govt. of India.

Rated as “GOLD” Category institute by AICTE-CII Survey of Industry –

Linked Technical Institutes 2016.

Bagged Grade “A” (top grade) by the Govt. of A.P.

Dept. of Science and Technology under Technology Development Board has

sanctioned Incubation Centre and only one College in the state received this

financial Assistance.



Best Rankings & Ratings given to Aditya by reputed Magazines & journals in

their surveys :

Grade AAA by careers 360.

One of the best 20 Engineering colleges in India by The Sunday

Indian.

South India IV rank by Digital Mailers.

South India VI rank by Silicon India.

India 13th Rank out of top 25th Engineering Colleges by 4Ps.

Asia’s Top 100 colleges by WCRC Leaders.

Higher Education Review 35th Rank in India.

South India’s 68th Rank, India’s 99th Rank by the Week magazine.

8th Rank in providing high quality infrastructure out of 10 engineering

Colleges in India by The Week magazine and more …….

The college has students from 17 states across India & 13 foreign countries.

150+ foreign students.

Honored with Best Placement Award by Chief Minister of Andhra Pradesh.

Only one college in AP received Best Performance Award from Tech

Mahindra for its outstanding achievement in campus placements.

Remarkable achievement of campus placements in CMM Level 5 Companies

Students received Gold Medals at University level.

Offering most job potential engineering courses of Petroleum Engineering,

Mining Engineering, and Agricultural Engineering in addition to the regular

courses of Mechanical, Civil, and EEE, ECE, CSE and IT at UG, PG and

Diploma Levels.

Skill Development Centre with the collaboration of Govt. of A.P. (APSSDC)

Siemens Centre of Excellence Campus.

PMKVY Skill Development Centre Campus.

South India’s first Microsoft Ed-vantage Platinum Campus.

Campus of Microsoft innovation centre.

Adobe’s Centre of Excellence Campus.

Campus of CISCO Networking Academy.

MOU with 4 Foreign Universities.

MOU with Educational Consultants India Ltd., (EdCil).

On campus Nationalized Bank with 8 ATMs facility.

On campus hostels with world class infrastructure facilities & 50+ resident

staff.

Own transportation facility to pickup and drop the students and staff covering

all the villages in the District with more than 60 buses.



ACADEMIC REGULATIONS (AR17) Applicable for the students admitted from the academic year 2017-18 onwards

1. AWARD OF B. TECH. DEGREE

A student will be declared eligible for the award of B. Tech. Degree if he fulfills

the following academic regulations.

1.1 If he pursued a Programme of study in not less than four and not more than

eight academic years.

1.2 The student shall register for 180 credits and secure all the 180 credits.

2. PROGRAMMES OF STUDY

The following programmes of study are offered at present as specializations for

the B. Tech. programme with English as medium of Instruction.

S. No Branch Programme

code

01 Civil Engineering 01

02 Electrical and Electronics Engineering 02

03 Mechanical Engineering 03

04 Electronics and Communication Engineering 04

05 Computer Science and Engineering 05

06 Information Technology 12

07 Mining Engineering 26

08 Petroleum Technology 27

09 Agricultural Engineering 35

3. DISTRIBUTION AND WEIGHTAGE OF MARKS

3.1 The performance of a student in each semester shall be evaluated course -

wise with a maximum of 100 marks for both Theory and Practical

courses. The Industry-Oriented (Internship) Minor Project shall be

evaluated for 50 marks, Major Project work for 200 marks, Audit courses

for 50 marks and Employability Skills course for 50 marks.

3.2 For theory courses, the distribution shall be 40 marks for Sessional

evaluation and 60 marks for the End - Examinations. There shall be 2

Sessional examinations during the semester. The Sessional marks shall be

awarded by giving a weightage of 80% for best of the two Sessional



examinations and 20% for the other Sessional examination. The I

Sessional examination (Descriptive, Objective and Assignment) is

conducted for first 2 ½ units of syllabus and II Sessional examination for

the remaining 2 ½ units for each course in a semester. The weightage of

Sessional marks for 40 consists of Descriptive - 24, Objective -10

(Conducted at College level with 20 Multiple choice questions with a

weightage of ½ mark each) and Assignment - 06 (Theory, Design,

Analysis, Simulation, Algorithms, Drawing, Quiz, Term paper, Tutorial,

Surprise test, Seminar, Case study, Lab activity, Minor Project, etc. as the

case may be and for Physics-Virtual lab, for Mathematics - MATLAB).

For Assignment, the nature of test will be intimated by the concerned

faculty member at the beginning of the semester. The descriptive

examination is conducted for 90 minutes and the objective examination is

for 20 minutes. Each descriptive examination question paper shall contain

3 questions of equal marks and all questions need to be answered. The

Objective examination is conducted for 10 marks and descriptive

examination is conducted for 24 marks are to be added to the assignment

of 06 marks for finalizing Sessional marks of 40. The End examination is

conducted for 60 marks in duration of 180 minutes, which contains ten

questions, two questions are from each unit and each question may have

sub questions. The student has to write one question from each unit, each

question carries 12 marks.

3.3 For practical courses, there shall be continuous evaluation during the

semester for 40 Sessional marks and 60 End examination marks. The

Sessional 40 marks shall be awarded as, day-to-day work-15 marks,

observation and Record-10 marks and laboratory Exam -15 marks. The

End examination shall be conducted by the concerned teacher and

external examiner appointed by the Principal.

3.4 For design and / or drawing, (such as Engineering Drawing, Machine

Drawing) and estimation courses, the distribution shall be 40 marks for

Sessional evaluation (20 marks for day - to - day work, and 20 marks for

Sessional examination) and 60 marks for End examination. There shall be

two Sessional examinations in a Semester. The Sessional marks shall be

awarded by giving a weightage of 80% for the best of two Sessional



examinations and 20% for the other Sessional examination.

3.5 For audit courses, during a semester there shall be one examination for 50

marks for a duration of 180 minutes in which a student should get

minimum 40% of the marks for satisfactory, otherwise the student is

considered as not satisfactory. The examination is conducted by covering

the topics of all units, which contains five 10 marks questions with

internal choice from each unit and each question may have sub questions.

If a student failed to get satisfactory marks or is absent for examination,

he has to write the exam in that course when conducted next.

3.6 For Employability Skills (which includes Aptitude and Soft Skills) as an

audit course, during a semester there shall be an evaluation for 50 marks.

For Aptitude, an examination is conducted for 50 minutes with 50

questions carrying 25 marks (multiple choice questions weightage of ½

mark each). For Soft Skills, an activity based examination is conducted

for 25 marks. The marks obtained for Employability Skills is the sum of

marks obtained in Aptitude and Soft Skills together for 50. The student

should get minimum 40% of the marks for satisfactory; otherwise the

student is considered as not satisfactory. If a student failed to get

satisfactory marks or is absent for examination, he has to write the exam

in that course when conducted next.

3.7 For Employability Skills (which includes Aptitude and Soft Skills) as a

credit course, the exam is conducted for 50 marks in which 20 marks are

conducted for Sessional examination and 30 marks for Semester End

Examination. There shall be two sessional examinations during the

semester. For Aptitude, Sessional examination is conducted for 20

minutes with 20 questions (multiple choice questions weightage of ½

mark each) carrying 10 marks and for Soft Skills, Sessional examination

is conducted as activity based for 10 marks. The Sessional Marks for

Employability Skills is the sum of marks obtained in Aptitude and Soft

Skills together for 20. The final Sessional marks shall be awarded by

giving 80% weightage for the best of two Sessional examinations and

20% weightage for other Sessional examination. The Semester End

Examination for Aptitude, is conducted for 30 minutes with 30 questions

(multiple choice questions weightage of ½ mark each) carrying 15 marks



and for Soft Skills, it is conducted as activity based for 15 marks.

3.8 For Industry-Oriented (Internship) Minor Project, the students have to do

a project in collaboration with an industry of their specialization, during

the vacation after VI Semester End examination. However, the minor

project and its report shall be evaluated in VII Semester. The Minor

Project shall be submitted in report form and should be presented before

the committee, which shall be evaluated for Sessional marks of 50. The

committee consists of Head of the Department, Supervisor of the minor

project and a senior faculty member of the department. There shall be no

external evaluation.

3.9 For Major Project, 200 marks are awarded out of which 80 marks shall be

for Sessional Evaluation and 120 marks for the End Examination. The

Sessional Evaluation shall be on the basis of two seminars given by each

student on the topic of his major project and evaluated by an internal

committee that consists of Head of the Department, Supervisor of the

major project and one senior faculty of the department. The End

Examination (Viva-Voce) shall be conducted by the committee that

consists of an External Examiner (appointed by Principal from the panel

of three members given by HOD), Head of the Department and

Supervisor of the major project.

4. ATTENDANCE REQUIREMENTS

4.1 A student shall be eligible to write the End examinations if he acquires a

minimum of 75% of attendance in aggregate of all the courses.

4.2 Condonation of shortage of attendance in aggregate up to 10% (65% and

above and below 75%) on a medical grounds in a semester may be

granted by the College Academic Committee and a student can be

condoned for a maximum of three times only.

4.3 Shortage of Attendance below 65% in aggregate shall not be condoned.

4.4 Students whose shortage of attendance is not condoned in any semester

are not eligible to write their End examinations of that semester.

4.5 A fee of Rs. 500/- shall be payable towards condonation for shortage of

attendance.

4.6 A student will be promoted to the next semester if he satisfies the

attendance requirement of the present semester.



4.7 If any student fulfills the attendance requirement in the present semester,

he shall not be eligible for re-admission into the same semester.

4.8 A student who is shortage of attendance in a semester may seek re-

admission into that semester when offered within 2 weeks from the date

of the commencement of class work.

5. MINIMUM ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS

The following academic requirements have to be satisfied in addition to the

attendance requirements mentioned in item no.4.

5.1 A student is deemed to have passed a course and earns the credits allotted

to that course by securing not less than 35% of marks in the End

examination, and minimum 40% of marks of the total marks (sum of

Sessional marks and End examination marks).

5.2 A student will be promoted from IV semester to V semester, if he fulfills

the academic requirement of 50% of the credits up to IV semester from

all the examinations, whether or not the student takes the examinations.

5.3 A student shall be promoted from VI semester to VII semester if he

fulfills the academic requirements of 50% of the credits up to VI semester

from all the examinations, whether or not the students takes the

examinations.

5.4 All the credit courses shall be considered for calculation of SGPA and

CGPA.

6. PROGRAMME PATTERN

6.1 The entire programme of study is for four academic years and all the

years are in semester pattern.

6.2 A student is eligible to appear for the End examination in a course, but

absent from it or has failed in the End examination, may write the exam

in that course when conducted next.

6.3 When a student is detained for lack of credits / shortage of attendance, he

may be re-admitted into the same semester in which he has been detained.

However, the academic regulations under which he was first admitted

shall continue to be applicable to him.



7. AWARD OF DEGREE AND CLASS

After a student has satisfied the requirements prescribed for the completion of the

program and is eligible for the award of B. Tech. degree, he shall be placed in one

of the following four classes:

Class Awarded CGPA to be secured

From the

CGPA Secured

from 180

Credits

First Class with

Distinction ≥7.75with no course failures

First Class ≥6.75 with course failures

Second Class ≥5.75 to <6.75

Pass Class ≥4.75 to <5.75

7.1 Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA)

The following procedure is to be adopted to compute the Semester Grade

Point Average (SGPA) and Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA):

Range of Marks (%) Letter Grade Level Grade Point

≥ 90 O Outstanding 10

≥ 80 to <90 A+ Excellent 9

≥ 70 to <80 A Very Good 8

≥ 60 to <70 B+ Good 7

≥ 50 to <60 B Fair 6

≥ 40 to <50 P Satisfactory 5

<40 F Fail 0

- Absent 0

COMPUTATION OF SGPA

The SGPA is the ratio of sum of the product of the number of credits

with the grade points scored by a student in all the courses taken by a

student and the sum of the number of credits of all the courses undergone

by a student, i.e

)(

).()(

i

ii

iC

GCSSGPA

Where Ci is the number of credits of the ith course and Gi is the grade

point scored by the student in the ith course.

COMPUTATION OF CGPA

i. The CGPA is also calculated in the same manner taking into account



all the courses undergone by a student over all the semesters of the

programme, i.e.

)(

).(

i

ii

C

SCCGPA

Where Si is the SGPA of the ith semester and Ci is the total number of credits

in that semester.

ii. The SGPA and CGPA shall be rounded off to 2 decimal points and reported

in the transcripts.

iii. Equivalent Percentage = (CGPA - 0.75) x 10

8. MINIMUM INSTRUCTION DAYS

The minimum instruction days for each semester shall be 90 working days.

9. TRANSFER

9.1 Aditya Engineering College (AEC) proposes to practice JNTUK / State

government guidelines for transfer.

9.2 There shall be no branch transfers after the completion of the admission

process.

10. WITHHOLDING OF RESULTS

If the student not paid any dues to the college or involved in indiscipline activities,

his result will be withheld.

11. TRANSITORY REGULATIONS

11.1 Discontinued or detained students are eligible for readmission as and when

next offered.

11.2 The readmitted students will be governed by the regulations under which

the student has been admitted.

11.3 a) In case of transferred students from other Universities / colleges, the

credits shall be transferred to AEC as per the academic regulations and

course structure of the AEC.

b) The students seeking transfer to AEC from various other

universities/institutions have to obtain the credits of any equivalent courses

as prescribed by college. In addition the transferred students have to pass

the failed courses at the earlier institute.

12. GENERAL

12.1 Wherever the words "he", "him", "his", occur in the regulations, they

include "she", "her", "hers".



12.2 The academic regulations should be read as a whole for the purpose of any

interpretation.

12.3 In case of any doubt or ambiguity in the interpretation of the above rules,

the decision of the Academic Council is final.

12.4 The college may change or amend the academic regulations or syllabi at

any time and the changes or amendments made shall be applicable to all the

students with effect from the dates notified by the college.

***



ACADEMIC REGULATIONS (AR17) LATERAL ENTRY Applicable for the students admitted into III semester from the Academic Year 2018-19 onwards

1. AWARD OF B. TECH. DEGREE

A student will be declared eligible for the award of B. Tech. Degree if he

fulfills the following academic regulations:

1.1 If he pursues a course of study in not less than three academic years and

not more than six academic years.

1.2 The student shall register for 133 credits and secure all the 133 credits.

All the credit courses shall be considered for calculation of SGPA and

CGPA.

2. PROMOTION RULE

2.1 A student shall be promoted from VI semester to VII semester if he

fulfills the academic requirements of 50% of the credits up to VI

semester from all the examinations, whether or not the student takes the

examinations.

3. AWARD OF CLASS

After a student has satisfied the requirement prescribed for the completion of

the program and is eligible for the award of B. Tech. degree, he shall be placed

in one of the following four classes:

4. All the other regulations applicable to B. Tech Programme remain the

same for B. Tech Lateral Entry also.

***

Class Awarded CGPA to be secured

From the CGPA

Secured from 133

Credits

First Class with

Distinction ≥7.75 with no course failures

First Class ≥6.75 with course failures

Second Class ≥5.75 to <6.75

Pass Class ≥4.75 to <5.75



MALPRACTICES RULES

Disciplinary Action for /Improper Conduct in Examinations

The Chief controller of examinations shall refer the cases of malpractices in Sessional

and End Examination to an Enquiry Committee constituted by him / her. The

Committee will submit a report on the malpractice allegedly committed by the student

to the Chief Controller of Examinations. The Chief Controller of Examinations along

with the members of the Committee is authorized to impose a suitable punishment, if

the student is found guilty as per the following guidelines.

Nature of Malpractices /

Improper conduct

Punishment

If the candidate

1(a) Possesses or keeps accessible in

examination hall, any paper, note

book, programmable calculators,

Cell phones, pager, palm computers

or any other form of material

concerned with or related to the

course of the examination (theory

or practical) in which he is

appearing but has not made use of

(material shall include any marks

on the body of the candidate which

can be used as an aid in the course

of the examination)

Expulsion from the examination hall

and cancellation of the performance in

that course only.

(b) Gives assistance or guidance or

receives it from any other candidate

orally or by any other body

language methods or communicates

through cell phones with any

candidate or persons in or outside

the examination hall in respect of

any matter.



that course only of all the candidates

involved. In case of an outsider, he will

be handed over to the police and a case

is registered against him.

2 Has copied in the examination hall

from any paper, book,

programmable calculators, palm

computers or any other form of

material relevant to the course of

the examination (theory or

practical) in which the candidate is

appearing.



that course and all other courses the

candidate has already appeared

including practical examinations and

project work and shall not be permitted

to appear for the remaining

examinations of the courses of that

Semester.

3 Comes in a drunken condition to

the examination hall.







to appear for the remaining




Semester

4 Smuggles in the Answer book or

additional sheet or takes out or

arranges to send out the question

paper during the examination or

answer book or additional sheet,

during or after the examination.







for the remaining examinations of the

courses of that Semester. The candidate

is also debarred for two consecutive

semesters from class work and all End

examinations. The continuation of the

course by the candidate is course to the

academic regulations in connection with

forfeiture of seat.

5 Leaves the exam hall taking away

answer script or intentionally tears

of the script or any part thereof

inside or outside the examination

hall.









is also debarred for two consecutive

semesters from class work and all End


course by the candidate is subject to the


forfeiture of seat.

6 Possess any lethal weapon or

firearm in the examination hall.









is also debarred and forfeits of seat.

7 Impersonates any other candidate in

connection with the examination.

The candidate who has impersonated

shall be expelled from examination hall.

The candidate is also debarred and

forfeits the seat. The performance of the

original candidate, who has been

impersonated, shall be cancelled in all

the courses of the examination

(including practical and project work)

already appeared and shall not be

allowed to appear for examinations of

the remaining courses of that

semester/year. The candidate is also



debarred for two consecutive semesters

from class work and all University


course by the candidate is subject to the


forfeiture of seat. If the impostor is an

outsider, he will be handed over to the

police and a case is registered against

him.

8 Refuses to obey the orders of the

Chief controller of examinations /

Observer / any officer on duty or

misbehaves or creates disturbance

of any kind in and around the

examination hall or organizes a

walk out or instigates others to walk

out, or threatens the officer-in-

charge or any person on duty in or

outside the examination hall of any

injury to his person or to any of his

relations whether by words, either

spoken or written or by signs or by

visible representation, assaults the

officer-in charge, or any person on

duty in or outside the examination

hall or any of his relations,

or indulges in any other act of

misconduct or mischief which

result in damage to or destruction or

property in the examination hall or

any part of the College campus or

engages in any other act which in

the opinion of the officer on duty

amounts to use of unfair means or

misconduct or has the tendency to

disrupt the orderly conduct of the

examination.

In case of students of the college, they

shall be expelled from examination halls

and cancellation of their performance in


candidate(s) has (have) already appeared

and shall not be permitted to appear for

the remaining examinations of the

courses of that semester. The candidates

also are debarred and forfeit their seats.

In case of outsiders, they will be handed

over to the police and a police case is

registered against them.

9 If student of the college, who is not

a candidate for the particular

examination or any person not

connected with the college indulges

in any malpractice or improper

conduct mentioned in clause 6 to 8.

Student of the colleges expulsion from

the examination hall and cancellation of

the performance in that course and all

other courses the candidate has already

appeared including practical

examinations and project work and shall

not be permitted for the remaining


semester/year. The candidate is also

debarred and forfeits the seat.



10 Uses objectionable, abusive or

offensive language in the answer

paper or in letters to the examiners

or writes to the examiner requesting

him to award pass marks.

Cancellation of the performance in that

course.

11 Copying detected on the basis of

internal evidence, such as, during

valuation or during special scrutiny.

Cancellation of the performance in that

course and all other courses the

candidate has appeared including

practical examinations and project work

of that End examination.

12 If any malpractice is detected which

is not covered in the above clauses

1 to 11 shall be reported to the

Chief controller of examinations for

further action to award suitable

punishment.



Ragging Prohibition of ragging in

educational institutions Act 26 of 1997 Salient Features

Ragging within or outside any educational institution is prohibited.

Ragging means doing an act which causes or is likely to cause Insult or

Annoyance of Fear or Apprehension or Threat or Intimidation or outrage of

modesty or Injury to a student

Imprisonment Upto Fine Upto

+ + +

+

+

+

6 Months

Teasing,

Embarrassing and

Humiliation Rs. 1,000/-

Assaulting or Using

Criminal force or

Criminal intimidation Rs. 2,000/-

1 Year

Wrongfully restraining

or confining or causing

hurt

Rs. 5,000/- 2 Years

Causing grievous hurt,

kidnapping or Abducts

or rape or committing

unnatural offence

Rs. 10,000/- 5 Years

Causing death or

abetting suicide Rs. 50,000/- 10 Years

In Case of Emergency CALL TOLL FREE NO. : 1800 - 425 - 1288

LET US MAKE ADITYA A RAGGING FREE CAMPUS



Ragging ABSOLUTELY

NO TO RAGGING

1. Ragging is prohibited as per Act 26 of A.P.

Legislative Assembly, 1997.

2. Ragging entails heavy fines and/or imprisonment.

3. Ragging invokes suspension and dismissal from

the College.

4. Outsiders are prohibited from entering the College

and Hostel without permission.

5. Girl students must be in their hostel rooms by 7.00

p.m.

6. All the students must carry their Identity Cards

and show them when demanded

7. The Principal and the Wardens may visit the

Hostels and inspect the rooms any time.

In Case of Emergency CALL TOLL FREE NO. : 1800 - 425 - 1288

LET US MAKE ADITYA A RAGGING FREE CAMPUS



VISION & MISSION OF THE COLLEGE

VISION

To induce higher planes of learning by imparting technical education with

International standards, Applied research, Creative ability and Value based instruction

to emerge as a premier institute.

MISSION

Achieving academic excellence by providing globally acceptable technical education

by forecasting technology through

- Innovative research & development

- Industry institute interaction

- Empowered manpower

VISION & MISSION OF THE DEPARTMENT

VISION

To be a nationally preferred knowledge hub in Mechanical Engineering department

with commitment towards academics, research, innovation and critical thinking.

MISSION

M1: Produce competent, responsible Mechanical Engineering graduates by

imparting quality and value based education.

M2: Inculcating strong mathematical & computing fundamentals among

students that form the baseline for modern day solutions with emphasis on

design and development.

M3: Prepare graduates to solve real time engineering problems using

professional knowledge and skills.

M4: MoU’s with world class educational institutions and R&D organizations

for excellence in teaching, research and consultancy services.

****



PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

Graduates of the Program will

PEO 1 Progress in professional career with a solid foundation in mathematics,

science and engineering.

PEO 2 Solve real time engineering problems using professional knowledge and

skills resulting in significant societal development.

PEO 3 Demonstrate multidisciplinary skills to analyze engineering issues in a

broader perspective with ethical responsibility towards sustainable

development.

PEO 4 Demonstrate interpersonal skills, leadership and team building to achieve

their career goals, pursue lifelong learning and higher education necessary

for successful profession.

PROGRAM OUTCOMES (POs)

After successful completion of the program, the graduates will be able to

PO 1

Apply knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering fundamentals and

an engineering specialization to the solution of complex engineering

problems.

PO 2

Identify, formulate, research literature and analyze complex engineering

problems, reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of

mathematics, natural sciences and engineering sciences.

PO 3

Design solutions for complex engineering problems and design systems,

components or processes that meet specified needs with appropriate

consideration for public health and safety, cultural, societal, and

environmental considerations.

PO 4

Conduct investigations of complex problems using research-based

knowledge and research methods including design of experiments,

analysis and interpretation of data, and synthesis of information to provide

valid conclusions.

PO 5

Create, select and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and modern

engineering and IT tools, including prediction and modelling, to complex

engineering activities, with an understanding of the limitations.

PO 6

Apply reasoning informed by contextual knowledge to assess societal,

health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities

relevant to professional engineering practice.

PO 7

Understand the impact of professional engineering solutions in societal

and environmental contexts and demonstrate knowledge of, and need for

sustainable development.

PO 8 Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and

responsibilities and norms of engineering practice.

PO 9 Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader in diverse

teams and in multidisciplinary settings.

PO 10

Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the

engineering community and with society at large, such as being able to

comprehend and write effective reports and design documentation, make

effective presentations, and give and receive clear instructions.



PO 11

Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of engineering management

principles and apply these to one’s own work, as a member and leader in a

team and to manage projects in multidisciplinary environments.

PO 12

Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to engage in

independent and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological

change.

PROGRAM SPECIFIC OUTCOMES (PSOs)

After successful completion of program, the graduate will be able to

PSO 1

Design a mechanical engineering system (or) components and processes

that meet the specified needs with appropriate consideration for public

health and safety.

PSO 2

Conduct experiments and perform analysis by using research methods such

as design of experiments, synthesizes the information and to provide valid

conclusions.

PSO 3

Select and apply appropriate techniques from the available resources and

current mechanical engineering and software tools such as Auto CAD,

Ansys Catia etc,.

Mission of the department – PEOs mapping

PEOs Statements M1 M2 M3 M4

PEO 1: Progress in professional career with a solid

foundation in mathematics, science and engineering. 3 3 3 2

PEO 2: Solve real time engineering problems using

professional knowledge and skills resulting in

significant societal development.

3 3 3 3

PEO 3: Demonstrate multidisciplinary skills to analyze

engineering issues in a broader perspective with

ethical responsibility towards sustainable

development.

3 3 3 3

PEO 4: Demonstrate interpersonal skills, leadership and

team building to achieve their career goals and

pursue lifelong learning and higher education

necessary for successful profession.

2 2 2 2

Note:

Bloom’s Taxonomy

Knowledge Level

Knowledge Level

Representation

Remember K1

Understand K2

Apply K3

Analyse K4

Evaluate K5

Create K6

Mapping / Correlation levels

1: Slight (Low)

2 : Moderate (Medium)

3 : Substantial (High)



PROGRAM STRUCTURE I SEMESTER

Course

Code

Course Title Course

Component

Total Number of contact hours

Credits

(C)

Lecture

(L)

Tutorial

(T)

Practical

(P)

Total

Hours

171HS1T01 English - I HSS 3 1 --- 4 3

171BS1T01 Mathematics - I BS 3 1 2 6 3

171HS1T02 Environmental Studies HSS 2 1 --- 3 2

171BS1T03 Engineering Chemistry BS 3 1 --- 4 3

171ES1T02 Engineering Mechanics ES 3 1 --- 4 3

171ES1T01 Computer Programming ES 3 1 --- 4 3

171HS1L01 English Communication

Skills Lab - I HSS --- --- 3 3 2

171BS1L01 Engineering Chemistry Lab BS --- --- 3 3 2

171ES1L01 Computer Programming Lab ES --- --- 3 3 2

TOTAL 17 6 11 34 23

II SEMESTER

Course

Code

Course Title Course

Component


Credits

(C)

Lecture

(L)

Tutorial

(T)

Practical

(P)

Total

Hours

171HS2T03 English - II HSS 3 1 --- 4 3

171BS2T02 Mathematics - II BS 3 1 --- 4 3

171BS2T06 Mathematics - III BS 3 1 2 6 3

171BS2T07 Engineering Physics BS 3 1 --- 4 3

171ES2T03 Engineering Drawing ES 3 --- 3 6 3

171ES2T05 Basic Electrical and

Electronics Engineering ES 3 1 -- 4 3

171HS2L02 English Communication

Skills Lab – II HSS --- --- 3 3 2

171BS2L02 Engineering Physics Lab BS --- --- 3 3 2

171ES2L02 Engineering Workshop And

IT Workshop ES --- --- 3 3 2

TOTAL 18 5 14 37 24

BS: Basic Sciences; HSS: Humanities and Social Sciences; ES: Engineering Sciences; PC: Professional

Core; PE: Professional Elective; OE: Open Elective; SS: Self Study Course; PR: Project.



III SEMESTER

Course

Code

Course Title

Course

Component


Credits

(C)

Lecture

(L)

Tutorial

(T)

Practical

(P)

Total

Hours

171ES3T13 Metallurgy and Material

Science ES 3 1 --- 4 3

171ES3T11 Mechanics of Solids ES 3 1 --- 4 3

171ES3T12 Thermodynamics ES 3 1 --- 4 3

171HS3T04 Managerial Economics

and Financial Analysis HSS 3 1 --- 4 3

171ES3T14 Fluid Mechanics and

Hydraulic Machinery ES 3 1 --- 4 3

171ME3T01

Computer Aided

Engineering Drawing

Practice

PC 3 --- 3 6 3

171ES3L05 Basic Electrical and

Electronics Lab ES --- --- 3 3 2

171ES3L06 Mechanics of Solids and

Metallurgy Lab ES --- --- 3 3 2

171HS3A09 Professional Ethics and

Human Values HSS 2 --- --- 2 ---

171HS3A10 Employability Skills - I HSS 2 --- --- 2 ---

TOTAL 22 5 9 36 22

IV SEMESTER

Course

Code

Course Title

Course

Component


Credits

(C)

Lecture

(L)

Tutorial

(T)

Practical

(P)

Total

Hours

171ME4T02 Kinematics of Machinery PC 3 1 --- 4 3

171ME4T03 Thermal Engineering - I PC 3 1 --- 4 3

171ME4T04 Production Technology PC 3 1 --- 4 3

171ME4T05 Design of Machine

Members - I PC 3 1 --- 4 3

171ME4T06 Industrial Engineering and

Management PC 3 1 --- 4 3

171ME4T07 Machine Drawing PC 3 --- 3 6 3

171HS4T08 Intellectual Property

Rights and Patents HSS 2 --- --- 2 1

171ME4L01 Production Technology

Lab PC --- --- 3 3 2

171ES4L07 Fluid Mechanics And

Hydraulic Machinery Lab ES --- --- 3 3 2

171HS4A11 Employability Skills - II HSS 2 --- --- 2 ---

TOTAL 22 5 09 36 23



V SEMESTER

V SEMESTER

MOOCs – Massive Open Online Courses

Course

Code

Course Title Course

Component


Credits

(C)

Lecture

(L)

Tutorial

(T)

Practical

(P)

Total

Hours

171ME5T08 Dynamics of Machinery PC 3 1 --- 4 3

171ME5T09 Metal Cutting and Machine

Tools PC 3 1 ---

4 3

171ME5T10 Thermal Engineering – II PC 3 1 --- 4 3

171ME5T11 Design of Machine

Members – II PC 3 1 --- 4 3

171ME5T12 Operations Research PC 3 1 --- 4 3

--- Professional Elective – I PE 3 1 --- 4 3

171HS5T06 Employability Skills – III HSS 2 --- --- 2 1

171ME5L02 Theory of Machines Lab PC --- --- 3 3 2

171ME5L03 Thermal Engineering Lab PC --- --- 3 3 2

171ME5S01 MOOCs – I SS --- --- --- --- ---

TOTAL 20 6 6 32 23

VI SEMESTER

Course

Code

Course Title Course

Component


Credits

(C)

Lecture

(L)

Tutorial

(T)

Practical

(P)

Total

Hours

171ME6T13 Heat Transfer PC 3 1 --- 4 3

171ME6T14 Refrigeration and Air –

Conditioning PC 3 1 --- 4 3

171ME6T15 Metrology and

Instrumentation PC 3 1 --- 4 3

--- Professional Elective – II PE 3 1 --- 4 3

--- Professional Elective – III PE 3 1 --- 4 3

171HS6T07 Employability Skills - IV HSS 2 --- --- 2 1

171ME6L04 Machine Tools Lab PC --- --- 3 3 2

171ME6L05 Heat Transfer Lab PC --- --- 3 3 2

171ME6L06 Metrology / Instrumentation

Lab PC --- --- 3 3 2

171ME6S02 MOOCs – II SS --- --- --- --- ---

TOTAL 17 5 09 31 22



VII SEMESTER

Course

Code

Course Title Course

Component


Credits

(C)

Lecture

(L)

Tutorial

(T)

Practical

(P)

Total

Hours

171ME7T16 CAD / CAM PC 3 1 --- 4 3

171ME7T17 Mechatronics PC 3 1 --- 4 3

171ME7T18 Finite Element Methods PC 3 1 --- 4 3

171ME7T19 Power Plant Engineering PC 3 1 --- 4 3

--- Professional Elective - IV PE 3 1 --- 4 3

--- Professional Elective - V PE 3 1 --- 4 3

171ME7L07 CAD / CFD Lab PC --- --- 3 3 2

171ME7L08 CAM / Mechatronics Lab PC --- --- 3 3 2

171ME7P01 Industry Oriented

(Internship) Minor Project PR --- --- --- --- 1

TOTAL 18 6 6 30 23

VIII SEMESTER

Course Code Course Title Course

Component


Credits

(C)

Lecture

(L)

Tutorial

(T)

Practical

(P)

Total

Hours

--- Professional Elective - VI PE 3 1 --- 4 3

--- Open Elective OE 3 1 --- 4 3

171ME8P02 Major Project PR --- --- --- --- 14

TOTAL 6 2 --- 8 20



Professional Elective – I (V Semester)

S.No Course

Code Name of the Course

1 171ME5E01 Automobile Engineering

2 171ME5E02 Mechanical Vibrations

3 171ME5E03 Additive Manufacturing

Professional Elective – II (VI Semester)

S.No Course


1 171ME6E04 Robotics

2 171ME6E05 Design for Manufacturing

3 171ME6E06 Non Destructive Evaluation

Professional Elective – III (VI Semester)

S.No Course


1 171ME6E07 Unconventional Machining

Processes

2 171ME6E08 Industrial Hydraulics and

Pneumatics

3 171ME6E09 Quality and Reliability

Engineering

Professional Elective – IV (VII Semester)

S.No Course


1 171ME7E10 Computational Fluid

Dynamics

2 171ME7E11 Green Engineering Systems

3 171ME7E12 Nano Materials and

Technology

Professional Elective – V (VII Semester)

S.No Course


1 171ME7E13 Gas Dynamics

2 171ME7E14 Condition Monitoring

3 171ME7E15 Flexible Manufacturing

Systems

Professional Elective – VI (VIII Semester)

S.No Course


1 171ME8E16 Production Planning and

Control

2 171ME8E17 Advanced Materials

3 171ME8E18 Thermal Equipment Design

Open Elective (VIII Semester)

S.No Course Code Name of the Course

1 171ME8O01 Java Programming

2 171ME8O02 Electrical Safety Management

3 171EE8O04 Neural Networks And Fuzzy Logic

4 171CE8O02 Database Management Systems

5 171ME8O03 Entrepreneur Resource Planning

6 171ME8O04 Computer Graphics



Program curriculum grouping based on course components

Course

Component

Curriculum

Content

(% of total number

of credits of the

program)

Total number of

contact hours

Total number of

credits

Basic Sciences 10.55 30 19

Engineering Sciences 18.88 49 34

Humanities and Social

Sciences 10.00 33 18

Program Core 40.55 104 73

Program Electives 10.00 24 18

Open Electives 1.66 4 3

Project (s) 7.77 --- 14

Internship/Seminars 0.50 --- 1

Any other

(Please specify) --- --- ---

Total 100 244 180



Rules for opting MOOCs

Students should register for a course with prior permission from MOOCS-

Coordinator of the department. User ID should be submitted to the MOOCS –

Coordinator after the registration. It is through this User ID only; the student

has to write the proctored examination.

Students should register only for Technical Subjects. However, they can

register for Interdisciplinary subjects also.

Students have to register for a technical course which is not yet studied or will

not be studied in the upcoming semesters.

Students should register for a course with duration of ≥ 4 weeks or ≥ 20hrs.

Students MOOCS Certificate is considered only if the students write the

examination under a proctored system. If the student registers a course where

he/she has to write an unproctored online examination, he/she should bring it

to the notice of the HOD for conducting the exam in the college. These exams

will be usually planned on Saturdays.

For MOOCS -1, the course completion certificate should be submitted to the

MOOCS- Coordinator before the completion of V Semester end examinations.

For MOOCS -2, the course completion certificate should be submitted to the

MOOCS- Coordinator before the completion of VI Semester end examinations.



ENGLISH – I

(Common to all branches)

I Semester L T P C

Course Code: 171HS1T01 3 1 0 3

Introduction:

In view of the growing importance of English as a tool for global communication

and the consequent emphasis on training the students to acquire communicative

competence, the syllabus has been designed to develop linguistic and communicative

competence of the students of Engineering.

As far as the detailed textbooks are concerned, the focus should be on the skills of

listening, speaking, reading and writing. The non-detailed textbooks are meant for

extensive reading for pleasure and profit.

Thus the stress in the syllabus is primarily on the development of communicative

skills and fostering of ideas. Course Objectives:

COB 1: To improve the language proficiency of the students in English with

emphasis on LSRW skills.

COB 2: To enable the students to study and comprehend the prescribed lessons

and subjects more effectively relating to their theoretical and practical

components.

COB 3: To develop the communication skills of the students in both formal and

informal situations.

COB 4: To appraise the learner how Gandhi spent a period of three years in

London as a student.

COB 5: To make the learners rediscover India as a land of knowledge.

COB 6: To discuss how scientific point of view seeks to arrive at the truth without

being biased by emotion.

COB 7: To inform the learner that all men are in peril.

COB 8: To inspire the learners by inventions and contributions of great achievers.

LISTENING SKILLS:

Objectives:

1. To enable the students to appreciate the role of listening skill and improve their

pronunciation.

2. To enable the students to comprehend the speech of people belonging to

different backgrounds and regions.

3. To enable the students to listen for general content, to fill up information and

for specific information.



SPEAKING SKILLS:

Objectives:

1. To make the students aware of the importance of speaking for their personal

and professional communication.

2. To enable the students to express themselves fluently and accurately in social

and professional success.

3. To help the students describe objects, situations and people.

4. To make the students participate in group activities like role-plays, discussions

and debates.

5. To make the students participate in just a minute talks.

READING SKILLS:

Objectives:

1. To enable the students to comprehend a text through silent reading.

2. To enable the students to guess the meanings of words, messages and

inferences of texts in given contexts.

3. To enable the students to skim and scan a text.

4. To enable the students to identify the topic sentence.

5. To enable the students to identify discourse features.

6. To enable the students to make intensive and extensive reading.

WRITING SKILLS:

Objectives:

1. To make the students understand that writing is an exact formal skills.

2. To enable the students to write sentences, paragraphs, e-mails and essays.

3. To make the students identify and use appropriate vocabulary.

4. To enable the students to narrate and describe.

5. To enable the students to write coherently and cohesively.

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO 1: Summarize how Gandhi grew in introspection.

CO 2: Explain the conditions to achieve a higher quality of life, strength and

sovereignty of a developed nation.

CO 3: Identify the scientific attitude to solve many problems which we find

difficult to tackle.

CO 4: Identify that all men can come together and avert the peril.

CO 5: Interpret humorous texts and use of words for irony.

CO 6: Explain the characteristic traits of renowned scientists who contributed

enormously to the scientific advancement of India.

CO 7: Demonstrate writing and basic concepts of grammar skills.



Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes

CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K2) - - - - - - - - - 3 - -

CO2 (K2) - - - - - - - - - 3 - -

CO3 (K3) - - - - - - - - - 2 - -

CO4 (K3) - - - - - - - - - 2 - -

CO5 (K2) - - - - - - - - - 3 - -

CO6 (K2) - - - - - - - - - 3 - -

CO7 (K2) - - - - - - - - - 3 - -

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes

CO / PSO PSO 1 (K3) PSO 2 (K4) PSO 3 (K3)

CO1 (K2) - - -

CO2 (K2) 2 - -

CO3 (K3) - 2 -

CO4 (K3) 3 - -

CO5 (K2) - - -

CO6 (K2) - - -

CO7 (K2) - - -

Methodology:

1. The class is to be learner-centred where the learners are to read the texts to get a

comprehensive idea of those texts on their own with the help of the peer group

and the teacher.

2. Integrated skill development methodology has to be adopted with focus on

individual language skills as per the tasks/exercise.

3. The tasks/exercises at the end of each unit should be completed by the learners

only and the teacher intervention is permitted as per the complexity of the

task/exercise.

4. The teacher is expected to use supplementary material wherever necessary and

also generate activities/tasks as per the requirement.

5. The teacher is permitted to use lecture method when a completely new concept

is introduced in the class.

Recommended Topics:

UNIT-I:

1. IN LONDON: M.K.GANDHI (Detailed)

2. G.D. NAIDU (Non-Detail)

UNIT-II:

1. THE KNOWLEDGE SOCIETY- APJ ABDUL KALAM (Detailed)

2. G.R. GOPINATH (Non-Detail)

UNIT-III:

1. THE SCIENTIFIC POINT OF VIEW- J.B.S. HALDANE (Detailed)

2. J.C. BOSE (Non-Detail)



UNIT-IV:

1. MAN’S PERIL-BERTRAND RUSSELL (Detailed)

2. HOMI JEHANGIR BHABHA (Non-Detail)

UNIT-V:

1. LUCK—MARK TWAIN (Detailed)

2. A SHADOW (Non-Detail)

Textbooks:

Detailed Text Book: ‘English Essentials’ by Ravindra Publications.

Non Detailed Text Book: ‘Modern Trail Blazers’ by Orient Black Swan Pvt. Ltd.

Publishers.

Web Links:

1. https://englishforundergraduates.wordpress.com/2016/09/25/the-knowledge-

society-from-ignited-minds-a-p-j-abdul-kalam/

2. http://btechenglish.blogspot.in/2014/01/the-scientific-point-of-view-j-b-s.html

3. https://www.famousscientists.org/jagadish-chandra-bose/

4. https://www.thebetterindia.com/37339/homi-jehangir-bhabha/

****

https://englishforundergraduates.wordpress.com/2016/09/25/the-knowledge-society-from-ignited-minds-a-p-j-abdul-kalam/

https://englishforundergraduates.wordpress.com/2016/09/25/the-knowledge-society-from-ignited-minds-a-p-j-abdul-kalam/

http://btechenglish.blogspot.in/2014/01/the-scientific-point-of-view-j-b-s.html

https://www.famousscientists.org/jagadish-chandra-bose/

https://www.thebetterindia.com/37339/homi-jehangir-bhabha/



MATHEMATICS-I


Course Objectives:

COB 1: To equip the students with the necessary mathematical skills and

techniques that are essential for an engineering course.

COB 2: To help the students acquire a necessary base to develop analytical and

design skills.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Associate linear differential equations of first order to various physical

problems involving differential equations of first order

CO 2: Solve linear differential equations of higher order.

CO 3: Solve linear systems of equations using the concept of rank, Gauss

elimination, Gauss seidal method.

CO 4: Find the eigen values and eigen vectors.

CO 5: Associate the concepts of Partial Differentiation to maxima and minima of

functions of several variables and to Partial differential equations.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -

CO2 (K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -

CO3 (K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -

CO4 (K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -

CO5 (K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -



CO1 (K2) 2 - -

CO2 (K3) 3 - -

CO3 (K3) 3 - -

CO4 (K2) 2 - -

CO5 (K2) - 1 -

UNIT I:

Differential equations of first order and first degree:

Linear differential equations - Bernoulli differential equation - Exact differential

equations-Equations reducible to exact (Type-1, Type-2, Type-3, Type-4)

Applications:

Newton’s Law of cooling-Law of natural growth and decay-Orthogonal trajectories.

I Semester L T P C

Course Code: 171BS1T01 3 1 2 3



UNIT II:

Linear differential equations of higher order:

Linear differential equations of higher order with constant coefficients with RHS term

of the type eax, sin ax, cos ax, polynomials in x, eax V(x), xV(x)- Method of Variation

of parameters, Method of undetermined coefficients.

*(MATLAB Exercise: Introduction to MAT LAB commands and Solution of Initial

Value Problems using the command ‘dsolve’)

Applications:

Electric circuits, simple harmonic motion.

UNIT III:

Linear systems of equations:

Rank of a matrix - Echelon form-Normal form – Solution of linear systems – Gauss

elimination method - Gauss Seidal method.

Applications:

Finding the current in electrical circuits.

UNIT IV:

Eigen values - Eigen vectors and Quadratic forms:

Eigen values - Eigen vectors– Properties of eigen values (without proof ) – Cayley -

Hamilton theorem (without proof ) - Inverse and powers of a matrix by using Cayley -

Hamilton theorem- Diagonalization- Quadratic forms- Reduction of quadratic form to

canonical form using orthogonal transformation– Nature of the quadratic form.

*(MATLAB Exercise: All Basic Operations on matrices are to be implemented using

MATLAB including computation of rank, computation of eigen values and eigen

vectors)

UNIT V:

Partial differentiation and Partial differential equations

Homogeneous function-Euler’s theorem-Total derivative-Chain rule-Taylor’s and

Maclaurin’s series expansion of functions of two variables– Functional dependence-

Jacobian.

Formation of partial differential equations by elimination of arbitrary constants and

arbitrary functions –solutions of first order linear (Lagrange) equation, nonlinear

(standard types) equations.

Applications: Maxima and Minima of functions of two variables without constraints

and Lagrange’s method (with constraints).

*(MATLAB Exercise: To Plot graphs of various single and multivariable functions

using MATLAB and analyze their maxima and minima graphically).



Text Books:

1. B.S.Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, 43rd Edition, Khann Publishers.

2. Dr.T.K.V. Iyengar, Engineering Mathematics, S. Chand publications.

Reference Books:

1. Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 10th Edition, Wiley-

India.

2. D.G.Zill, MICHAIL R CULTER, Advanced Engineering Mathematics Third

Edition Norosa Publications 2009.

3. Dean G. Duffy, Advanced engineering mathematics with MATLAB, CRC

Press.

4. Peter O’neil, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Cengage Learning.

5. Glyn James, Advanced modern engineering mathematics, Pearson education.

6. MATLAB by Rudra Pratap, Getting started with MATLAB, Oxford

Publication.

Web Links:

1. http://mathworld.wolfram.com

2. https://www.khanacademy.org

3. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/122104017

****

http://mathworld.wolfram.com/

https://www.khanacademy.org/

http://nptel.ac.in/courses/122104017



ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES

(Common to CE, EEE, ME, Min.E, PT & Ag.E)

Course Objectives:

COB 1: To define the various ecosystems and its diversity.

COB 2: To summarize the overall natural resources.

COB 3: To classify environmental impacts of developmental activities.

COB 4: To discuss social issues, environmental legislation and global treaties.

COB 5: To educate environmental management systems.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Identify the need for protecting the producers and consumers in various

ecosystems and their role in the food web.

CO 2: Outline the natural resources and their importance for the sustenance of

the life.

CO 3: List out the biodiversity of India, threats and its conservation methods.

CO 4: Illustrate various attributes of the pollution, impacts and measures to

control the pollution along with waste management practices.

CO 5: Describe social issues both rural and urban environment to combat the

challenges.

CO 6: Summarize the legislations of India in environmental protection.

CO 7: Classify environmental assessment and the stages involved in EIA.

CO 8: Transform existing campus into self sustaining green campus with

environment Friendly aspects of – Energy, Water and waste water reuse,

plantation, rain water Harvesting and Parking Curriculum.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K1) 1 - - - - 1 2 1 - - - -

CO2 (K2) 2 - - - - 2 3 1 - - - -

CO3 (K1) 1 - - - - 1 2 1 - - - -

CO4 (K2) 2 - - - - 2 2 1 - - - -

CO5 (K2) 2 - - - - 2 2 1 - 3 - -

CO6 (K2) 2 - - - - 1 2 1 - - - -

CO7 (K4) 2 - - - - 2 2 1 - - 1 -

CO8 (K2) 2 1 2 - - 2 3 2 3 3 2 2

I Semester L T P C






CO1 (K1) - - -

CO2 (K2) - - 2

CO3 (K1) - - -

CO4 (K2) 2 - -

CO5 (K2) - - -

CO6 (K2) - - -

CO7 (K4) - - -

CO8 (K2) 2 1 2

UNIT –I:

Ecosystems:

Scope of environmental studies, Structure- Producers, consumers and decomposers

Function – Food chain, Food web, Tropic structure and Energy flow in the ecosystem

Ecological pyramids, nutrient recycling, primary and secondary production, ecosystem

regulation. Ecological succession Terrestrial ecosystem and aquatic ecosystem -

Introduction, types, characteristic features.

UNIT – II:

Natural Resources:

Natural resources and associated problems Forest resources – Use and over –

exploitation, deforestation – Timber extraction – Mining, dams and other effects on

forest and tribal people

Water resources – Use and over utilization of surface and ground water – Floods,

drought, conflicts over water, dams – benefits and problems

Mineral resources: Use and exploitation, environmental effects of extracting and using

mineral resources

Food resources: World food problems, changes caused by non-agriculture activities-

effects of modern agriculture, fertilizer-pesticide problems, water logging, salinity

Energy resources: Growing energy needs, renewable and non-renewable energy

sources use of alternate energy sources vs oil and natural gas extraction.

Land resources: Land as a resource, land degradation, Wasteland reclamation, man

induced landslides, soil erosion and desertification. Role of an individual in

conservation of natural resources. Equitable use of resources for sustainable lifestyles.

UNIT – III:

Biodiversity and its conservation:

Definition: genetic, species and ecosystem diversity classification Value of

biodiversity: consumptive use, productive use, social-Biodiversity at national and local

levels. India as a mega-diversity nation - Hot-spots of biodiversity - Threats to

biodiversity: habitat loss, man-wildlife conflicts - Endangered and endemic species of

India – Conservation of biodiversity.

UNIT – IV:

Environmental Pollution:

Definition, Cause, effects and control measures of Air pollution, Water pollution, Soil

pollution, Noise pollution, Nuclear hazards. Role of an individual in prevention of

pollution. - Pollution case studies, Sustainable Life Style.



Solid Waste Management: Sources, Classification, effects and control measures of

urban and industrial solid wastes. Consumerism and waste products, Biomedical,

Hazardous and e – waste management.

UNIT – V:

Social Issues and the Environment

Urban problems related to energy -Water conservation, rain water harvesting-

Resettlement and rehabilitation of people; its problems and concerns. Global

challenges

Environmental ethics: Issues and possible solutions. Environmental Protection Act -

Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act. –Water (Prevention and control of

Pollution) Act -Wildlife Protection Act - Forest Conservation Act-Issues involved in

enforcement of environmental legislation. - Public awareness and Environmental

management.

Text Books:

1. Environmental Studies, K.V. S. G. Murali Krishna, VGS Publishers,

Vijayawada

2. Environmental Studies, R. Rajagopalan, 2nd Edition, 2011, Oxford University

Press.

3. Environmental Studies, P.N. Palanisamy, P. Manikandan, A. Geetha, and K.

Manjula Rani; Pearson Education, Chennai

Reference Books:

1. Text Book of Environmental Studies, Deeshita Dave & P. Udaya Bhaskar,

Cengage Learning.

2. A Textbook of Environmental Studies, Shaashi Chawla, TMH, New Delhi.

3. Environmental Studies, Benny Joseph, Tata McGraw Hill Co, New Delhi.

4. “Perspectives in Environment Studies” Anubha Kaushik, C P Kaushik, New

Age International Publishers, 2014.

Web Links:

1. www.nptel.ac.in/courses/122102006/


3. www.nptelvideos.in/2012/12/fundamentals-of-environmental-pollution.html


****

http://www.nptel.ac.in/courses/122102006/


http://www.nptelvideos.in/2012/12/fundamentals-of-environmental-pollution.html




ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY

(Common to CE, ME, Min.E, PT & Ag.E)

I Semester L T P C


Course Objectives

COB 1: To impart knowledge about polymers and plastic materials that are used in

household appliances, aerospace and automotive industries.

COB 2: To nurture students about fuels as energy source used in industries like

thermal power plant, steel industry, fertilizer industry etc., and

automobiles.

COB 3: To impart knowledge about working of primary, secondary cells. Theories

of corrosion and its control methods.

COB 4: To impart knowledge on advance materials like Nano, Super Conductors

also Semi Conductors and Liquid Crystals.

COB 5: To educate students about the importance of water in industries and

household purposes.

Course Outcomes


CO 1: Explain polymeric materials their uses and moulding techniques of

plastics.

CO 2: Classify solid, liquid and gaseous fuels.

CO 3: Explain about batteries, corrosion and their control methods.

CO 4: Explain Nano materials, Super Conductors, Semi Conductors and Liquid

Crystals.

CO 5: Summarize water purification techniques and boiler troubles.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K2) 2 - - - - - - - - - - -

CO2 (K2) 2 - - - - - - - - - - -

CO3 (K2) 2 - - - - - - - - - - -

CO4 (K2) 2 - - - - - - - - - - -

CO5 (K2) 2 - - - - - - - - - - -



CO1 (K2) 2 1 -

CO2 (K2) - - -

CO3 (K2) 2 1 -

CO4 (K2) 2 1 2

CO5 (K2) - - -



UNIT- I:

High Polymers and Plastics:

Polymerization: Introduction- Mechanism of polymerization - Stereo regular polymers

-Physical and mechanical properties – Plastics as engineering materials: advantages

and limitations – Thermoplastics and Thermosetting plastics – Compounding and

fabrication (compression moulding, injection moulding, extrusion moulding and

transfer moulding techniques) - Preparation, properties and applications of polyethene,

PVC, Bakelite and polycarbonates. Elastomers – Natural rubber- compounding and

vulcanization – Synthetic rubbers: Buna S, Buna N, Thiokol – Applications of

elastomers. Biodegradable polymers.

UNIT - II:

Fuel Technology:

Fuels:- Introduction – Classification – Calorific value - HCV and LCV – Dulong’s

formula – Coal –– Proximate and ultimate analysis – Significance of the analyses –

Liquid fuels – Petroleum- Refining – Cracking – Synthetic petrol –Petrol knocking –

Diesel knocking - Octane and Cetane ratings – Anti-knock agents – Power alcohol –

Bio-diesel – Gaseous fuels – Natural gas. LPG and CNG – Combustion – Calculation

of air for the combustion of a fuel – Flue gas analysis – Orsat apparatus.

UNIT - III:

Electrochemical Cells and Corrosion:

Galvanic cells - Reversible and irreversible cells – Single electrode potential- Electro

chemical series and uses of this series- Standard electrodes (Hydrogen and Calomel

electrodes) - Concentration Cells – Batteries: Dry Cell - Li cells - Zinc – air cells.

Corrosion:- Definition – Theories of Corrosion (electrochemical) – Formation of

galvanic cells by different metals, by concentration cells, by differential aeration and

waterline corrosion – Passivity of metals – Pitting corrosion - Galvanic series –

Factors which influence the rate of corrosion - Protection from corrosion – Cathodic

protection - Protective coatings: – Metallic (cathodic and anodic) coatings - Methods

of application on metals (Galvanizing, Tinning, Electroplating, Electroless plating).

UNIT - IV:

Chemistry of Advanced Materials: Nano materials:-Introduction – Sol-gel method - Carbon nano tubes and fullerenes:

Types, preparation, properties and applications.

Super conductors:-Type –I, Type II – Characteristics and applications

Semi conductors: - Preparation of semiconductors, working of diodes and transistors.

Green synthesis:-Principles

Liquid crystals:-Introduction – Types – Applications

Fuel cells: - Introduction - cell representation, H2-O2fuel cell: Design and working,

advantages and Limitations. Types of fuel cells: methanol-oxygen fuel cells.

UNIT - V:

Water Technology Hard water:- Reasons for hardness – units of hardness - determination of hardness

and alkalinity - Water for steam generation - Boiler troubles – Priming and Foaming,

Scale formation, Boiler corrosion, Caustic embrittlement - Internal treatments -

Softening of Hard water : Lime – Soda process, Zeolite process and numerical

problems based on these processes and Ion Exchange process - Water for drinking



purposes- Purification – Sterilization and disinfection : Chlorination, Break point

chlorination and other methods – Reverse Osmosis and Electro Dialysis.

Text Books: 1. Engineering Chemistry by Jain and Jain; Dhanpat Rai Publicating Co.

2. A Text books of Applied Chemistry by Dr. Bharathi kumari Yalamananchili,

VGS publications

3. Engineering Chemistry by Shikha Agarwal; Cambridge University Press, 2015

edition.

Reference Books: 1. Engineering Chemistry by PrasanthRath, Cengage Learning, 2015 edition.

2. A text book of engineering Chemistry by S. S. Dara; S. Chand & Co Ltd.,

Latest Edition

3. Applied Chemistry by H.D. Gesser, Springer Publishers

4. Text book of Nano-science and nanotechnology by B.S. Murthy, P. Shankar

and others, University Press, IIM.

Web Links:

1. http://www.nptelvideos.in/2012/11/chemistry-of-materials

2. http://www.nptelvideos.com/lecture.php?id=2946



****

http://www.nptelvideos.in/2012/11/chemistry-of-materials

http://www.nptelvideos.com/lecture.php?id=2946





ENGINEERING MECHANICS


I Semester L T P C

Course Code: 171ES1T02 3 1 0 3

Course Objectives:

COB 1: To impart knowledge on the concept of forces and its resolution in

different planes, resultant of force system, forces acting on a body, their

free body diagrams using graphical methods and to know the concept of

friction.

COB 2: To make the students calculate the centre of gravity and moment of

inertia.

COB 3: To educate the students about kinematics, kinetics, work - energy and

impulse - momentum principles.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Determine the resultant force and moment for a given force system.

CO 2: Explain the concept of friction.

CO 3: Calculate the forces in planar and spatial systems.

CO 4: Locate centroid of composite areas and centre of gravity of composite

bodies.

CO 5: Calculate the moment of inertia of composite areas and rigid bodies.

CO 6: Apply the concepts of kinematics, kinetics, work - energy and impulse -

momentum methods to particle motion.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K3) 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -

CO2 (K2) 2 1 1 - - - - - - - - -

CO3 (K3) 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -

CO4 (K1) 1 1 1 - - - - - - - - -

CO5 (K3) 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -

CO6 (K3) 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -



CO1 (K3) 3 - -

CO2 (K2) 3 - -

CO3 (K3) 3 - -

CO4 (K1) 1 - -

CO5 (K3) 3 2 -

CO6 (K3) 3 - -



UNIT- I:

Introduction to Engineering Mechanics – Basic Concepts.

Systems of Forces: Coplanar Concurrent Forces & Non Concurrent Forces –

Components in Space – Resultant – Moment of Force and its Application – Couples

and Resultant of Force Systems.

Friction: Introduction, limiting friction and impending motion, Coulomb’s laws of dry

friction, coefficient of friction, cone of friction.

UNIT- II:

Equilibrium of Systems of Forces: Free Body Diagrams, Equations of Equilibrium

of Coplanar Systems, and Spatial Systems for concurrent forces. Lami’s Theorem,

Converse of the law of Triangle of forces, Converse of the law of polygon of forces

condition of equilibrium.

UNIT- III:

Centroid: Centroid of simple figures (from basic principles) – Centroid of composite

figures.

Centre of Gravity: Centre of gravity of simple body (from basic principles), Centre

of gravity of composite bodies, Pappus theorems.

UNIT- IV:

Area Moment of Inertia: Definition – Polar Moment of Inertia, Transfer Theorem,

Moment of Inertia of composite figures.

Mass Moment of Inertia: Moment of Inertia of masses, Transfer formula for Mass

Moment of Inertia, Mass Moment of inertia of composite bodies.

UNIT – V:

Kinematics: Basics of linear motion.

Kinetics: Particle and Rigid body in translation – Central force motion – Equations of

plane motion – Fixed axis rotation.

Work – Energy Method: Equations for translation, Work-Energy Applications to

particle motion, Connected system-Fixed axis rotation and plane motion. Impulse

momentum method.

Text Books:

1. Engineering Mechanics statics and dynamics - A.K.Tayal, Umesh Publications.

2. Engineering Mechanics statics and dynamics - A Nelson, Mc Graw Hill

publications.

Reference Books:

1. Engineering Mechanics statics and dynamics – R.C.Hibbeler, 11th Edn –

Pearson Publ.

2. Engineering Mechanics, statics and dynamics – I.H.Shames, – Pearson Publ.

3. Mechanics for Engineers, statics - F.P.Beer & E.R.Johnston – 5th Ed. Mc

Graw Hill Publ.

4. Mechanics for Engineers, dynamics - F.P.Beer & E.R.Johnston –5th Ed. Mc

Graw Hill Publ.



Web Links:

1. http://www.nptelvideos.in/2012/12/engineering-mechanics-drgsaravana-

kumar.html

2. http://freevideolectures.com/Course/2264/Engineering-Mechanics

3. http://freevideolectures.com/Course/2690/Applied-Mechanics

4. https://cosmolearning.org/courses/engineering-mechanics/video-lectures/

***

http://www.nptelvideos.in/2012/12/engineering-mechanics-drgsaravana-kumar.html

http://www.nptelvideos.in/2012/12/engineering-mechanics-drgsaravana-kumar.html

http://freevideolectures.com/Course/2264/Engineering-Mechanics

http://freevideolectures.com/Course/2690/Applied-Mechanics

https://cosmolearning.org/courses/engineering-mechanics/video-lectures/



COMPUTER PROGRAMMING


Course Objectives:

COB 1: To impart adequate knowledge on the need of programming languages and

problem solving techniques.

COB 2: To develop programming skills using the fundamentals and basics of

C language.

COB 3: To enable effective usage of Control Structures, arrays, Strings, functions,

structures and union.

COB 4: To impart the knowledge of pointers and to understand the principles of

dynamic memory allocation.

COB 5: To illustrate the file concepts and its operations.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Illustrate the basic concepts of Computers.

CO 2: Solve mathematical and scientific problems using fundamentals of C.

CO 3: Use Control Structures and Arrays in solving complex problems.

CO 4: Develop modular programs to solve problems using control structures,

Arrays and strings.

CO 5: Demonstrate the pointers concept for allocating and deallocating memory

dynamically.

CO 6: Solve real world problems using the concept of structures and unions.

CO 7: Develop real time applications using file operations.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K2) 2 1 - - 1 - - - - - - -

CO2 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 - - - - - - -

CO3 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 - - - - - - -

CO4 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 - - - - - - -

CO5 (K2) 2 1 - - 2 - - - - - - -

CO6 (K4) 3 3 2 2 3 - - - - - - -

CO7 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 - - - - - - -



CO1 (K2) 2 - -

CO2 (K3) - - -

CO3 (K3) - - 3

CO4 (K3) 3 - 3

CO5 (K2) - - -

CO6 (K4) - - -

CO7 (K3) - - -

I Semester L T P C




UNIT-I:

Computer History, Hardware, Software, Programming Languages and

Algorithms:

Fundamental concepts of Computer, Programming Languages - Machine Language,

Assembly Language, Low-level and High-level Languages, Basics of Hardware and

Software, Algorithms, Flowchart, pseudo code, The Software Development Process.

Introduction to C Programming:

Introduction, Structure of a C Program, Identifiers, main() function, printf() function,

Indentation, Comments, Keywords, Data Types, Variables, Constants and

Declarations, Input/Output Statements, Operators, Type Conversion.

UNIT -II:

Control Flow, Relational Expressions & Arrays:

Selection: if, if-else, nested if with examples, Multi-way selection: switch, else-if with

examples. Repetition: Basic Loop Structures: for, while and do-while loops, counter

controlled and condition controlled loops, nested loops, goto, continue and break.

Arrays: Introduction, Operations on Arrays, 2D Arrays, Arrays as Function

Arguments, Multi Dimensional Arrays.

UNIT-III:

Functions:

Basics of Functions: Declaration, Definition and call, Categories of Functions, passing

parameters to Functions, Variable Scope, Storage Classes, Recursive Functions,

Recursion and its Types.

Strings:

String Fundamentals, String Processing with and without Library Functions.

UNIT-IV:

Pointers: Concept of a Pointer, Declaring and Initializing Pointer Variables, Pointer Expressions

and Address Arithmetic, Null Pointers, Generic Pointers, Pointers as Function

arguments, Pointer to Pointer, Pointers and Arrays, Pointers and Strings, Dynamic

Memory Allocation Functions, Dangling Pointer, Command line Arguments.

UNIT-V:

Structures:

Introduction to Structures, Nested Structures, Arrays of Structures, Structures and

Functions, Self-Referential Structures, Unions, derived data type, bit-fields.

Data Files:

Introduction to Files, Using Files in C, Reading and Writing with Text Files, Error

Handling during File Operations, Random File Access.

Text Books:

1. Computer Programming, Reema Thareja, OXFORD.

2. ANSI C Programming, Gary J. Bronson, Cengage Learning.

3. Programming in C A-Practial Approach by Ajay Mittal.



Reference Books:

1. C Programming – A Problem Solving Approach, Forouzan, Gilberg, Cengage.

2. The C programming Language, Dennis Richie and Brian Kernighan, Pearson

Education.

3. Programming in C, Ashok Kamthane.

Web Links:

1. http://www.c4learn.com/

2. http://www.geeksforgeeks.org/c/

3. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/122104019/

4. http://www.learn-c.org/

5. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/cprogramming/

****

http://www.c4learn.com/

http://www.geeksforgeeks.org/c/

http://nptel.ac.in/courses/122104019/

http://www.learn-c.org/

https://www.tutorialspoint.com/cprogramming/



ENGLISH COMMUNICATION SKILLS LAB- I


I Semester L T P C

Course Code: 171HS1L01 0 0 3 2

Course Objectives:

COB 1: To facilitate computer-aided multi-media instruction enabling

individualized and independent language learning.

COB 2: To sensitize the students to the nuances of English speech sounds, word

accent and intonation.

COB 3: To bring about a consistent accent and intelligibility in their pronunciation

of English by providing an opportunity for practice in speaking.

COB 4: To improve the fluency in spoken English and neutralize mother tongue

influence.

COB 5: To train students to use language appropriately.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Demonstrate nuances of language through audio-visual experience and

Group activities.

CO 2: Identify accent for intelligibility.

CO 3: Demonstrate in conversation, jams and public speaking.

CO 4: Make use of the concepts to communicate confidently and competently in

English Language in all spheres.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K2) - - - - 2 - - - - 3 - -

CO2 (K3) - - - - 3 - - - - 2 - -

CO3 (K2) - - - - 2 - - - - 3 - -

CO4 (K3) - - - - 3 - - - - 2 - -



CO1 (K2) - - -

CO2 (K3) - - -

CO3 (K2) - 1 -

CO4 (K3) - - -

PRACTICE 1:

A. Greeting, Introducing and taking leave

B. Pure Vowels



PRACTICE 2: A. Giving Information and Asking for Information

B. Diphthongs

PRACTICE 3:

A. Inviting, Accepting and Declining Invitations

B. Consonants

PRACTICE 4:

A. Commands, Instructions and Requests

B. Accent and Rhythm

PRACTICE 5:

A. Suggestions and Opinions

B. Intonation

Reference Books:

1. Strengthen your Communication Skills by Dr.M.Hari Prasad, Dr.Salivendra

J.Raju and Dr.G.Suvarna Lakshmi, Maruthi Publications.

2. English for Professionals by Prof Eliah, B.S Publications, Hyderabad.

3. A Handbook of English for Professionals by Prof Eliah, B.S Publications.

4. Effective Technical Communication by M. Ashraf Rizvi, Tata Mcraw – Hill

Publishing Company.

5. Word power made handy, Dr. Shalini verma, S. Chand Company.

6. Let us hear them speak, Jayashree Mohanraj, Sage texts.

****



ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LAB


I Semester L T P C

Course Code: 171BS1L01 0 0 3 2

Course Objectives:

COB 1: To demonstrate volumetric, conductometric, potentiometric titrations and

PH determination.

COB 2: To educate students about the preparation of thermosetting plastic such as

Bakelite and alternative fuel such as Bio-diesel.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Demonstrate Acid – Base Redox & Complexometric titrations by

volumetric analysis.

CO 2: Demonstrate Acid – Base titrations by instrumental analysis.

CO 3: Prepare polymer like Bakelite.

CO 4: Prepare alternative fuel like Bio-Diesel.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K3) 3 - - - 3 - - - - - - -

CO2 (K3) 3 - - - 3 - - - - - - -

CO3 (K3) 3 - - - 3 - - - - - - -

CO4 (K3) 3 - - - 3 - - - - - - -



CO1 (K3) - 2 -

CO2 (K3) - 2 -

CO3 (K3) - - -

CO4 (K3) - - -

Exercise 1:

Introduction to Chemistry laboratory – Molarity, Normality, Primary, secondary

standard solutions, Volumetric titrations, Quantitative analysis, Qualitative analysis,

etc.

Exercise 2: Trial experiment - Determination of HCl using standard Na2CO3 solution.

Exercise 3:

Preparation of Phenol - Formaldehyde resin (Bakelite).

Exercise 4:

Determination of KMnO4 using standard Oxalic acid solution.



Exercise 5:

Determination of ferrous iron using standard K2Cr2O7 solution.

Exercise 6:

Preparation of Bio-Diesel.

Exercise 7:

Determination of temporary and permanent hardness of water using standard EDTA

solution.

Exercise 8:

Determination of Copper using standard EDTA solution.

Exercise 9:

Determination of Iron by a Colorimetric method using thiocynate as reagent.

Exercise 10:

Determination of pH of the given sample solution using pH meter.

Exercise 11:

Conduct metric titration between strong acid and strong base.

Exercise 12:

Conduct metric titration between strong acid and weak base.

Exercise 13:

Potentiometric titration between strong acid and strong base.

Exercise 14:

Potentiometric titration between strong acid and weak base.

Exercise 15:

Determination of Zinc using standard EDTA solution.

Exercise 16:

Determination of Vitamin – C.

Reference Books: 1. A Textbook of Quantitative Analysis, Arthur J. Vogel.

2. Dr. Jyotsna Cherukuris (2012) Laboratory Manual of engineering chemistry -

II, VGS Techno Series.

3. Chemistry Practical Manual, Lorven Publications K. Mukkanti (2009).

Practical Engineering Chemistry, B. S. Publication.

Web Links:

1. http://www.nptelvideos.in/2012/11/chemistry-of-materials


****

http://www.nptelvideos.in/2012/11/chemistry-of-materials




COMPUTER PROGRAMMING LAB


Course Objectives:

COB 1: To impart knowledge on various Editors.

COB 2: To nurture the students on various operators and control structures in C.

COB 3: To demonstrate the modular programming approach for solving problems.

COB 4: To make the students understand, the concepts of array and structures.

COB 5: To explain the file concepts for solving various problems.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Implement basic programs in C.

CO 2: Use Conditional and Iterative statements to solve real time scenarios in C.

CO 3: Implement the concept of Arrays and Modularity.

CO 4: Apply the Dynamic Memory Allocation functions using pointers.

CO 5: Develop programs using structures, and Files.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 3 - - - - - -

CO2 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 3 - - - - - -

CO3 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 3 - - - - - -

CO4 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 3 - - - - - -

CO5 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 3 - - - - - -



CO1 (K3) 3 2 -

CO2 (K3) - 2 3

CO3 (K3) - - -

CO4 (K3) - - -

CO5 (K3) - 2 -

Exercise – 1:

Introduction to C Programming

1.1) Introduction about Editors –Turbo, vi, Emacs

1.2) C Program to Perform Addition, Subtraction, Multiplication and Division of two

numbers from Command line

1.3) Write a C Program to Calculate area of a Triangle using Heron's formula.

Exercise – 2:

Basic Math

2.1) Write a C Program to Find Whether the Given Year is a Leap Year or not.

2.2) Write a C Program to convert Celsius to Fahrenheit and vice versa.

2.3) Write a C Program to find largest of three numbers using ternary operator.

I Semester L T P C

Course Code: 171ES1L01 0 0 3 2



Exercise – 3:

Control Flow - I 3.1) Write a C program to find the roots of a Quadratic Equation.

3.2) Write a C Program to make a simple Calculator to Add, Subtract, Multiply or

Divide Using switch…case.

3.3) Scenario - 1 ATM PIN GENERATION:

Aditya purchased a credit card. He has to generate a PIN number to access the ATM

and Net banking for which OTP was sent to his registered mobile number. Using this

OTP number he has to generate ATM PIN number. After generating PIN number, he

can use it for further transactions. Maximum login he can make is 3 times.

Sample Input:

OTP: 6732

If valid

Enter PIN: 8858

Confirm your PIN: 8858

Sample output:

valid/Invalid

PIN generated successfully.

Note: OTP is hard coded.

3.4) Scenario - 2 RESET PASSWORD:

Sindhuja was using Syndicate Bank’s Online Account. She wanted to pay her bills

through Online. But she forget her password. Now she has to reset the password. For

resetting the password, she has to select reset option from the Menu.

NOTE: using switch case.

Sample input:

1. Fast withdrawal

2. Mini Statement.

3. Balance Enquiry

4. Reset Password

Enter your choice: 4

Sample Output: Reset password: New password: ***** Confirm password: *****

Exercise –4:

Control Flow - II

4.1) Write a C Program to Find Whether the Given Number is

i) Prime Number

ii) Armstrong Number

4.2) Write a C program to print Floyd Triangle

4.3) Write a C Program to print Pascal Triangle

Exercise – 5:

Control Flow – III

5.1) Write a C program to find the sum of individual digits of a positive integer.

5.2) Write a C program to check whether given number is palindrome or not.

5.3) Write a C program to read two numbers, x and n, and then compute the sum of the

geometric progression 1+x+x2 +x3 +………….+xn.

5.4) Scenario - 3 Student Attendance report Generation:

Some of the school staff had failed to maintain the attendance of the students, causing

lack of essential records related to students attendance that should be submitted in a

parents meet. The school management has decided to automate the process in order to



maintain the attendance of every student effectively. You are asked to write a program

to the above scenario and display whether the student is allowed to write the Exam or

not.

percentage<65 detained

>=65 and <75 should pay condonation to appear for

Exams

>=75 allowed for Exams

Sample Input:

Enter no of students: 5

Enter Students Details:

Rno:1 Name: Kalyan attendance(%):67

Should pay

condonation to

appear for Exams

Rno:2 Name: laxman attendance(%):56

Rno:3 Name: Yamini attendance(%):79

Rno:4 Name: Aryan attendance(%):60

Rno:5 Name: Raghav attendance(%):88

Sample Output:

Rno Name Attendance (%) Remarks

1 Kalyan 67 should pay condonation

to appear for Exams

2 Laxman 56 detained

3 Yamini 79 allowed for Exams

4 Aryan 60 detained

5 Raghav 88 allowed for Exams

Exercise 6:

Arrays

Demonstration of arrays

6.1) Linear Search.

6.2) Bubble Sort.

6.3) Operations on Matrix.

6.4) Scenario – 4 Celebrity of the Week:

Red FM has launched a program called Celebrity of the week in their channel.

Listeners are given a toll free number where they can listen to list of celebrities.

Listeners can choose their favourite celebrity from the list and vote for him/her. The

votes are validated from Monday to Saturday. The one with highest votes is called as

"Celebrity of the Week" and his/her songs are played in the program, which is aired on

Sundays. Now write a program to find the celebrity of the week.

Sample Input:

1. Nagachaithanya

2. Nithin

3. Prabhas

4. Ram

5. Thamanna

6. Samantha



7. Regina

8. Sruthihasan

Enter no of listeners: 10

Enter your favourite: 3










Sample Output:

"Celebrity of the Week" is PRABHAS

Exercise – 7:

Functions 7.1) Write a C Program to demonstrate parameter passing in Functions and returning

values.

7.2) Write a C Program to find Fibonacci, Factorial of a number with Recursion and

without Recursion.

7.3) Scenario – 5 SELF DRIVE RENTAL

Sadiq and his friends are going to Banglore. But they don’t have a vehicle in Banglore.

For that they go to rental cars to take car for rent. You have find out what is total

amount of car’s rent. The car’s rentals and rules are as follows.

i) Minimum booking is 4.

ii) There are 3 types of cars

A) SWIFT

B) SCORPIO

C) INNOVA

iii) There are 3 categories in cars rental

A) LTTE

B) CLASS

C) XL

FOR SWIFT,

In LTTE 5 kms are free for one hour and Rs.70 per one hour, if they exceed

5kmph, then Rs.12 per km.

In CLASS, 10 kms are free for one hour and Rs.90 per one hour, if they exceed


In XL, 15 kms are free for one hour and Rs.110 per one hour, if they exceed


FOR SCORPIO,

In LTTE, 5 kms are free for one hour and Rs.90 per one hour, if they exceed


In CLASS, 10 kms are free for one hour and Rs.110 per one hour, if they

exceed 10kmph, then Rs.15 per km.





FOR INNOVA

In LTTE, 5 kms are free for one hour and Rs.110 per one hour, if they exceed


In CLASS, 10 kms are free for one hour and Rs.130 per one hour, if they

exceed 10kmph, then Rs.18 per km.



SAMPLE INPUT:

ENTER NO.OF DAYS AND HOURS FOR CAR: 01 02 (I.E 1 DAY 2 HOURS = 26

HOURS)

1. SWIFT

2. SCORPIO

3. INNOVA

SELECT A CAR: 2

1. LTTE

2. CLASS

3. XL

SELECT RENTAL TYPE: 2

TOTAL KMS COVERED: 300

SAMPLE OUTPUT:

TOTAL HOURS: 26

CAR NAME: SCORPIO

RENTAL TYPE: CLASS

AMOUNT: 2860

EXCEED AMOUNT (40KM

*15):

600

GRAND TOTAL: 3460

Exercise – 8:

Strings

8.1) Implementation of string manipulation operations with library function.

i) copy

ii) concatenate

iii) length

iv) compare

8.2) Implementation of string manipulation operations without library function.

i) copy

ii) concatenate

iii) length

iv) compare

8.3) Verify whether the given string is a palindrome or not

8.4) Scenario – 6 Word with Obesity:

Jeeth is a fun loving and active boy. He likes to play with words and numbers. One

day Jeeth and his friends attended a seminar, which was conducted in his school. The



Seminar was about "Causes of obesity in children and its effects". Jeeth and his friend

Ram are not interested in listening to the seminar, so he thought of giving a puzzle to

Ram. Jeeth gave some words to Ram and wanted him to find the word with Obesity.

Ram was confused and asking your help. Write a program to find the weights of the

words and display the word with highest weight (word with obesity).

Sample Input:

Enter no of words: 3

Enter 3 words: apple banana carrot

Sample Output:

Word with Obesity is carrot

Exercise – 9:

Arrays and Pointers

9.1) Write a C Program to Access Elements of an Array Using Pointer

9.2) Write a C Program to find the sum of numbers with arrays and pointers.

Exercise – 10:

Dynamic Memory Allocations

10.1) Write a C program to find sum of n elements entered by user. To perform this

program, allocate memory dynamically using malloc () function.

10.2)Write a C program to find sum of n elements entered by user. To perform this

program, allocate memory dynamically using calloc () function. Understand the

difference between the above two programs

Exercises – 11:

Structures

11.1) Write a C Program to Store Information of a book Using Structure

11.2) Write a C Program to Store Information Using Structures with Dynamically

Memory Allocation

11.3) Write a C Program to Add Two Complex Numbers by Passing Structure to a

Function

11.4) Scenario – 7 Library Management

Shilpa student of PGEC got the Library Card. She wants to lend the books from the

Library. The college gave two cards to each and every student. The students can lend

only two books at a time and it has to be returned back after 15 days. If the books are

not returned late fee will be collected for no. of days the books were returned after the

due date. Late fee per day is Rs.50/-

Sample Input.

Enter the name of student, Roll No. Branch, Section, Year, DOL, DOR,

Sample output

No. of days returned after the due date = 5

Late fee per day = Rs. 50

Fine paid by the student is 5 * 50 =250.



Exercise -12:

Files

12.1) Write a C program to open a file and to print the contents of the file on screen.

12.2) Write a C program to copy content of one file to another file.

12.3) Write a C program to merge two files and store content in another file.

12.4) Scenario – 8 Student Information System Using Files:

Lakshya International school was recently established and having large no of

admissions. The school management wanted the Student information to be

computerized and wanted to maintain in a simple and in effective manner. You are

asked to develop Student Information System using Files to perform the following

tasks

1. Add New Student

2. Update Existing Student

3. Delete Existing Student

4. Retrieve A Particular/All Students

Sample Input:

Choose the task you want to perform:

1. Add

2. Update

3. Delete

4. Retrieve

Your choice: 1

Enter student details:

Name: Akhil

Age: 5

Class: 1

Sample Output:

Student details added

Reference Books:

1. Let Us C by Yashwanth Kanetkar.

2. Programming in C A-Practial Approach by Ajay Mittal.

3. The C programming Language, Dennis Richie and Brian Kernighan, Pearson

Education.

Web Links:

1. https://www.hackerrank.com/

2. https://www.codechef.com/

3. https://www.topcoder.com/

4. https://code-cracker.github.io/

****

https://www.hackerrank.com/

https://www.codechef.com/

https://www.topcoder.com/

https://code-cracker.github.io/



ENGLISH – II


Introduction:

In view of the growing importance of English as a tool for global communication

and the consequent emphasis on training the students to acquire communicative

competence, the syllabus has been designed to develop linguistic and communicative

competence of the students of Engineering.

As far as the detailed Textbooks are concerned, the focus should be on the skills of

listening, speaking, reading and writing. The non-detailed Textbooks are meant for

extensive reading for pleasure and profit.

Thus the stress in the syllabus is primarily on the development of communicative

skills and fostering of ideas. Course Objectives:

COB 1: To improve the language proficiency of the students in English with

emphasis on LSRW skills.

COB 2: To enable the students to study and comprehend the prescribed lessons and

subjects more effectively relating to their theoretical and practical

components.

COB 3: To develop the communication skills of the students in both formal and

informal situations.

COB 4: To make the learner understand how modern life has been shaped by

Technology.

COB 5: To make the students understand the importance of work.

LISTENING SKILLS:

Objectives:

1 To enable the students to appreciate the role of listening skill and improve their

pronunciation.

2 To enable the students to comprehend the speech of people belonging to

different backgrounds and regions.

3 To enable the students to listen for general content, to fill up information and

for specific information.

SPEAKING SKILLS:

Objectives:

1 To make the students aware of the importance of speaking for their personal

and professional communication.

2 To enable the students to express themselves fluently and accurately in social

and professional success.

II Semester L T P C




3 To help the students describe objects, situations and people.

4 To make the students participate in group activities like role-plays, discussions

and debates.

5 To make the students participate in Just a Minute talks.

READING SKILLS:

Objectives:

1 To enable the students to comprehend a text through silent reading.

2 To enable the students to guess the meanings of words, messages and

inferences of texts in given contexts.

3 To enable the students to skim and scan a text.

4 To enable the students to identify the topic sentence.

5 To enable the students to identify discourse features.

6 To enable the students to make intensive and extensive reading. WRITING SKILLS:

Objectives:

1 To make the students understand that writing is an exact formal skills.

2 To enable the students to write sentences and paragraphs.

3 To make the students identify and use appropriate vocabulary.

4 To enable the students capable of note-making.

5 To make the students to write formal and informal letters.

6 To enable the students to write CV

7 To enable the students to write technical reports.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Compare the difference between modern technology and people’s

technology.

CO 2: Identify the causes for climate change.

CO 3: Explain the applications of modern technologies.

CO 4: Infer that spiritual help is the true bias of all activities in life.

CO 5: Identify professional work habits, necessary for effective collaboration

and cooperation.

CO 6: Rephrase coherent writing in political, social and religious background.

CO 7: Demonstrate writing and basic concepts of grammar skills.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K2) - - - - - - - - - 3 - -

CO2 (K3) - - - - - - - - - 2 - -

CO3 (K2) - - - - - - - - - 3 - -

CO4 (K2) - - - - - - - - - 3 - -

CO5 (K3) - - - - - - - - - 2 - -

CO6 (K2) - - - - - - - - - 3 - -

CO7 (K2) - - - - - - - - - 3 - -





CO1 (K2) - 1 -

CO2 (K3) - - -

CO3 (K2) - 1 -

CO4 (K2) - - -

CO5 (K3) - - -

CO6 (K2) - - -

CO7 (K2) - - -

Methodology: 1 The class is to be learner-centred where the learners are to read the texts to get

a comprehensive idea of those texts on their own with the help of the peer group and the teacher.

2 Integrated skill development methodology has to be adopted with focus on individual language skills as per the tasks/exercise.

3 The tasks/exercises at the end of each unit should be completed by the learners only and the teacher intervention is permitted as per the complexity of the task/exercise.

4 The teacher is expected to use supplementary material wherever necessary and also generate activities/tasks as per the requirement.

5 The teacher is permitted to use lecture method when a completely new concept is introduced in the class.

Recommended Topics:

UNIT-I:

1. TECHNOLOGY WITH A HUMAN FACE (Detailed)

2. AN IDEAL FAMILY (Non-Detailed)

UNIT-II:

1. CLIMATE CHANGE AND HUMAN STRATEGY (Detailed)

2. WAR (Non-Detailed)

UNIT-III:

1. EMERGING TECHNOLOGIES (Detailed)

2. THE VERGER (Non-Detailed)

UNIT-IV:

1. THE SECRET OF WORK (Detailed)

2. THE SCARECROW (Non-Detailed)

UNIT-V:

1. WORK BRINGS SOLACE (Detailed)

2. A VILLAGE LOST TO THE NATION (Non-Detailed)

Prescribed Text Books:

Detailed Text Book: ‘Sure Outcomes’ by Orient Black Swan Pvt. Ltd. Publishers.

Non Detailed Text Book : Panorama- A course on Reading by Oxford University

Press Pvt. Ltd. Publishers.



Web Links:

1. http://www.cooperative-individualism.org/schumacher-e-f_technology-with-a-

human-face-1973.htm

2. http://www.sinden.org/verger.html

3. http://btechenglish.blogspot.in/2015/05/work-brings-solace-sure-out-comes-

b.html

4. http://www.ramakrishnavivekananda.info/vivekananda/volume_1/karma-

yoga/secret_of_work.htm

***

http://www.cooperative-individualism.org/schumacher-e-f_technology-with-a-human-face-1973.htm

http://www.cooperative-individualism.org/schumacher-e-f_technology-with-a-human-face-1973.htm

http://www.sinden.org/verger.html

http://btechenglish.blogspot.in/2015/05/work-brings-solace-sure-out-comes-b.html

http://btechenglish.blogspot.in/2015/05/work-brings-solace-sure-out-comes-b.html

http://www.ramakrishnavivekananda.info/vivekananda/volume_1/karma-yoga/secret_of_work.html

http://www.ramakrishnavivekananda.info/vivekananda/volume_1/karma-yoga/secret_of_work.html



MATHEMATICS-II


Course Objectives:




design skills.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Apply various numerical methods to find roots of equations and

interpolating polynomials.

CO 2: Apply numerical methods to initial value problems and problems

involving integration.

CO 3: Find the Fourier series of a given function and study the convergence of

the series.

CO 4: Find the Fourier transforms for given functions.

CO 5: Apply method of separation of variables to solve one dimensional heat

equation and wave equation and two dimensional laplace equations.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -

CO2 (K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -

CO3 (K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -

CO4 (K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -

CO5 (K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -



CO1 (K3) 3 - -

CO2 (K3) 3 - -

CO3 (K2) 2 - -

CO4 (K2) 2 - -

CO5 (K3) 3 2 -

UNIT I:

Solution of Algebraic and Transcendental Equations and Interpolation: Introduction- Bisection method – Method of false position – Iteration method –

Newton - Raphson method.

Errors in polynomial interpolation – Finite differences- Forward differences-Backward

differences –Central differences – Relation between operators - Differences of a

II Semester L T P C




polynomial-Newton’s formulae for interpolation – Interpolation with unequal intervals

- Lagrange’s interpolation formula.

UNIT II:

Numerical Integration and solution of Ordinary Differential equations: Trapezoidal rule- Simpson’s 1/3rd and 3/8th rule-Solution of ordinary differential

equations by Taylor’s series-Picard’s method of successive approximations-Euler’s

method, Modified Euler’s method – Runge - Kutta method (fourth order).

UNIT III:

Fourier Series: Fourier series of periodic function - Dirichlet’s conditions for Fourier expansion -

Functions having points of discontinuities–Change of interval – Even and odd

functions – Half-range series.

UNIT IV:

Fourier Transforms: Fourier integral theorem (without proof) – Fourier sine and cosine integrals - sine and

cosine transforms – properties – inverse transforms – Finite Fourier transforms.

UNIT V:

Applications of Partial Differential Equations:

Classification of Higher order P.D.E - Method of separation of Variables- Solution of

One dimensional Wave equation, Heat equation and two-dimensional Laplace

equation.

Text Books:

1. B.S.Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, 43rd Edition, Khanna

Publishers.

2. V. Ravindranath and P. Vijayalakshmi, Mathematical Methods, Himalaya

Publishing House.

Reference Books:

1. Dean G. Duffy, Advanced engineering mathematics with MATLAB, CRC

Press.


India.

3. Dass H.K., Rajnish Verma. Er., Higher Engineering Mathematics, S. Chand

Co. Pvt. Ltd, Delhi.

4. Higher engineering mathematics by John Bird, 5th edition Elsevier Limited,

2006.

5. Advance engineering mathematics by SRK Iyengar, Alpha Sciences

International Publication.

Web Links:




****






MATHEMATICS-III


Course Objectives:




design skills.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Compute Laplace transform of various functions.

CO 2: Apply Laplace transform to solve initial value problems.

CO 3: Discuss about beta and gamma function, double integral over a region and

triple integral over a volume.

CO 4: Find the gradient of a scalar function, divergence and curl of a vector

function.

CO 5: Apply line, surface and volume integrals to find work done by a force,

flux.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -

CO2 (K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -

CO3 (K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -

CO4 (K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -

CO5 (K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -



CO1 (K3) 3 2 -

CO2 (K3) 3 2 -

CO3 (K2) - - -

CO4 (K2) 2 - -

CO5 (K3) 3 - -

UNIT - I:

Laplace transforms: Laplace transforms of standard functions-First Shifting theorem, Change of scale,

Multiplication with t, Division by t - Transforms of derivatives and integrals – Unit

step function –Dirac’s delta function, Periodic functions.

II Semester L T P C




UNIT – II:

Inverse Laplace transforms:

Inverse Laplace transforms – Convolution theorem (with out proof), Second shifting

theorem.

*(MATLAB Exercise: Computing Laplace transform of f (t) using symbolic toolbox,

Solving initial value problems using ‘dsolve’)

Applications:

Evaluating improper integrals, solving initial value problems using Laplace

transforms.

UNIT - III:

Multiple integrals and Beta, Gamma functions: Multiple integrals: Double and triple integrals – Change of variables – Change of

order of integration, Beta and Gamma functions- Properties - Relation between Beta

and Gamma functions-

Applications:

Finding Areas and Volumes.

UNIT - IV:

Vector Differentiation: Gradient - Directional Derivatives - Divergence- Curl - Laplacian

operator -Vector identities.

Applications:

Equation of continuity, potential surfaces

UNIT - V:

Vector Integration: Line integral – Work done - Surface and volume integrals, Green’s Theorem, Stokes

Theorem and Gauss Divergence theorem (without proof) and related problems.

Text Books:

1. B.S.Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, 43rd Edition, Khanna

Publishers.

2. Dr. T K V Iyengar, Engineering Mathematics, S. Chand Publications.

Reference Books:

1. George B. Thomas, D, Weir and J. Hass. Thomas Calculus, 12th edition, 2010

Pearson Education

2. Greenberg, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 2nd edition, Pearson

Education.


India.

4. W. Jordan and T. Smith, Mathematical Techniques, Oxford University Press.

Web Links:




****






ENGINEERING PHYSICS


Course Objectives:

COB 1: To equip the students with basic knowledge of physics in the areas of

optics and lasers.

COB 2: To impart the basic knowledge of sound and material science.

Course outcomes:


CO 1: Make use of the basic concepts of interference and relate to the principle

of interferometer.

CO 2: Relate the basic concepts of diffraction to illustrate the principle of optical

instruments like Telescope & microscope.

CO 3: Explain the basic concepts of polarization, principle of polarimeter and the

method of producing high intensity light beams.

CO 4: Explain the basic concepts of sound waves, ultrasonics, crystal structure

and X-ray diffraction Techniques.

CO 5: Classify different types of solids, to use the appropriate solid as per its

magnetic and dielectric properties.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K3) 3 - - - - - - - - - - -

CO2 (K2) 2 - - - - - - - - - - -

CO3 (K2) 2 - - - - - - - - - - -

CO4 (K2) 2 - - - - - - - - - - -

CO5 (K2) 2 - - - - - - - - - - -



CO1 (K3) 3 - -

CO2 (K2) 2 1 -

CO3 (K2) 2 - -

CO4 (K2) 2 1 -

CO5 (K2) 2 - -

UNIT-I:

INTERFERENCE:

Principle of Superposition – Coherence – Interference in thin films (reflection

geometry)-– Newton’s rings – construction and basic principle of Interferometer.

II Semester L T P C




UNIT-II:

DIFFRACTION:

Fraunhofer diffraction at single slit - Cases of double slit, N-slits, & circular

aperture, Grating equation – Rayleigh criterion of resolving power-Resolving power

of a grating, Telescope and Microscopes.

UNIT-III:

POLARIZATION:

Types of Polarization-production - Nicol Prism -Quarter wave plate and Half Wave

plate-working principle of polarimeter (Sacharimeter)

LASERS:

Characteristics– Stimulated emission – Einstein’s Transition Probabilities- Pumping

schemes - Ruby laser – Helium Neon laser-CO2 Laser-Applications

UNIT-IV:

ACOUSTICS:

Reverberation time - Sabine’s formula – Acoustics of concert-hall.

ULTRASONICS:

Production - Ultrasonic transducers- Non-Destructive Testing-Applications.

CRYSTALLOGRAPHY & X-RAY DIFFRACTION:

Basis and lattice – Crystal Systems – Bravais Lattice - Symmetry elements- Unit

cell- packing fraction – coordination number- Miller indices – Separation between

successive (h k l) planes – Bragg’s law-Bragg’s x-ray spectrometer.

UNIT-V:

MAGNETISM:

Classification based on Field, Temperature and order/disorder –atomic origin –

Ferromagnetism- Hysteresis- applications of magnetic materials (Para &Ferro).

DIELECTRICS:

Electric Polarization – Dielectric in DC fields – Internal field – Clausius Mossoti

Equation –Dielectric loss- Ferroelectric Hysteresis and applications.

Text Books:

1. Engineering Physics – by M. N. Avadhanulu and T.V.S. Arun Murthy,

S. Chand & Company Ltd.,

2. Physics for Engineers by M. R. Srinivasan, New Age international publishers

(2009).

3. Engineering Physics by D. K. Bhattacharya and Poonam Tandon, Oxford press

(2015).

Reference books:

1. Applied Physics by P. K. Palanisamy, Scitech publications (2014).

2. ‘Solid State Physics’ by A. J. Dekker, Mc Millan Publishers (2011).

Web Links:

1. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/122107035/11


3. https://phet.colorado.edu/en/simulations/category/physics

4. http://physicsgecg.blogspot.in/p/reading-materials.html

5. https://sites.google.com/site/physicsbysureshsaganti/home

****

http://nptel.ac.in/courses/122107035/11


https://phet.colorado.edu/en/simulations/category/physics

http://physicsgecg.blogspot.in/p/reading-materials.html

https://sites.google.com/site/physicsbysureshsaganti/home



ENGINEERING DRAWING


Course Objectives:

COB 1: To impart the knowledge for drawing various types of polygons, conic

sections and scales.

COB 2: To improve the visualization skills of the students for representing the 3D

objects in 2D planes.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Sketch the polygons, conics and scales by using the principles of drawing.

CO 2: Draw Orthographic projections of points and lines.

CO 3: Draw Orthographic projections of planes in various positions.

CO 4: Draw Orthographic projections of solids in various positions.

CO 5: Construct isometric scale and isometric projections.

CO 6: Convert isometric view in to orthographic views.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K3) 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -

CO2 (K3) 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -

CO3 (K3) 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -

CO4 (K3) 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -

CO5 (K3) 3 2 1 - 3 - - - - 3 - -

CO6 (K3) 3 2 1 - 3 - - - - 3 - -



CO1 (K3) 3 - 3

CO2 (K3) 3 - 3

CO3 (K3) 3 - 3

CO4 (K3) 3 - 3

CO5 (K3) 3 2 3

CO6 (K3) 3 2 3

UNIT-I

Introduction to Engineering Drawing: Lettering, Dimensioning, Types of lines.

Geometrical Constructions: Construction of regular polygons by general method and inscribing circle method.

Special methods for pentagon and hexagon.

Conic Sections: Ellipse, Parabola and Hyperbola by general method (eccentricity method) and special

methods.

Scales: Plain Scale, Diagonal Scale and Vernier Scales.

II Semester L T P C




UNIT-II

Orthographic Projections: Introduction to orthographic projections, Projections of Points, Projections of Lines.

UNIT-III

Projections of Planes: Regular planes perpendicular/parallel to one reference plane and inclined to other

reference plane; inclined to both the reference planes.

UNIT-IV

Projections of Solids: Prisms, Pyramids, Cones and Cylinders with the axis parallel to both the reference

planes and axis inclined to one of the reference planes.

UNIT-V

Isometric Projections

Isometric Scale, Isometric Projections, Conversion of Isometric views into

Orthographic projections.

Text Books:

1. Engineering Drawing by N.D.Bhatt, Charotar Publishers.

2. Engineering Drawing by K.L.Narayana and P. Kannaiah. Scitech Publishers.

Reference Books:

1. Engineering Drawing by K. Venugopal, New Age Publications.

2. Engineering Drawing by M. B. shah & B.C. Rana., Pearson’s Publishers.

3. Engineering Drawing by B. Agrawal & C.M. Agrawal, Tata Mcgraw Hill

Publishers.

Web Links:


2. http://freevideolectures.com/Course/3420/Engineering-Drawing

3. http://engineeringdrawing.org

4. http://inoxwap.com/video/category/engineering-drawing-for-first-year-

engineering.html

****


http://freevideolectures.com/Course/3420/Engineering-Drawing

http://engineeringdrawing.org/

http://inoxwap.com/video/category/engineering-drawing-for-first-year-engineering.html

http://inoxwap.com/video/category/engineering-drawing-for-first-year-engineering.html



BASIC ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING

(Common to ME & Min.E)

Course Objectives:

The objectives of the course are

COB 1: To impart the basic principles of electrical circuital law’s and analysis of

networks.

COB 2: To impart the knowledge about dc Machines and transformers and

understand the principle of operation and construction details of dc

machines & Transformers.

COB 3: To impart the knowledge about alternator and 3-Phase induction motor and

understand the principle of operation and construction details of alternator

and 3-Phase induction motor.

COB 4: To impart the adequate knowledge about the operation of PN junction

diode, half wave and full wave rectifiers.

COB 5: To impart the adequate knowledge about the operation of PNP and NPN

transistors.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Analyze the various electrical networks.

CO 2: Explain the operation of DC generators, 3-point starter and DC machine

testing by Swinburne’s Test.

CO 3: Examine the performance of single-phase transformer.

CO 4: Compare the operation of 3-phase alternator and 3-phase induction motors.

CO 5: Distinguish the operation of half wave, full wave bridge rectifiers, and

types of transistors.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K4) 3 3 - - - - - - - - - -

CO2 (K2) 2 - - - - - 3 - - - - -

CO3 (K4) 3 - 2 - - 3 - - - - - -

CO4 (K2) 2 1 - - - 2 - - - - - -

CO5 (K4) 3 3 2 2 - - 2 - - - - -



CO1 (K4) - 3 -

CO2 (K2) - 1 -

CO3 (K4) - 3 -

CO4 (K2) - - -

CO5 (K4) - - -

II Semester L T P C




UNIT – I:

Electrical Circuits:

Types of network elements - ac and dc independent sources and their V-I relationship -

Ohm’s law - Kirchhoff’s Laws – mesh analysis - Series - Parallel circuits – star - delta

and delta - star transformations – basic introduction to ac circuits.

UNIT – II:

Dc Machines:

Principle of operation of dc generator – EMF equation - types of dc generator –

applications- Principle of operation of dc motor -torque equation - three point starter -

speed control methods of dc motor – Swinburne’s test.

UNIT – III:

Transformers:

Principle of operation and construction of single phase transformers – EMF equation –

Losses – OC and SC tests -efficiency and regulation for various power factors.

UNIT – IV:

AC Rotating Machines:

Principle of operation of alternators– Types of alternators - Principle of operation of

synchronous motor-Principle of operation of 3-Phase induction motor – Slip-torque

characteristics – Efficiency calculations from direct loading.

UNIT – V:

Rectifiers & Transistors:

PN junction diodes - diode applications (Half wave and Full wave rectifiers) - PNP

and NPN junction transistor - transistor as an amplifier

Text Books:

1. Electrical Technology by Surinder Pal Bali, Pearson Publications. Vol. I and

Vol. II.

2. Electronic Devices and Circuits, R. L. Boylestad and Louis Nashelsky, 9th

edition, PEI/PHI 2006.

Reference Books:

1. Basic Electrical Engineering by M. S. Naidu and S. Kamakshiah, TMH

Publications.

2. Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering by Rajendra Prasad, PHI Publications,

2nd edition.

3. Basic Electrical Engineering by Sukhija and Nagsarkar, Oxford Publications,

2nd edition.

4. Electrical Circuit Theory and Technology by John Bird, Routledge Taylor &

Francis Group.

Web Links::

1. http://www.nptelvideos.in/2012/11/electrical-machines-i.html.

2. www.falstad.com/circuits.

****

http://www.nptelvideos.in/2012/11/electrical-machines-i.html



ENGLISH COMMUNICATION SKILLS LAB - II


Course Objectives:

COB 1: To facilitate computer-aided multi-media instruction enabling

individualized and independent language learning.

COB 2: To improve the fluency in spoken English and neutralize mother tongue

Influence.

COB 3: To train students to use language appropriately

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Illustrate interpersonal skills using language confidently and effectively

for personal and profession growth.

CO 2: Make use of effective delivery strategies to select, compile, and

synthesize information for an oral presentation.

CO 3: Demonstrate in mock interviews, mock group discussion and public

speaking.

CO 4: Identify communicative competency to respond to others in different

situations.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K2) - - - - 2 - - - - 3 - -

CO2 (K3) - - - - 3 - - - - 2 - -

CO3 (K2) - - - - 2 - - - - 3 - -

CO4 (K3) - - - - 3 - - - - 2 - -



CO1 (K2) - - -

CO2 (K3) - - -

CO3 (K2) - 1 -

CO4 (K3) - - -

PRACTICE 1:

Body Language

PRACTICE 2:

Dialogues

II Semester L T P C

Course Code: 171HS2L02 0 0 3 2



PRACTICE 3:

Presentation Skills

PRACTICE 4:

Group Discussion PRACTICE 5:

Interviews and Telephonic Interviews.

PRACTICE 6:

Debates Reference Books:

1. Strengthen your Communication Skills by Dr.M.Hari Prasad, Dr.Salivendra J.Raju and Dr.G.Suvarna Lakshmi, Maruthi Publications.

2. English for Professionals by Prof Eliah, B.S Publications, Hyderabad. 3. A Handbook of English for Professionals by Prof Eliah, B.S Publications. 4. Effective Technical Communication by M. Ashraf Rizvi, Tata Mcraw – Hill

Publishing Company. 5. Cornerstone, Developing soft skills, Pearson Education.

****



ENGINEERING PHYSICS LAB


II Semester L T P C

Course Code: 171BS2L02 0 0 3 2

Course Objectives:

COB 1: To make the students gain practical knowledge to co- relate with the

theoretical studies.

COB 2: To impart skills in measurements.

COB 3: To plan the experimental procedure and to record and process the results.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Use spectrometer, polarimeter, travelling microscope for making

measurements.

CO 2: Determine energy gap of a semiconductor, draw characteristic curves to

estimate thermal coefficient of a thermsitor, zener diode.

CO 3: Determine the rigidity and determine frequency of an unknown electric

vibrator.

CO 4: Determine wavelength of unknown source, the width of narrow slits,

spacing Between close rulings using lasers and appreciate the accuracy in

measurements.

CO 5: Verify magnetic field along the axis of a circular coil.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K3) 3 - - - 3 - - - - - - -

CO2 (K2) 2 - - - 2 - - - - - - -

CO3 (K3) 3 - - - 3 - - - - - - -

CO4 (K3) 3 - - - 3 - - - - - - -

CO5 (K3) 3 - - - 3 - - - - - - -



CO1 (K3) 3 - -

CO2 (K2) 2 - -

CO3 (K3) - 2 -

CO4 (K3) - 2 -

CO5 (K3) - 2 -



LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:

(Any 10 of the following listed experiments)

1. Determination of wavelength of a source-Diffraction Grating-Normal

incidence.

2. Newton’s rings – Radius of Curvature of Plano - Convex Lens.

3. Determination of thickness of a spacer using wedge film and parallel

interference fringes.

4. Determination of Rigidity modulus of a material- Torsional Pendulum.

5. Determination of Acceleration due to Gravity and Radius of Gyration-

Compound Pendulum.

6. Melde’s experiment – Transverse and Longitudinal modes.

7. Verification of laws of vibrations in stretched strings – Sonometer.

8. Determination of velocity of sound – Volume Resonator.

9. L- C- R Series Resonance Circuit.

10. Study of I/V Characteristics of Semiconductor diode.

11. I/V characteristics of Zener diode.

12. Characteristics of Thermistor – Temperature Coefficients.

13. Magnetic field along the axis of a current carrying coil – Stewart and Gee’s

apparatus.

14. Energy Band gap of a Semiconductor p - n junction.

15. Hall Effect in semiconductors.

16. Time constant of CR circuit.

17. Determination of wavelength of laser source using diffraction grating.

18. Determination of Young’s modulus by method of single cantilever oscillations.

19. Determination of lattice constant – lattice dimensions kit.

20. Determination of Planck’s constant using photocell.

21. Determination of surface tension of liquid by capillary rise method.

22. Polarimeter – Determination of specific rotation of sugar solution.

23. Single Slit – Determination of Slit width using laser or Determination of

Wavelength of laser.

Reference Books: 1. Engineering Physics Lab Manual by Dr.C.V.Madhusudhana Rao, V.Vasanth

Kumar, Scitech Publications. 2. Laboratory Manual Cum Record for Engineering Physics I & II by

Dr.Y.Aparna, Dr.K.Venkateswara Rao, VGS Technoseries.

****



ENGINEERING WORKSHOP & IT WORKSHOP


II Semester L T P C


ENGINEERING WORKSHOP

Course Objectives:

COB 1: To impart hands-on practice on basic engineering trades and skills.

COB 2: To nurture the students to be able to build various joints used in different

trades used for various domestic and Industrial applications.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Construct the various wooden joints.

CO 2: Prepare the various fitting joints.

CO 3: Experiment with different shapes by black smithy.

CO 4: Develop components for making the various sheet metal models.

CO 5: Experiment with the various house wiring connections.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K3) 3 2 1 - 3 - - - - - - -

CO2 (K3) 3 2 1 - 3 - - - - - - -

CO3 (K3) 3 2 1 - 3 - - - - - - -

CO4 (K3) 3 2 1 - 3 - - - - - - -

CO5 (K3) 3 2 1 - 3 - - - - - - -



CO1 (K3) 3 2 -

CO2 (K3) 3 2 -

CO3 (K3) 3 2 -

CO4 (K3) 3 2 -

CO5 (K3) - - -

Trade:

Carpentry:

1. T-Lap Joint

2. Cross Lap Joint

3. Dovetail Joint

4. Mortise and Tenon Joint

Fitting:

1. Vee Fit

2. Square Fit

3. Half Round Fit

4. Dovetail Fit



Black Smithy:

1. Round rod to Square

2. S-Hook

3. Round Rod to Flat Ring

4. Round Rod to Square headed bolt

House Wiring:

1. Parallel / Series Connection of three bulbs

2. Stair Case wiring

3. Florescent Lamp Fitting

4. Measurement of Earth Resistance

Tin Smithy:

1. Taper Tray

2. Square Box without lid

3. Open Scoop

4. Funnel

Reference Books:

1. Engineering Workshop Dr. A. B. Srinivasa Rao, AMIGO Books.

2. Manual on Workshop practice by Dr. P.Kannaiah & Dr. K.L.Narayana, Scitech

publications.

IT WORKSHOP

Course Objectives:

COB 1: To nurture the students to identify the basic components of a computer.

COB 2: To demonstrate the process of assembling and disassembling of computer

parts.

COB 3: To explain the installation of operating systems.

COB 4: To make the students develop applications like spread sheet, documents,

presentation using the software like MS office, LATEX.

COB 5: To illustrate the usage of internet.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Identify various components and its functions.

CO 2: Apply the knowledge of computer peripherals in assembling,

disassembling and troubleshooting of personal computer.

CO 3: Experiment with installation of operating system and make the computer

ready to use.

CO 4: Prepare word documents, excel sheets and power point presentation.

CO 5: Develop LaTeX documents to handling equations and images effectively.

CO 6: Make use of internet to enhance their technical skills.




CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K1) 1 - - - 1 1 - - - - - -

CO2 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 3 - - - - - -

CO3 (K3) 3 - - - 1 1 - - - - - -

CO4 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 3 - - - - - -

CO5 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 3 - - - - - -

CO6 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 3 - - - - - -



CO1 (K1) 1 - -

CO2 (K3) 3 - -

CO3 (K3) 3 - 3

CO4 (K3) - - -

CO5 (K3) - - -

CO6 (K3) 3 2 3

Exercise 1: Identification of peripherals of a computer Block diagram of the CPU along with the configuration of the each peripheral and its

functions.

Exercise 2: System Assembling and Disassembling Disassembling the components of a PC and assemble them back to working condition.

Exercise 3: Installation of softwares

Installation of operating Systems: Windows, Linux along with necessary Device

Drivers, Installation of application softwares and Tools.

Exercise 4:Troubleshooting (Demonstration)

Hardware Troubleshooting: Identification of a problem and fixing a defective PC

Software Troubleshooting: Identification of a problem and fixing the PC for any

software issues.

Exercise 5:Network Configuration and Internet Configuring TCP/IP, proxy and firewall settings, Internet and World Wide Web-

Search Engines, Types of search engines, netiquette, cyber hygiene.

Exercise 6: MS-Office / Open Office

a. Word - Formatting, Page Borders, Reviewing, Equations, symbols.

b. Spread Sheet - organize data, usage of formula, graphs and charts.

c. Power point - features of power point, guidelines for preparing an effective

Presentation.

d. Access- creation of database, validate data.

Exercise 7:LaTeX

LaTeX - basic formatting, handling equations and images.



Reference Books:

1. Computer Hardware, Installation, Interfacing, Troubleshooting and

Maintenance, K.L. James, Eastern Economy Edition.

2. Microsoft Office 2007: Introductory Concepts and Techniques, Windows XP

Edition by Gary B. Shelly, Misty E. Vermaat and Thomas J. Cashman (2007,

Paperback).

3. LATEX- User’s Guide and Reference manual, Leslie Lamport, Pearson, LPE,

2/e.

4. Scott Mueller’s Upgrading and Repairing PCs, 18/e, Scott. Mueller, QUE,

Pearson, 2008.

5. The Complete Computer upgrade and repair book, 3/e, Cheryl A Schmidt,

Dream tech.

6. Comdex Information Technology course tool kit Vikas Gupta, WILEY Dream

tech.

7. Introduction to Information Technology, ITL Education Solutions limited,

Pearson Education.

Web Links:

1. https://assembleyourpc.net

2. https://lifehacker.com

3. http://www.teachmsoffice.com

4. https://www.latex-tutorial.com/tutorials

****

https://assembleyourpc.net/

https://lifehacker.com/

http://www.teachmsoffice.com/

https://www.latex-tutorial.com/tutorials/



METALLURGY AND MATERIALS SCIENCE

III Semester L T P C


Course Objectives:

COB 1: To make the students familiarize with the concepts of structure of

metals and mechanical behaviour of materials.

COB 2: To make the students understand the basic knowledge in the

constitution of alloys and in different types of alloy systems.

COB 3: To teach the basic concept of iron-iron carbide equilibrium diagram and

heat treatment of alloys.

COB 4: To make the students comprehend the areas of non-ferrous metals and

alloys.

COB 5: To make the students understand the basic concepts in the area of

ceramic and composite materials.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Explain the concepts of structure of metals and mechanical behavior

under different loading conditions

CO 2: Describe the advantages of various alloys and the fundamental concepts

of equilibrium diagrams.

CO 3: Discuss the concept of solidification of metal alloys and the

fundamental concepts of iron-iron carbide equilibrium diagrams.

CO 4: Apply the concepts of various heat treatment methods to variety of

steels.

CO 5: Use the concepts of non-ferrous metals and alloys in metallurgical areas

CO 6: Summarize the properties and applications of ceramic and composite

materials.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K2) 2 - - - - - - - - - - -

CO2 (K2) 2 - - - - - - - - - - -

CO3 (K2) 2 - - - 2 - - - - - - -

CO4 (K3) 3 - - - 3 - 3 - - 3 - 3

CO5 (K3) 3 - - - 3 - 3 - - 3 - 3

CO6(K3) 3 - - - - - - - - - - 3

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes CO / PSO PSO 1 (K3) PSO 2 (K4) PSO 3 (K3)

CO1 (K2) - - -

CO2 (K2) - - -

CO3 (K2) - - -

CO4 (K3) - - 3

CO5 (K3) - - 3

CO6(K3) - - -



UNIT- I

Structure of Metals: Bonds in solids-metallic bond-crystal structure - BCC, FCC, HCP, Unit cells, Packing

factor, Crystallization of metals, Grains and grain boundaries, Effect of grain boundaries

on properties of metals, Crystal imperfections.

Mechanical Behavior of Materials: Elastic deformation, Plastic deformation - Twinning, Fracture.

Constitution of alloys: Necessity of alloying, Types of solid solutions, Hume Rothery rules, Intermediate alloy

phases and Electron compounds.

UNIT- II

Equilibrium Diagrams: Phase rule, Experimental method of construction of equilibrium diagrams, Isomorphous

alloy systems, Equilibrium cooling and heating of alloys. Lever rule, Coring miscibility

gaps, Eutectic systems, Congruent melting intermediate phases, Peritectic reaction,

Transformations in solid state – allotropy, Eutectoid, Peritectoid reactions, Relationship

between equilibrium diagrams and properties of alloys. Study of important binary phase

diagrams of Cu-Ni, Al-Cu, Bi-Cd, Cu-An, Cus-Sn and Fe-Fe3C.

UNIT- III

Metallurgy of Iron and Steels: Fe-Fe3C equilibrium diagram, Micro constituents in steels, Classification of steels, Structure and properties of plain carbon steels. Heat treatment of steels- Annealing,

Normalizing, Hardening, TTT diagrams, Tempering, Hardenability, Surface hardening methods, Age hardening treatment, Cryogenic treatment of alloys.. Effect of alloying elements on Fe-Fe3C system, Low alloy steels, Stainless steels, Hadfield manganese steels, Tool steels and Die steels, Structure and properties of White

cast iron, Malleable cast iron, Grey cast iron and Spheroidal grey cast iron.

UNIT- IV

Non-Ferrous Metals and Alloys:

Structure and properties of Copper and its alloys, Aluminum and its alloys and Titanium and its alloys.

UNIT- V

Ceramic Materials:

Crystalline ceramics, Glasses, Cermets, Abrasive materials, Nano materials - Definition,

Properties and Applications.

Composite Materials:

Classification of Composites, Particle reinforced materials, Fiber reinforced materials,

Metal ceramic mixtures, Metal-matrix composite and C-C composites. Introduction to

Powder metallurgy, Preparation methods and Applications of Powder metallurgy.

Text Books:

1. Introduction to Physical Metallurgy, Sidney H Avner, TMH Publications, 2nd Edition

2. Materials Science and Metallurgy, V.D. Kodgire, Everest Publishing House, 39th

Edition



Reference Books:

1. Materials Science and Engineering, An Introduction, William D.Callister, Wiley

Publications, 9th Edition

2. Elements of Materials Science, V.Raghavan, Pearson Education, 6th Edition

3. Engineering Materials & Metallurgy, R.K. Rajput, S. Chand Publications, 2nd Edition

4. Essentials of Material Science, Donald Askeland, SI Edition, 3rd edition

Web Links:


2. www.themetalcasting.com

3. https://www.tue.nl

4. https://www.eurotherm.com/metallic-alloys



MECHANICS OF SOLIDS



Course Objectives:

COB 1: To make the student calculate the various types of stresses and strains in a

body for various loading conditions.

COB 2: To make the student draw the shear force and bending moment diagrams

for beams of various loading conditions.

COB 3: To train the students calculate the bending and shear stresses across the

beams of various cross-sections.

COB 4: To enable the student determine the slope and deflection of beam under

various loads.

COB 5: To make the student solve the shear stress due to twisting and buckling

load in columns.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Estimate the stresses and strains in bodies of varying cross-section,

Composite bars.

CO 2: Determine the loads in various members of plane trusses and frames.

CO 3: Sketch the shear force and bending moment diagrams for beams of various

supports and loads.

CO 4: Analyze the variation of bending and shear stresses across a beam cross-

section.

CO 5: Calculate the slope and deflection for beams of various load and support

arrangements.

CO 6: Compute the shear stresses due to application of twisting moment.

CO 7: Evaluate the buckling loads for various columns.

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Outcomes:

CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K4) 3 3 2 - - - 3 - - 3 - 3

CO2 (K3) 3 2 1 - - - 3 - - 3 - 3

CO3 (K3) 3 2 1 - - - 3 - - 3 - 3

CO4 (K4) 3 3 2 - - - 3 - - 3 - 3

CO5 (K3) 3 2 1 - - - 3 - - 3 - 3

CO6 (K3) 3 2 1 - - - 3 - - 3 - 3

CO7 (K4) 3 3 2 - - - 3 - - 3 - 3

Mapping of Course Outcomes with Program Specific Outcomes:

CO/PSO PSO 1 (K3) PSO 2 (K4) PSO 3 (K3)

CO1 (K4) 3 - -

CO2 (K3) 3 - -

CO3 (K3) 3 - -

CO4 (K4) 3 - -

CO5 (K3) 3 - -

CO6 (K3) 3 - -

CO7 (K4) 3 - -



UNIT-I

Simple Stresses & Strains:

Elasticity and plasticity – Types of stresses & strains–Hooke’s law – stress – strain

diagram for mild steel – Working stress – Factor of safety – Lateral strain, Poisson’s

ratio & Volumetric strain – Bars of varying section – Composite bars – Temperature

stresses - Relation between elastic constants- Strain energy – Resilience – Gradual,

Sudden, Impact and Shock loadings.

UNIT-II

Analysis of Plane Trusses and Frames:

Method of sections - Method of joints.

Shear Force and Bending Moment:

Definition of beam – Types of beams – Concept of shear force and Bending moment –

S.F and B.M diagrams for Cantilever, Simply supported and Overhanging beams

subjected to point loads, Uniformly distributing loads, Uniformly varying loads,

Simple couples, Eccentric loads and combination of these loads – Point of contra

flexure – Relation between S.F, B.M and rate of loading at a section of a beam.

UNIT-III

Flexural Stresses:

Theory of simple bending – Assumptions – Derivation of bending equation: M/ I = f/y

= E/R Neutral axis – Determination bending stresses – Section modulus of

rectangular and circular sections (Solid and Hollow), I-section, T-section, Angle and

Channel sections – Design of simple beam sections.

Shear Stresses:

Derivation of formula – Shear stress distribution across various beams sections like

Rectangular, Circular, Triangular, I-section, T-section, Angle sections.

UNIT-IV

Deflection of Beams:

Bending into a circular arc – Slope, Deflection and Radius of curvature – Differential

equation for the elastic line of a beam – Double integration and Macaulay’s methods –

Determination of slope and deflection for cantilever and simply supported beams

subjected to point loads – Uniformly distributing loads – Uniformly varying load.

Mohr’s theorems – Moment area method – Application to simple cases including

overhanging beams.

UNIT-V

Torsion:

Introduction – Derivation – Torsion of Circular shafts – Pure Shear – Transmission of

power by circular shafts, Shafts in series, Shafts in parallel.

Columns:

Buckling and Stability, Columns with Pinned ends, Columns with other support

conditions, Limitations of Euler’s Formula, Rankine’s Formula.



Text Books:

1. Mechanics of Materials, B. C. Punmia, Laxmi Publications.

2. Strength of Materials, G.H. Ryder, 3rd Edition.

Reference Books:

1. Mechanics of Materials, James. M. Gere. Nelson Thornes Publication, 6th

Edition.

2. Mechanics of Materials, E Russell Johnston and John T Dewolf, Mc. Graw

Hills, 3rd Edition.

3. Strength of Materials, Part-1, S.Timshenko, CBS Publication, 3rd Edition.

4. Strength of Materials, S. Ramamrutham, Dhanapat Rai Publications, 16th

Edition.

Web Links:


2. http://www.nptel.ac.in/courses/Webcoursecontents/IITROORKEE/strength%2

0of%20materials/homepage.htm

3. https://www.accessengineeringlibrary.com/maps/strength-of-materials



THERMODYNAMICS



Course Objectives:

COB 1: To impart the knowledge of basic concepts of thermodynamics.

COB 2: To illustrate the concept of first law of thermodynamics and

applications

COB 3: To illustrate the concept of second law of thermodynamics

COB 4: To facilitate the students to know the concepts of pure substance and

their properties.

COB 5: To help the students learn the properties of gas mixtures and power

cycles.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1 : Explain the fundamental definitions used in thermodynamics

CO 2 : Outline the temperature principles of thermometry.

CO 3 : Apply first law of thermodynamics to various thermodynamic systems

CO 4 : Analyze the concepts of second law of thermodynamics.

CO 5 : Estimate the quality of steam subjected to various thermodynamic

process

CO 6 : Determine gravimetric analysis to volumetric analysis for different

gaseous mixtures.

CO 7 : Compare various power cycles


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K2) 2 1 - - - - 3 - - - - -

CO2 (K4) 3 3 - - - - 3 - - - - -

CO3 (K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -

CO4 (K4) 3 3 - - - - - - - - - -

CO5 (K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -

CO6 (K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -

CO7 (K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -


CO / PSO PSO 1 (K3) PSO 2 (K4) PSO 3 (K3) CO1 (K2) 2 - -

CO2 (K4) 3 - -

CO3 (K3) 3 - -

CO4 (K4) 3 - -

CO5 (K3) 3 - -

CO6 (K3) 3 - -

CO7 (K2) - - -



UNIT-I

Basic Concepts of Thermodynamics:

Introduction, system, boundary, surrounding, control volume, universe, types of

system, Macroscopic and Microscopic View Point, concept of Continuum, control

volume, control space, Thermodynamic Equilibrium, State, property, process, cycle,

Reversibility, Quasi static process, irreversible process, causes of irreversibility

energy in state and energy in transition, types of work and heat, point and path

function. Zeorth law of Thermodynamics- Concept of temperature principles of

thermometry, reference points, constant volume gas thermometer, Scales of

temperature, ideal gas scale.

UNIT- II

First Law of Thermodynamics:

Joule’s Experiment- First law of thermodynamics, PMM-I, Corollaries- First law

applied to a Process, applied to a system, Steady Flow Energy Equation, throttling and

free expansion processes. Energy Balance, deviations from perfect gas model, Vander

walls equation of state, compressibility charts, variable specific heats, gas tables.

UNIT-III

Second Law of Thermodynamics:

Limitations of first law of thermodynamics, thermal reservoir, heat engine, heat

pump, parameters of performance, second law of thermodynamics, Kelvin Planck and

Clausius statements and their equivalence collieries, PMM-II, Carnot Principle, Carnot

cycle and its specialities. Thermodynamic scale of temperature, Clausius inequality,

Entropy, principle of entropy increase, energy equation, availability and irreversibility,

thermodynamic potentials, Gibbs and Helmholtz functions, Maxwell relations

elementary treatment of the third law of thermodynamics.

UNIT-IV

Properties of Pure Substances:

Pure substance, P-V-T surfaces, T-S & h-s diagrams, Mollier charts, phase

transformations, triple point, at critical state properties during the change of phase,

dryness fraction, Clausius Clapeyron equation property tables. Various

thermodynamic processes, energy transfer, steam calorimetry.

UNIT-V

Properties of Gas Mixtures & Thermodynamic Cycles:

Mixture of perfect gases, mole fraction, mass fraction, gravimetric & volumetric

analysis, Dalton’s law of partial pressure, Avogadro’s law of additive volumes,

equivalent gas constant, molecular internal energy, enthalpy of specific heats and

entropy of mixture of perfect gasses, vapour and atmospheric air.

Air Standard Cycles: Carnot Cycle, Otto Cycle, Diesel & Dual Cycle.

Gas Power Cycles: Sterling Cycle, Atkinson Cycle, Ericson Cycle, Lenoir Cycle.

Refrigeration Cycles: (Carnot cycle, Bell Coleman cycle, Vapor Refrigeration cycles)

Description and representation on P–V and T-S diagram, Thermal Efficiency, Mean

Effective Pressures on Air standard basis – Comparison of Cycles



Text Books:

1. Engineering Thermodynamics, P.K. Nag, Tata McGraw Hill Publishers, 5th

Edition

2. Heat Engineering, V.P.Vasandhani & D.S Kumar, Metropolitan Book Depot,

2011 Edition.

Reference Books:

1. Thermodynamics: An Engineering Approach Y.A. Cengel and M.A. Boles,

Tata Mc-Graw Hill Publishers, 7th Edition.

2. Engineering Thermodynamics, Mayhew and Rogers, Longman Green & Co

Ltd., London, E.L.B.S, 8th Edition

3. Fundamentals of Classical Thermodynamics (SI Version), Van Wylen. G.J.

and Sonntag. R.E, 2nd Edition.

Web Links:

1. https://www.nptel.ac.in/courses/112105123/1

2. https://www3.nd.edu/~powers/ame.20231/planckdover.pdf

3. https://www.eduinformer.com/engineering-thermodyna



MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS

(Common to EEE, ME, ECE, CSE & IT)



Course Objectives:

COB 1: To enable the students with the basic inputs of managerial

economic and demand concepts

COB 2: To understand the nature of markets, Methods of Pricing in the

different market structures and to know the different forms of

Business organization and the concept of Business Cycles.

COB 3: To impart the knowledge on production theories, its factors and

cost analysis.

COB 4: To make the students take optimal decisions and acquiring the

knowledge on financial accounting and its analysis.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Explain the Managerial Economic concepts for decision making

and forward planning.

CO 2: Illustrate the law of demand and its exceptions, to use different

forecasting methods for predicting demand for various products

and services.

CO 3: Identify the cost behaviour, costs useful for managerial decision

making and Break Even Point (BEP) of an enterprise.

CO 4: Outline the different types of business organizations along with

basic knowledge on business cycle.

CO 5: Make use of the process & principles of accounting and prepare

Journal, Ledger, Trial Balance, Trading A/c., Profit & Loss A/c.

and Balance Sheet of an enterprise.

CO 6: Utilize various techniques on investment project proposals with the

help of capital budgeting techniques for decision making.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K2) - - - - - - - 2 - - - -

CO2 (K2) - - - - - - - - - 3 - -

CO3 (K3) - - - - - - - - - - 3 -

CO4 (K2) - - - - - - - - - - - 3

CO5 (K2) - - - - - - - - - 3 - -

CO6 (K3) - - - - - - - - - 3 - -




UNIT-I

Introduction to Managerial Economics and demand Analysis:

Definition of Managerial Economics –Scope of Managerial Economics and its

relationship with other subjects –Concept of Demand, Types of Demand,

Determinants of Demand- Demand schedule, Demand curve, Law of Demand and its

limitations- Elasticity of Demand, Types of Elasticity of Demand and Measurement-

Demand forecasting and Methods of forecasting.

UNIT – II

Production and Cost Analyses:

Concept of Production function- Cobb-Douglas Production function – Law of Variable

proportions-Isoquants and Isocosts and choice of least cost factor combination-

Concepts of Returns to scale and Economies of scale-Different cost concepts:

opportunity costs, explicit and implicit costs- Fixed costs, Variable Costs and Total

costs – Cost –Volume-Profit analysis-Determination of Breakeven point(simple

problems)- Managerial significance and limitations of Breakeven point.

UNIT – III

Introduction to Markets, Pricing Policies & Types of Business Organization and

Business Cycles:

Market Structures: Perfect Competition, Monopoly, Monopolistic competition and

Oligopoly Features – Price and Output Determination – Methods of Pricing: Average

cost pricing, Limit Pricing, Market Skimming Pricing, and Internet Pricing: Flat Rate

Pricing, Usage sensitive pricing and Priority Pricing. Features and Evaluation of Sole

Trader, Partnership, Joint Stock Company – State/Public Enterprises and their forms –

Business Cycles : Meaning and Features – Phases of Business Cycle.

UNIT – IV

Introduction to Accounting & Financing Analysis:

Introduction to Double Entry Systems – Preparation of Financial Statements-Analysis

and Interpretation of Financial Statements-Ratio Analysis

UNIT – V

Capital and Capital Budgeting:

Capital Budgeting: Meaning of Capital-Capitalization-Meaning of Capital Budgeting-

Time value of money- Methods of appraising Project profitability: Traditional

Methods(pay back period, accounting rate of return) and modern methods(Discounted

cash flow method, Net Present Value method, Internal Rate of Return Method and

Profitability Index)


CO 1(K2) - - -

CO 2(K2) - - 2

CO 3(K3) - - 3

CO 4(K2) - - 2

CO 5(K2) - - 2

CO 6(K3) 3 - -



Text Books:

1. Managerial Economics and Financial Analysis, A. R. Aryasri, TMH

Publication, 4th Edition.

2. Managerial Economics and Financial Analysis, S. A. Siddiqui & A. S. Siddiqui,

New Age Publishers, 1st Edition.

Reference Books:

1. Managerial Economics: Principles and Worldwide Applications, Dominick

Salvatore, Oxford University Press, 7th Edition.

2. Financial Accounting for Management, Ramachandran N, Ram Kumar Kakani,

Pearson Education, 2nd Edition,.

3. Managerial Economics, D N Dwivedi, PHI Publication, 8th Edition.

4. Cost and Management Accounting, S P Jain & KL Narang, Kalyani Publishers,

3rd Edition.

Web Links: 1. www.managementstudyguide.com

2. www.tutorialspoint.com

3. http://shodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7277/9/08_chapter%202

http://www.managementstudyguide.com/

http://www.tutorialspoint.com/

http://shodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/7277/9/08_chapter%202



FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRAULIC MACHINERY



Course Objectives:

COB 1: To make the students to familiarize with the properties of fluids and

applications.

COB 2: To make the students to understand the principle of buoyancy,

stability of a floating body.

COB 3: To make the students to determine the losses in various flow systems,

COB 4: To impart the knowledge of impact of jets.

COB 5: To make the student understand the concepts of hydraulic machines

and their applications.

Course Outcomes:



CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO 1 (K4) 3 3 - - - - - - - - - -

CO 2 (K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -

CO 3 (K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -

CO 4 (K4) 3 3 - - - - - - - - - -

CO 5 (K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -

CO 6 (K4) 3 3 - - - - - - - - - -


CO 1: Explain the concepts of Fluid statics and Fluid kinematics.

CO 2: Calculate the meta centric height of a submerged body.

CO 3: Describe the concepts of Fluid dynamics.

CO 4: Analyze the concepts of Boundary Layer Theory.

CO 5: Solve the hydrodynamic force of jet on various vanes.

CO 6: Evaluate the performance characteristics of types of Turbines and

Pumps.


CO 1 (K4) - 3 -

CO 2 (K3) - 2 -

CO 3 (K2) - - -

CO 4 (K4) - 3 -

CO 5 (K2) - - -

CO 6 (K4) - 3 -



UNIT-I

Fluid Statics: Dimensions and units: Physical properties of fluids–Mass, Density,

Specific weight, Specific volume, Specific gravity, Viscosity, Surface tension, Vapor

pressure and their influence on fluid motion. Atmospheric pressure, Gauge pressure and

vacuum pressure, Measurement of pressure Piezometers, U-tube and differential

manometers.

Buoyancy and Flotation: Meta center, Stability of floating body. Submerged bodies.

Calculation of metacentric height. Stability analysis and applications.

Fluid Kinematics: Streamline, Path line and streak lines and stream tubes,

Classification of flows ideal fluid and real fluid–steady and unsteady flows, Uniform

and non-uniform flows, Laminar and turbulent flows, Rotational and irrotational flows,

Equation of continuity for one-dimensional flows.

UNIT II

Fluid Dynamics: Various forces acting on a fluid element- Euler’s and Bernoulli’s

equation for flow along a stream line, Momentum equation and its applications for pipe

bend problem.

Closed Conduit Flow: Reynolds number, Reynolds experiment–“Darcy–Weisbach”

equation–Minor losses in pipes, Pipes in series and pipes in parallel, Total energy line,

Hydraulic gradient line.

UNIT III

Boundary Layer Theory: Introduction, Momentum Integral equation, Displacement,

Momentum and energy thickness.

Dimensional Analysis: Dimensionless numbers.

Impact of Jet on Vanes: Hydrodynamic force on jets on stationary and moving flat,

Inclined and curved vanes, Jet striking centrally and at tip, Velocity diagrams, Work

done and efficiency, Flow over radial vanes.

UNIT IV

Hydraulic Turbines: Classification of turbines–Impulse and reaction turbines, Pelton

wheel, Francis turbine and Kaplan turbine–Working principles, Work done,

Efficiencies, Hydraulic design, Draft tube theory, Functions and efficiency.

Performance of Hydraulic Turbines: Geometric similarity, Unit and specific

quantities, Characteristic curves, Governing of turbines, selection of type of turbines,

Cavitations, Surge tank, Water hammer.

UNIT V

Centrifugal and Reciprocating Pumps: Classification, Working of centrifugal pump,

Work done– Manometric head–Losses and efficiencies–Specific speed pumps in series

and parallel, Performance characteristic curves, NPSH. Working of Reciprocating

pumps, Discharge, slip, Percentage slip and Indication diagrams.

Text Books: 1. Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines, R.K. Rajput,S.Chand publications,

Revised Edition

2. Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines, K.L Kumar, S.Chand publications,

2008



Reference Books:

1. Fluid Mechanics, Frank M.White, Mcgraw-Hill series, 7th edition.

2. Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Power Engineering, D.S. Kumar, Kotaria & Sons,

Revised Edition.

3. Fluid Mechanics and Machinery, D. Rama Durgaiah, New Age International,

Revised Edition

4. Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines, R.K.Bansal, Laxmi Publications (P)

Ltd., 9th Edition.

Web Links:


2. http://www.science-animations.com/fluidmechanics.html

3. https://iitbmechdamp.wordpress.

4. https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/find-by-

topic/#cat=engineering&subcat=mechanicalengineering&spec=fluid

mechanics

https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/find-by-topic/#cat=engineering&subcat=mechanicalengineering&spec=fluid

https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/find-by-topic/#cat=engineering&subcat=mechanicalengineering&spec=fluid



COMPUTER AIDED ENGINEERING DRAWING PRACTICE

(Common to ME & Min.E)


Course Code: 171ME3T01 3 0 3 3

Course Objectives:

COB 1: To train the students to improve the graphical skills in design of

mechanical components.

COB 2: To impart the knowledge of drawing machine components in

AUTOCAD

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Construct the projection of solids inclined to both the planes.

CO 2: Draw the sectional view of the solids.

CO 3: Develop the surfaces of solids like prism, pyramid, cone and

cylinder.

CO 4: Practice the intersection of solids and Isometric Views.

CO 5: Draw the isometric and orthographic projections of the machine

parts through AutoCAD.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1(K3) 3 - - - - - - - - 3 - -

CO2(K3) 3 - - - - - - - - 3 - -

CO3(K3) 3 - - - - - - - - 3 - -

CO4(K3) 3 - - - 3 - - - - 3 - 3

CO5(K3) 3 - - - 3 - - - - 3 - 3



CO1 (K3) 3 - 3

CO2 (K3) 3 - 3

CO3 (K3) 3 - 3

CO4 (K3) 3 - 3

CO5 (K3) 3 - 3

UNIT-I

Projections of Solids: Projections of Solids inclined to both planes – Auxiliary Views

Sections of Solids: Section of solids like Prism, Cylinder, Pyramid, Cone.

Development of Solids: Development of surfaces of solids like Prisms, Cylinder, Pyramid, Cone and their

parts.



UNIT-II

Intersection of Solids:

Intersection of Cylinder Vs Cylinder, Cylinder Vs Prism, Cylinder Vs Cone.

Isometric Projections:

Conversion of orthographic views to isometric views.

UNIT III

Introduction to Computer Aided Drafting: Generation of points, Lines, Curves, Polygons, Dimensioning. Types of modeling:

object selection commands –Edit, Zoom, Cross hatching, Pattern filling, Utility

commands, 2D wire frame modeling, 3D wire frame modeling.

UNIT IV

View Points and View Ports: View point coordinates and view (s) displayed, Examples to exercise different options

like save, Restore, Delete, Joint, Single option.

UNIT V Computer Aided Solid Modeling:

Isometric projections, Orthographic projections of isometric projections, Modeling of

simple solids, Modeling of Machines & Machine Parts.

Text Books:

1. Engineering Drawing, N.D Bhatt, Charotar Publications, 53rd Edition

2. Text book of Engineering Drawing with Auto-CAD, K.VenkataReddy,

B.S.Publications, 4th Edition

References Books:

1. Mastering Auto CAD 2013 and Auto CAD LT 2013 – George Omura, Sybex

Publication.

2. Auto CAD 2013 fundamentals- Elisemoss, SDC Publication.

3. Engineering Drawing and Graphics using AutoCAD, T. Jeyapoovan,Vikas

Publication.

4. Engineering Drawing, Auto CAD, K. Venugopal, V. Prabhu Raja, New Age

Publication.

Web Links:

1. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/112103019/35.


3. http://www.engineeringdrawing.org/category/projection_of_solids.

4. http://www.engineeringdrawing.org/category/section_of_solids.



BASIC ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS LAB



Course Objectives:

COB 1: To train the student to estimate the efficiency of a DC machines,

transformer and 3-Phase Induction motor.

COB 2: To equip the student to evaluate the Pre-determination of the regulation of

an alternator by Synchronous impedance method

COB 3: To enable the student to examine the speed control of a DC shunts motor.

COB 4: To make the student to understand the concept and working of PN junction

Diode, BJT and CE amplifier.

COB 5: To equip the student to with knowledge of operation of rectifier circuits for

signal conversion from AC to DC.

COB 6: To enable the student to understand the applications of Operational

Amplifiers

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Illustrate the efficiency of a a DC machines, transformer and 3-Phase

induction motor

CO 2: Apply Synchronous impedance method to Pre-determine the regulation of

an alternator

CO 3: Apply the Field flux control method & Armature Voltage control method

to Control the speed of a DC shunt motor

CO 4: Explain the working of PN junction diode, BJT and CE amplifier

CO 5: Develop rectifier circuits for signal conversion from AC to DC

CO 6: Explain the simple mathematical operations using Operational Amplifier-

IC-741(inverting, non inverting, integrator and differentiator)




CO1 (K2) - 1 -

CO2 (K3) - 2 -

CO3 (K3) - 2 -

CO4 (K2) - 1 -

CO5 (K3) - 2 -

CO6 (K2) - 1 -

CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K2) 2 - 1 2 - - - - - - - -

CO2 (K3) 3 - 1 3 - - - - - - - -

CO3 (K3) 3 2 1 3 - - - - - - - -

CO4 (K2) 2 - 1 2 - - - - - - - -

CO5 (K3) 3 - 1 3 - - - - - - - -

CO6 (K2) 2 1 1 2 - - - - - - - -



The following experiments are required to be conducted as compulsory

experiments:

Section A: Electrical Engineering

Week 1. 1. To determine the efficiency of a given D.C.Shunt machine working

as motor and generator ( Swinburne’s test on D.C. Shunt machine.)

Week 3. 2.To determine the efficiency and regulation of single phase

transformer at given power factors (OC and SC tests on single

phase transformer).

Week 5. 3.To obtain the performance characteristics of 3-phase Induction motor

(Brake test).

Week 7. 4.To obtain the regulation of alternator by Synchronous impedance

method.

Week 9. 5.To conduct the Speed control test on D.C. Shunt motor by

a) Armature Voltage control

b) Field flux control method

Week 11. 6.To obtain the performance characteristics of D.C Shunt Motor (Brake

test).

Section B: Electronics Engineering

The following experiments are required to be conducted as compulsory experiments:

Week 2. 7.To draw the PN junction diode characteristics a) Forward bias b)

Reverse bias (Cut in voltage and resistance calculations)

Week 4. 8.To obtain the CE characteristics of transistor (Input and output)

Week 6. 9.To find out the characteristics of half wave rectifier with and without

filters.

Week 8. 10.To find out the characteristics of full wave rectifier with and without

filters.

Week 10. 11.To draw the frequency response of CE amplifiers.

Week 12. 12.To obtain the OP- Amp applications (inverting, non inverting,

integrator and differentiator)

List of Augmented experiments - Electrical Engineering (Week 13 – Week14)

(Any one of the following experiments can be performed)

13. To make scott connection on the given two 1-ø transformer and verifying the

voltage on the secondary side of the Scott connected transformer.

14. To Verify of Parallel Operation of Two Identical 1- ø Transformers

15. To separate the hysteresis losses and eddy current losses of a 1- ø transformer

List of Augmented experiments – Electronics Engineering (Week 15 – Week16)


16. To draw the V I characteristics of a P-N Junction Diode (Ge &Si ).

17. To draw the V I characteristics of a Zener Diode.

18. To verify the operation of Zener Diode as a voltage regulator.



Reference Books:

1. Basic Electrical Engineering by M. S. Naidu and S. Kamakshiah, TMH

Publications

2. Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering by Rajendra Prasad, PHI Publications,

2nd edition

3. Basic Electrical Engineering by Sukhija and Nagsarkar, Oxford Publications,

2nd edition

4. Electrical Circuit Theory and Technology by John Bird, Routledge Taylor &

Francis Group.

Web Links:

1. http://jntuk-coeerd.in/

2. http://www.nptelvideos.in/2012/11/electrical-machines-i.html



****

http://jntuk-coeerd.in/

http://www.nptelvideos.in/2012/11/electrical-machines-i.html





MECHANICS OF SOLIDS AND METALLURGY LAB



Course Objectives:

COB 1: To impart the practical knowledge on testing of material

mechanical behavior under various direct loads.

COB 2: To make the students to test the mechanical behavior of spring

and cube under load.

COB 3: To impart the practical knowledge on testing of material under

various indirect loads.

COB 4: To make the students to study of the Micro Structure of pure

metals and alloys.

COB 5: To aware the students to calculate the hardness of various treated

and untreated steels.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Demonstrate the material mechanical behaviour under various

direct loads

CO 2: Calculate the mechanical strength of spring and cube.

CO 3: Demonstrate the materials mechanical behaviour under various

indirect loads.

CO 4: Analyze the Structure of pure metals and alloys

CO 5: Estimate the hardness of various treated and untreated steels


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K2) 2 1 - - - - 3 - - 3 2 -

CO2 (K3) 3 2 - - - - 3 - - 3 3 -

CO3 (K2) 2 1 - - - - 3 - - 3 2 -

CO4 (K4) - 3 - - - - 3 - - - - -

CO5 (K2) 2 1 - - - - 3 - - 3 2 -



CO1 (K2) - - -

CO2 (K3) 3 - 3

CO3 (K2) - - -

CO4 (K4) - - -

CO5 (K2) 2 - 2




experiments:

Section A: Mechanics of Solids Week 1. 1.To conduct direct tension test on mild steel bar.

Week 2. 2.To conduct bending test on Simple supported beam & Cantilever

beam.

Week 3. 3.To determine Modulus of rigidity of given specimen by conducting

Torsion test on circular shafts

Week 4. 4.To determine hardness value for the given metal specimen using

a) Brinell hardness tester b) Rockwell hardness tester.

Week 5. 5.To conduct compression and tension test on springs.

Week 6. 6.To determine the compression strength on cube by a) UTM b) CTM.


experiments:

Section B: Metallurgy & Material Science

Week 7. 7.To study the Micro Structure of pure metals like Iron, Cu and Al.

Week 8. 8.To study the Microstructure of Mild steels, low carbon steels, high –

C steels.

Week 9. 9.To Study the Micro Structures of Cast Irons.

Week 10. 10.To Study the Micro Structures of Non-Ferrous alloys.

Week 11. 11.To Study the Micro structures of Heat treated steels.

Week 12. 12.To determine the harden ability of steels by Jominy End Quench

Test.

List of Augmented Experiments - Mechanics of Solids (Week 13 – Week 14)


13. To conduct Impact test by a) Izod test. B) Charpy test

14. To find shear strength on given specimen by Punch shear test

15. To determine the maximum shear stress induced in circular beam

List of Augmented Experiments - Metallurgy & Material Science (Week 15 –

Week 16)


16. To find out the hardness of various treated and untreated steels.

17. To study the microstructure of high speed steels.

18. To find the increase in hardness values for the given steel alloys (EN8)

specimen by (oil quenching) medium hardening method.

Reference Books:

1. A laboratory manual of Metals and Alloys, S M Ashram, Sharif Ahmed,

Volume 2.

2. Strength of Materials, R.K.Rajput, S.Chand Publications 4th edition.

3. Introduction to Physical Metallurgy, Sidney H Avener, TMH 2nd edition.



We b Links:

1. http://www.mlrinstitutions.ac.in/sites/default/files/lab1/cb1938e0e081ecdd712

d1c8778bd2fc1-MMS-lab.pdf

2. http://www.iitk.ac.in/mseold/mse_new/facilities/laboratories/Material_Testing

_Lab/MSE313A.pdf

3. http://web.mit.edu/emech/dontindex-build/

****



PROFESSIONAL ETHICS AND HUMAN VALUES


Course Objectives:

COB 1: To demonstrate ethical Theories to students.

COB 2: To paraphrase human rights and quote examples on values and morals.

COB 3: To infer ethical thinking abilities through experimental learning.

COB 4: To help an engineer to identify what is wrong and right in engineering

profession.

COB 5: To prepare an engineer personally and professionally with ethics.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Make use of values, morals and ethics in their day to day life.

CO 2: Identify what is right and wrong through moral ethics.

CO 3: Analyze experimental learning while developing the society with ethos.

CO 4: Apply ethical principles to resolve the problems that arise in work place.

CO 5: Apply adequate knowledge on global code of conduct.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K1) 1 - 1 - - 1 2 1 2 2 1 3

CO2 (K1) 1 1 1 - - 1 2 1 2 2 1 3

CO3 (K2) 2 1 1 1 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3

CO4 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

CO5 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3



CO1 (K1) 1 - 1

CO2 (K1) 1 - 1

CO3 (K2) 2 2 3

CO4 (K3) 3 2 3

CO5 (K3) 3 2 3

UNIT-I

Human Values:

Morals, Values and Ethics – Integrity –Trustworthiness - Work Ethics – Service

Learning – Civic Virtue – Respect for others – Living Peacefully – Caring – Sharing –

Honesty –Courage – Value Time – Co-operation – Commitment – Empathy – Self-

confidence – Spirituality- Character.

UNIT-II

Principles for Harmony:

Truthfulness – Customs and Traditions -Value Education – Human Dignity – Human

Rights – Fundamental Duties - Aspirations and Harmony (I, We & Nature) – Gender


Course Code: 171HS3A09 2 0 0 0



Bias - Emotional Intelligence – Salovey – Mayer Model – Emotional Competencies –

Conscientiousness.

UNIT-III

Engineering Ethics and Social Experimentation:

History of Ethics - Need of Engineering Ethics - Senses of Engineering Ethics-

Profession and Professionalism ––Self Interest - Moral Autonomy – Utilitarianism –

Virtue Theory - Uses of Ethical Theories - Deontology- Types of Inquiry –Kohlberg’s

Theory - Gilligan’s Argument –Heinz’s Dilemma - Comparison with Standard

Experiments –– Learning from the Past –Engineers as Managers – Consultants and

Leaders – Balanced Outlook on Law - Role of Codes – Codes and Experimental

Nature of Engineering.

UNIT-IV

Engineers’ Responsibilities towards Safety and Risk:

Concept of Safety - Safety and Risk – Types of Risks – Voluntary v/sInvoluntary Risk

– Consequences - Risk Assessment – Accountability – Liability - Reversible Effects -

Threshold Levels of Risk - Delayed v/sImmediate Risk - Safety and the Engineer –

Designing for Safety – Risk-Benefit Analysis-Accidents.

UNIT-V

Engineers’ Duties and Rights:

Concept of Duty - Professional Duties – Collegiality - Techniques for Achieving

Collegiality – Senses of Loyalty - Consensus and Controversy - Professional and

Individual Rights –Confidential and Proprietary Information - Conflict of Interest-

Ethical egoism - Collective Bargaining – Confidentiality - Gifts and Bribes - Problem

solving-Occupational Crimes- Industrial Espionage- Price Fixing-Whistle Blowing

Globalization and MNCs –Cross Culture Issues.

Text Books:

1. A Text Book on professional Ethics and human – R.S.Naagarazan

2. Professional Ethics and human values by – M.P.Raghavan’s – scitech

publications (Indian Pvt., 2013)

Reference Books:

1. Engineering Ethics & Human Values by M.Govindarajan, S.Natarajan and

V.S.SenthilKumar-PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd – 2009.

2. Human Values And Professional Ethics by Jayshree Suresh and B. S.

Raghavan, S.Chand Publications

3. Professional Ethics and Human Values by Prof.D.R.Kiran-Tata McGraw-Hill –

2013

4. Engineering Ethics by Harris, Pritchard and Rabins, Cengage Learning, New

Delhi.

Web Links:

1. nptel.ac.in/courses/109104068

2. https://www.reelnreel.com/roles-and-responsibilities-of-a-typical-video-

engineer/


4. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/122106031/Pdfs/2_1.pdf

https://www.reelnreel.com/roles-and-responsibilities-of-a-typical-video-engineer/

https://www.reelnreel.com/roles-and-responsibilities-of-a-typical-video-engineer/



EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS - I




Course Objectives:

COB 1 : To provide necessary training to impart employability skills.

COB 2 : To ensure the students secure placements.

COB 3 : To make the students feel comfortable to face several competitive

examinations with confidence and competence.

COB 4 : To make the student more likely to be employed.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1 : Identify the number and letter series techniques in different models.

CO 2 : Demonstrate the basic grammatical skills.

CO 3 : Compare the different types of number and letter analogy models.

CO 4 : Transfer the different models of coded elements to decoded elements

CO 5 : Ignite creative thinking abilities.

CO 6 : Identify the direction and distance of the objects.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO 1 (K1) 1 1 - - - - - - - - - -

CO 2 (K2) 2 - - - - - - - - 3 - -

CO 3 (K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -

CO 4 (K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -

CO 5 (K3) 3 - - - - - - - - 3 - -

CO 6 (K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -



CO 1 (K1) 1 - -

CO 2 (K2) 2 - -

CO 3 (K2) - 1 -

CO 4 (K3) 3 - -

CO 5 (K3) 3 - -

CO 6 (K3) 3 - -

UNIT-I

Aptitude: Number series

Soft Skills: Importance-Changing Industry Needs English ,Functional Grammar–

Significance, Articles Usage of A, An, The Definition –rules-examples , Prepositions

Definition - Importance - types - usage - rules



UNIT-II

Aptitude: Number Analogy

Soft Skills: Tenses, Voice- Importance - Definitions - usage - rules - types -

structures-signal words - examples

UNIT-III

Aptitude: Letter series, Letter Analogy

Soft Skills: Speech Definition - importance - conversion rules - usage - structures -

examples

UNIT-IV

Aptitude: Coding & Decoding

Soft Skills: Creative product speaking, Auxiliaries A. Primary B. Secondary

UNIT-V

Aptitude: Direction Test

Soft Skills: Sentences –simple, complex, compound, Sentence Improvement,

Text Books:

1. A Modern Approach to Verbal & Non-Verbal Reasoning- Dr. R.S. Aggarwal, S CHAND

2. Quick Learning Objective General English - Dr. R.S. Aggarwal, S CHAND

Reference books

1. General Intelligence and Test of Reasoning- S CHAND

2. Logical Reasoning –Arun Sharma, Mc Graw Hill Publications.

3. A New Approach to Objective English -R.S. Dhillon DGP Publications

Web Links

1. www.indiabix.com

2. https://www.indianstudyhub.com

****

http://www.indiabix.com/



EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS - I (Revised Syllabus for batches admitted from 2018 - 2019)




Course Objectives:

COB 1: To provide necessary training to impart employability skills.

COB 2: To ensure the students secure placements.

COB 3: To make the students feel comfortable to face several competitive


COB 4: To make the student more likely to be employed.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Identify the number and letter series techniques in different models.

CO 2: Demonstrate the basic grammatical skills.

CO 3: Compare the different types of number and letter analogy models.

CO 4: Transfer the different models of coded elements to decoded elements.

CO 5: Ignite creative thinking abilities.

CO 6: Identify the direction and distance of the objects.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO 1(K1) 1 - - - - - - - - - - -

CO 2(K2) 2 - - - - - - - - 3 - -

CO 3(K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -

CO 4(K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -

CO 5(K3) 3 - - - - - - - - 3 - -

CO 6(K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -


CO / PSO PSO 1 (K4) PSO 2 (K4) PSO 3(K6) PSO 4 (K3)

CO 1(K1) - - - 1

CO 2(K2) - 1 - -

CO 3(K2) - - - 2

CO 4(K3) - - - 3

CO 5(K3) - - - 3

CO 6(K3) - - - -

UNIT-I

Aptitude: Number series

Soft Skills: Importance-Changing Industry Needs English, Functional Grammar–

Significance, Articles Usage of A, An, The Definition –rules-examples , Prepositions

Definition - Importance - types - usage - rules



UNIT-II

Aptitude: Number Analogy

Soft Skills: Tenses, Voice- Importance - Definitions - usage - rules - types -

structures-signal words - examples

UNIT-III

Aptitude: Letter series, Letter Analogy

Soft Skills: Speech Definition - importance - conversion rules - usage - structures -

examples

UNIT-IV Aptitude: Coding & Decoding

Soft Skills: Creative product speaking, Auxiliaries A. Primary B. Secondary

UNIT-V Aptitude: Direction Test

Soft Skills: Sentences –simple, complex, compound, Sentence Improvement,

Text Books:

1. A Modern Approach to Verbal & Non-Verbal Reasoning- Dr. R.S. Aggarwal, S

CHAND

2. Quick Learning Objective General English - Dr. R.S. Aggarwal, S CHAND

Reference books

1. General Intelligence and Test of Reasoning- S CHAND

2. Logical Reasoning –Arun Sharma, Mc Graw Hill Publications.

3. A New Approach to Objective English -R.S. Dhillon DGP Publications

Web Links

1. www.indiabix.com


****




KINEMATICS OF MACHINERY

IV Semester L T P C


Course Objectives:

COB 1: To introduce the concept of kinematics of machine elements,

Chains and mechanisms

COB 2: To impart the knowledge on various lower pair mechanisms and

steering gear mechanisms

COB 3: To make the students aware on calculating velocity and

acceleration of Kinematic elements

COB 4: To make the students draw the cam profiles for various follower

motions.

COB 5: To perceive the working principles of gears and gear trains.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Make use of Kinematic links and pairs to form different chains,

mechanisms and inversions.

CO 2: Explain different lower pair mechanisms for exact and approximate

straight line motions.

CO 3: Analyze the velocity and acceleration of various links by using

different methods.

CO 4: Develop the cam profiles at various follower motions.

CO 5: Solve the various aspects of gear and gear trains.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -

CO2 (K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - 3 - -

CO3 (K4) 3 3 2 2 - - 3 - - - - 3

CO4 (K3) 3 2 1 - - - 3 - - - - 3

CO5 (K3) 3 2 1 1 - - 3 - - - - 3



CO1 (K3) 3 - -

CO2 (K2) - - -

CO3 (K4) 3 - -

CO4 (K3) 3 - -

CO5 (K3) 3 - -

UNIT – I

Mechanisms: Elements or Links – Classification – Rigid Link, flexible and fluid link – Types of

kinematic pairs- Sliding, Turning, Rolling, Screw and spherical pairs – Lower and

higher pairs – Closed and open pairs – Constrained motion – Completely, Partially or



successfully constrained and incompletely constrained. Grublers criteria ,Grashoff’s

law , Degrees of freedom, Kutzbach criterion for planar mechanisms,

Inversion Of Mechanisms:

Kinematic chain –Inversions of quadric cycle chain – Inversion of mechanism – Single

and double slider crank chains.

UNIT – II

Lower Pair Mechanisms: Exact Straight Line Motion Mechanisms– Peaucellier, Hart and Scott Russul –

Grasshopper – Watt T. Chebicheff and Robert Mechanisms and Approximate straight

line motion Mechanisms, Pantograph. Conditions for correct steering – Davis Steering

gear, Ackerman’s steering gear – Velocity ratio of single and double Hooke’s Joint.

UNIT – III

Kinematics:

Velocity Analysis Velocity – Motion of link in machine – Determination of Velocity diagrams Graphical

method – Application of relative velocity method four bar chain. Analysis of slider

cranks chain for displacement, velocity.

Acceleration Analysis: Angular acceleration of Links, Acceleration of Intermediate and offset points- Four

Link Mechanism- Slider Crank Mechanism, Kliens construction, Coriolis component

of acceleration.

Plane Motion of Body: Instantaneous center of rotation, Three Centres In line theorem – Graphical method

determination of instantaneous centre for four bar mechanism.

UNIT – IV

Cams and Followers:

Definitions of cam and followers – their uses – Types of followers and cams –

Terminology –Types of follower motion: Uniform velocity, Simple harmonic motion

uniform acceleration and retardation, cycloidal motion. Maximum velocity and

maximum acceleration during outward and return strokes in the above four cases.

UNIT – V

Gears:

Introduction, Higher pairs, friction wheels and toothed gears–types – Law of gearing,

Condition for constant velocity ratio for transmission of motion, Form of teeth:

Cycloidal and involute profiles. Velocity of sliding – Phenomena of interferences.

Condition for minimum number of teeth to avoid interference, Expressions for arc of

contact and path of contact, Introduction to Helical, Bevel and worm gearing.

Gear Trains:

Introduction, Train value, Types – Simple and reverted gear train – Epicyclic gear

Train. Methods of finding train value or velocity ratio, Selection of gear box-

Differential gear for an automobile.

Note: Drawing sheet is to be provided in the End Semester Examination



Text Books:

1. Theory of Machines, R.S Khurmi, S.Chand publications, 14th Edition.

2. Theory of Machines, S.S Rattan, Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishers Ltd, 4th

Edition.

Reference Books:

1. Mechanism and Machine theory, Ashok G. Ambekar, PHI Publications.

2. Theory of Machines, Sadhu Singh, Pearson, 3rd Edition.

3. Theory of Machines, V.P.Singh, Dhanpat Rai, 3rd Edition.

4. Theory of Machines, R.K. Bansal and J.S.Brar, Lakshmi Publications, 4th

Edition.

Web Links:

1. https://en.wikiversity.org/wiki/Theory_of_Machines.

2. https://www.slideshare.net/rajendratelvekar/theory-of-machines-lecturer-notes.


****

https://en.wikiversity.org/wiki/Theory_of_Machines

https://www.slideshare.net/rajendratelvekar/theory-of-machines-lecturer-notes




THERMAL ENGINEERING – I

IV Semester L T P C


Course Objectives:

COB 1: To impart the knowledge on working of IC engine and the various losses.

COB 2:

To teach the basic concepts of combustion phenomenon and knocking in S.I.

and C.I. Engines.

COB 3: To enable the students to calculate the performance of S.I and C.I Engines.

COB 4: To make students learn about different types of compressors and to calculate

power and efficiency.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Understand the ideal thermodynamic air standard cycles.

CO 2: Analyze the combustion of CI engine and SI engine.

CO 3: Estimate energy distribution by conducting heat balance test on IC engines

CO 4: Explain the working of various types of reciprocating compressor

CO 5: Evaluate efficiency of various types of rotary compressors


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K2) 2 1 - - 2 2 - - - 3 2 -

CO2 (K4) 3 3 2 2 3 3 - - - 3 3 -

CO3 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 3 - - - 3 3 -

CO4 (K2) 2 1 - - 2 2 - - - 3 2 -

CO5 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 3 - - - 3 3 -



CO1 (K2) 2 - -

CO2 (K4) - - -

CO3 (K3) 3 - -

CO4 (K2) 2 - -

CO5 (K3) - - -

UNIT-I

Actual Cycles and their Analysis: Introduction, Comparison of Air Standard and

Actual Cycles, Time Loss Factor, Heat Loss Factor, Exhaust Blow down-Loss due to

Gas exchange process, Volumetric Efficiency. Loss due to Rubbing Friction, Actual

and Fuel-Air Cycles of CI Engines.

I.C.Engines : Classification - Working principles, Valve and Port Timing Diagrams, -

Engine systems –Fuel, Carburetor, Fuel Injection System, Ignition, Cooling and

Lubrication, principle of wankle engine, Principles of supercharging and turbo

charging.

UNIT-II

Combustion in S.I. Engine: Normal Combustion and abnormal combustion –

Importance of flame speed and effect of engine variables – Types of Abnormal



combustion, Pre-ignition and knocking – Fuel requirements and fuel rating, Anti

knock additives .

Combustion in C.I. Engine: Four stages of combustion – Delay period and its

importance – Effect of engine variables – Diesel Knock– Need for air movement,

suction, Compression and combustion induced turbulence –Open and divided

combustion chambers and nozzles used – Fuel requirements and fuel rating.

UNIT –III

Measurement, Testing and Performance: Parameters of performance -

Measurement of cylinder pressure, Fuel consumption, Air intake, Exhaust gas

composition, Brake power – Determination of frictional losses and indicated power –

Performance test – Heat balance sheet and chart.

UNIT-IV

Compressors: Classification –Positive displacement and roto dynamic machinery –

Power producing and power absorbing machines, Fan, Blower and Compressor –

Positive displacement and dynamic types –Reciprocating and rotary types.

Reciprocating Compressor: Principle of operation, Work required, Isothermal

efficiency, Volumetric efficiency and effect of clearance, Multi stage compression,

Under cooling, Saving of work, Minimum work condition for two stage compression.

UNIT-V

Rotary Compressor (Positive Displacement Type): Roots Blower, Vane sealed

compressor, Lysholm compressor –Mechanical details and Principle of working –

Efficiency considerations.

Centrifugal Compressors: Mechanical details and principle of operation – Velocity

and pressure variation. Energy transfer-Impeller blade shape-losses, Slip factor, Power

input factor, Pressure coefficient and adiabatic coefficient – Velocity diagrams –

Power. Axial Flow Compressors: Mechanical details and principle of operation –

Velocity triangles and energy transfer per stage degree of reaction, Work done factor -

Isentropic efficiency- Pressure rise calculations – Polytropic efficiency.

Text Books:

1. Heat Engines,V.P. Vasandani & D.S. Kumar, Metropolitan Book Co. Pvt. Ltd,

4th Edition.

2. Thermal Engineering, John B.Heywood, TMH, 5th Edition.

Reference Books:

1. Thermal Engineering, R.K Rajput, Lakshmi Publications, 10th Edition.

2. IC Engines,Volume-I ,M.L.Mathur & R.P.Sharma, Dhanpath Rai & Sons.

3. Thermal Engineering, R.S.Khurmi & J.S.Gupta, S.Chand Publication, 15th

Edition.

4. Thermal Engineering, PL Ballaney, Khanna Publishers, 25th Edition.

Web Links:







PRODUCTION TECHNOLOGY

IV Semester L T P C


Course objectives:

COB 1: To make the students to understand the fundamentals of casting and

their application.

COB 2: To impart the knowledge of special types of casting processes,

solidification of metals and different casting defects.

COB 3: To perceive the students various types of welding processes and

welding defects.

COB 4: To introduce the fundamentals of various sheet metal forming

techniques and plastic processing techniques.

COB 5: To enable the students to acquire the types of bulk forming

processes, rolling and various extrusion methods.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Describe the basics of casting and its applications.

CO 2: Demonstrate various special casting processes.

CO 3: Distinguish between the different joining techniques.

CO 4: Explain the basics of sheet metal forming and plastics processing

techniques.

CO 5: Summarize the bulk metal deforming process.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K1) 1 - - - 1 - - 1 2 2 1 - CO2 (K3) 3 - - - 3 - - 3 3 - 3 - CO3 (K4) 3 - - - 3 - - - 3 3 - - CO4 (K2) - - - - 2 - - 2 - 3 2 - CO5 (K2) - - - - 2 - - - - 3 2 -



CO1 (K1) 1 1 1

CO2 (K3) 3 2 3

CO3 (K4) 3 - 3

CO4 (K2) - 1 2

CO5 (K2) - 1 2



UNIT –I

Introduction: Engineering materials and its properties and classification of various manufacturing

processes.

Casting:

Introduction to casting, Requirements of casting, Steps involved in making a casting,

Advantage of casting and its applications.

Patterns: Types of patterns, Materials used for patterns.

Allowances: All Pattern allowances and their construction.

Gating: Principles of Gating, Gating ratio and design of gating systems.

Runner & Risers: Types function and design of riser.

UNIT-II

Special Casting Techniques:

Molding sand: Preparation and Composition, Sand property test, Casting shakeout.

Core: Types of core, Core print. Chaplets, Chills and Exothermic materials

applications in sand casting, Metal fluidity.

Furnace: Crucible furnace Cupola, Induction furnace, Reverberatory furnace, Open

hearth, Arc furnace, Charge calculations.

Casting design considerations.

Solidification of casting: Concept of Solidification of metal and Alloys. Problems on

solidification time.

Special casting processes: Centrifugal casting, Die casting and Investment casting,

Shell molding.

Casting defects: Causes and remedies.

UNIT-III

Metal Joining Methods:

Introduction to welding process: Classification of welding processes, Types of

welded joints, and their characteristics.

Gas welding: Different types of flames, Oxy-acetylene welding and Cutting.

Arc welding: Basic principles of Arc welding, V-I Characteristic curves of power

source, Problems on V-I Characteristic, Duty cycle, MMAW, SAW, TIG, MIG.

Solid state welding processes: Friction welding, Friction stir welding, Forge welding,

Explosive welding, Thermit welding, PAW, Laser beam welding, EBW, Soldering &

Brazing, Resistance welding and its types. Heat affected zone (HAZ).

Welding defects: – Causes and Remedies.

Testing: Destructive and Non-destructive of welds

UNIT – IV

Sheet Metal Forming & Plastic Processing Techniques:

Introduction: Role of sheet components, Shearing mechanism, Various press working

operations. Presses for sheet metal working and press tools, Die and Punch, Different

type of dies, Blanking and Piercing, Forces and Load estimation in forming, Deep

drawing, Stretch forming, Bending, Coining, Spinning, Spring back and its remedies.

High energy rate forming process: Principles of explosive forming, Electromagnetic

forming, Electro hydraulic forming and Rubber pad forming, Advantage and

Limitations.

Plastic Processing: Types of Plastics, Properties, Applications and their processing

methods, Blow molding and Injection molding.



UNIT – V

Bulk Metal Deforming Processes:

Introduction to bulk deforming process: Plastic deformation, Yield and flow

criteria, strain hardening, Hot and cold working, Recovery, Machine and equipment’s

for the metal deforming processes, Parameters and force calculations for different

processes.

Classification of metal deforming processes: Swaging, Forging and it’s all types,

Forging defects.

Rolling: Fundamentals and Types of rolling mills and Products.

Extrusion: Basics and its characteristics, Types of extrusion, Impact extrusion,

Hydrostatic extrusion, Wire drawing and Tube drawing.

Text Books:

1. Manufacturing Technology Volume I, P.N. Rao, TMH Publications, 6th Edition.

2. Manufacturing Processes, H.S. Shan, Cambridge University Publication, 2nd

Edition.

Reference Books:

1. Manufacturing Processes for Engineering Materials, Kalpakjian S & Steven R

Schmid, Pearson Publication, 5th Edition.

2. Manufacturing Science, A.Ghosh & A.K. Mallik, East West Press Pvt. Ltd

Publication, 3rd Edition.

3. Process and materials of manufacture, Lindberg, PHI Publications, 4th Edition.

4. Advance Welding Processes, R.S.Parmar, Khanna Publishers

Web Links:


2. http://study.com/articles/Online_Welding_Classes_and_Training_Programs.


4. http://nptel.ac.in/course.php



DESIGN OF MACHINE MEMBERS - I

IV SEMESTER L T P C


Course Objectives:

COB 1: To illustrate the design function in mechanical engineering, the steps

involved in designing and the relation of design activity with

manufacturing activity.

COB 2: To enable the student select proper materials for different machine

elements based on their mechanical properties.

COB 3: To impart knowledge about various theories of failure to design a machine

component.

COB 4: To teach the student to estimate the strength of machine elements.

COB 5: To make the student learn the design procedure for the different machine

elements such as fasteners, shafts, couplings, keys, axially loaded joints

etc.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Apply the design procedure to engineering problems, including the

consideration of technical and manufacturing constraints.

CO 2: Evaluate the strength, stiffness and fatigue of machine elements.

CO 3: Analyze various types of stresses on mechanical components subjected to

both static and dynamic loads.

CO 4: Explain the design of fasteners subjected to eccentric & fluctuating loads.

CO 5: Calculate the design parameters of various components like springs and

pressure vessels.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 3 - 3 - - 3 -

CO2 (K5) - - 3 3 - - - - - - - -

CO3 (K4) - 3 2 2 - - - - - - - -

CO4 (K4) - - 2 2 - - - - - - - -

CO5 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 3 - 3 - - 3 -



CO1 (K3) 1 2 -

CO2 (K5) 3 - -

CO3 (K4) 3 - -

CO4 (K4) 3 - -

CO5 (K3) - 2 -



UNIT – I

Introduction to Machine Design:

Introduction to machine design- Engineering Materials and their properties – selection

–Manufacturing considerations in design- Preferred numbers- BIS Codes – Combined

Stresses - Complex Stresses - Stresses on an inclined plane under different uniaxial

and biaxial stress conditions - Principal planes and principal stresses - Mohr’s circle -

various theories of failure.

UNIT – II

Design Under Fluctuating Stresses: Stress concentration –Theoretical Stress Concentration Factor – Fatigue Stress

Concentration Factor - Notch Sensitivity – Design for fluctuating stresses – Endurance

limit –Estimation of endurance strength – Goodman’s line – Soderberg’s line –

Modified Goodman’s line.

Design of Shafts: Design of solid and hollow shafts for strength and rigidity – Design of shafts for

combined bending and axial loads – shaft sizes - Design of shafts for gear and belt

drives.

UNIT – III

Design of Keys and Couplings: Design of keys-stresses in keys- Rigid couplings – Muff, Split muff and Flange

couplings-Flexible couplings – Flange coupling (Modified).

Cotter & Knuckle Joints: Spigot and socket, Sleeve and cotter, Jib and cotter joints- Knuckle joints.

UNIT – IV

Design of Fasteners:

Riveted and welded joints – Design of joints with initial stresses – Eccentric loading.

Bolted joints – Design of bolts with pre-stresses – Design of joints under eccentric

loading – Locking devices – Bolts of uniform strength, Different seals.

UNIT – V

Springs : Stresses and deflections of helical springs – Extension -Compression springs – Springs

for fatigue loading, Energy storage capacity – Helical torsion springs – Co-axial

springs, Leaf springs.

Pressure Vessels:

Thin seamless cylindrical shells – Derivation of formula for longitudinal and

circumferential stresses – Hoop, Longitudinal and Volumetric strains – Changes in

diameter and volume of thin cylinders – Riveted boiler shells – Thin spherical shells -

Thick Cylinders- Lame’s equation – Cylinders subjected to inside & outside pressures

–Compound cylinders.

Note: Design data books are not allowed for End Semester Examinations



Text Books:

1. Design of Machine Elements, V.B.Bhandari, TMH Publishers, 4th Edition.

2. Machine Design, Pandya & Shah, Charothar Publishers, 17th Edition.

Reference Books:

1. Mechanical Engineering Design, J.E.Shigley & C.R.Mischkie ,Tata McGraw

Hill, 3rd Edition

2. Machine Design, Sundararajamoorthy T.V& Shanmugam.N,Anuradha

Publications,

3. Design of Machine Elements, M.F.Spotts , Pearson Education, 8th Edition .

4. Design Data, PSG College of Technology, Kalaikathir Achchagam Publishers,

2nd Edition.

5. Design Data Hand Book,S.M.d.Jalaludeen, Anuradha Publications

Web Links:

1. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/Webcourse contents /IIT% 20Kharagpur /Machine%20

design1/ New_index1.html

2. http://www.nptel.ac.in/downloads/112105125/

3. http:/www.alljntuworld.in/download/design-machine-members-1-dmm-1-

materials- notes/

4. www.jntumaterials.co.in/2015/04/jntujntuk-design-of-machine-members-i.html



INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING AND MANAGEMENT

IV Semester L T P C


Course Objectives:

COB 1: To impart the students knowledge of industrial engineering domain and

need of associated managerial skills

COB 2: To make the students understand the basics and need of plant layout design.

COB 3: To help the students acquire the knowledge of efficient operations

management practices

COB 4: To enable the students understand the need of statistical quality control

techniques and to prepare suitable quality control charts

COB 5: To teach the basic concepts of quality management skills, recourse

management skills and project management skills

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Identify the role of an industrial engineer and required managerial skill set.

CO 2: Identify suitable plant layout design

CO 3: Develop the efficient work system

CO 4: Prepare suitable quality control charts

CO 5: Summarize human resources against their job roles and wage incentives.

CO 6: Analyze resources of projects through CPM and PERT techniques, update

and monitor projects


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K2) - - - - - 2 - 2 3 3 2 3

CO2 (K2) - 1 - - 2 - - - - - 2 -

CO3 (K3) - 2 - 1 3 - - - - - 3 -

CO4 (K3) 3 2 - 1 3 - - - - - 3 -

CO5 (K2) - - - - - 2 - 2 3 3 2 -

CO6 (K4) 3 3 - 2 3 3 - 3 3 - 3 3


CO / PSO PSO 1 (K3) PSO 2 (K4) PSO 3 (K3) CO1 (K2) - - -

CO2 (K2) - - 2

CO3 (K3) - 2 3

CO4 (K3) - 2 3

CO5 (K2) - 1 -

CO6 (K4) - 3 3



UNIT- I

Introduction:

Definition of industrial engineering (I.E), development, applications, role of an

industrial engineer, differences between production management and industrial

engineering, quantitative tools of I.E., and productivity measurement. Concepts of

management, importance, functions of management, scientific management, Taylor’s

principles, theory X and theory Y, Fayol’s principles of management.

UNIT- II

Plant Layout:

Factors governing plant location, types of production layouts, advantages and

disadvantages of process layout and product layout, applications, quantitative

techniques for optimal design of layouts, plant maintenance, preventive and

breakdown maintenance.

Industrial Safety:

Safety Training Hazard checklist, Human Factors in Machine equipment safety,

Precautions in maintenance work, Safety in material handling and storage. Installation,

Lubrication, General maintenance of machine tools, Breakdown maintenance and

remedies.

UNIT- III

Operations Management:

Importance, types of production, applications, work study, method study and time

study, work sampling, PMTS, micro-motion study, rating techniques, MTM, work

factor system, principles of Ergonomics, flow process charts, string diagrams and

Therbligs.

UNIT- IV

Statistical Quality Control:

Quality control, its importance, SQC, attribute sampling inspection with single and

double sampling, Control charts, X bar and R charts X bar and S charts, P charts, NP

charts and their applications, numerical examples

UNIT- V

Resource Management:

Concept of human resource management, personnel management and industrial

relations, functions of personnel management, Job-evaluation, its importance and

types, merit rating, quantitative methods, wage incentive plans, types.

Project Management:

PERT, CPM – differences & applications, critical path, determination of floats,

importance, project crashing and numerical examples.

Text Books:

1. Industrial Engineering and Management, O. P. Khanna, Khanna Publishers, 7th

Edition.

2. Industrial Engineering and Production Management, Martand Telsang, S. Chand

& Company Ltd., New Delhi, 2nd Edition.



Reference Books:

1. Industrial Engineering and Management Science, T. R. Banga, S. C. Sharma, N.

K.Agarwal, Khanna Publishers, 12th Edition

2. Production and Operations Management, S. N. Chary, Tata Mc Graw Hill

Publications, 3rd Edition

3. Motion and Time Study, Ralph M. Barnes, Wiley Publications, 7th Edition

4. Statistical Quality Control, M. Mahajan, Dhanpat Rai & Co., 1st Edition

Web Links:

1. https://totalqualitymanagement.wordpress.com/2008/09/21/management-of-

process-quality/

2. http://www.himpub.com/documents/Chapter850.pdf

https://totalqualitymanagement.wordpress.com/2008/09/21/management-of-process-quality/

https://totalqualitymanagement.wordpress.com/2008/09/21/management-of-process-quality/

http://www.himpub.com/documents/Chapter850.pdf



MACHINE DRAWING

IV Semester L T P C


Course Objectives:

COB 1: To impart the fundamental knowledge of machine drawing by elaborating

on how to concretize the idea of new structure such as a machine element

COB 2: To study the conventions and rules to be followed by engineers for making

accurate drawings.

COB 3: To understand the basic dimensioning practices that has to be followed in

the preparation of drawings.

COB 4: To improve the visualization skill and practice the assembly and sub

assembly of various machine elements .

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Discuss the conventional representation of materials and machine

components

CO 2: Apply the principles of engineering drawing in machine drawing

CO 3: Construct various types of temporary fasteners

CO 4: Sketch various types of permanent fasteners

CO 5: Practice assembly drawings from the given part drawings for manufacturing

CO 6: Construct part drawings from the given assembly drawing


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K2) 2 - - - - - - - - 3 - -

CO2 (K3) 3 - 1 - - - - - - 3 - -

CO3 (K3) 3 - 1 - - - - - - 3 - -

CO4 (K3) 3 - 1 - - - - - - 3 - -

CO5 (K3) 3 - 1 - - - - - - 3 - -

CO6 (K3) 3 - 1 - - - - - - 3 - -


CO / PSO PSO 1 (K3) PSO 2 (K4) PSO 3 (K3) CO1 (K2) 2 - 2

CO2 (K3) 3 - 3

CO3 (K3) 3 - 3

CO4 (K3) 3 - 3

CO5 (K3) 3 - 3

CO6 (K3) 3 - 3

Note : First angle projection to be adopted.



Unit-I

Machine Drawing Conventions:

Need for drawing conventions – introduction to standard conventions

A) Conventional representation of materials, common machine elements and parts such as

screws, nuts, bolts, keys, gears, webs, ribs.

B) Types of sections – selection of section planes and drawing of sections and auxiliary

sectional views. Parts not usually sectioned.

C) Drawing of machine elements and simple parts Selection of views, additional views for

the following machine elements and parts with easy drawing proportions.

i) Standard forms of screw threads, bolts, nuts, stud bolts, tap bolts, set screws.

ii) Keys, cotter joint and knuckle joint.

iii) Riveted joints for plates

iv) Shaft coupling, spigot and socket pipe joint.

v) Journal bearing and foot step bearing.

Unit-II

Assembly Drawings:

Drawings of assembled views for the part drawings of the following using conventions and

easy drawing proportions.

A) Engine parts – eccentric, petrol engine connecting rod, piston assembly.

B) Other machine parts - screw jack, machine vice, Plummer block, lathe tailstock.

C) Valves- steam stop valve, non return valve and feed check valve.

Production Drawing (only for Practice, not for Examination):

Introduction to Limits, Fits& Tolerances, Types of Assembly systems Importance of BOM,

Part drawing procedure, construction of part drawings from the given assembly drawings

using conventions and easy drawing proportions. Part drawings of Eccentric, Single tool post,

Plummer block, Screw Jack.

Note: Sheets under unit I need to be practiced with any one basic 2D drafting software. Sheets

under assembly drawing need to be practiced with any one solid modelling software. Sheets

under production drawing need to be practiced with Drafting and solid modelling software.

Note for question paper: Students should answer 2 questions from unit I and 1 question

from unit II. Each question will have internal choice. Unit I carries 20 Marks and Unit II

carries 40 Marks.

Text Books:

1. Machine Drawing, N.Siddeswar,P.Kannaiah,V.V.S.Sastry, Mcgraw hill education.

2. Machine Drawing, G.R.Nagpal, Khanna publications.

Reference Books:

1. Ajeet Singh, Machine Drawing includes AutoCAD, McGraw Hill, 2nd Edition.

2. Machine drawing P.S.Gill, S.K.Kataria & Sons, 3rd Edition.

3. GoutamPohit, GoutamGhosh, Machine Drawing with AutoCAD, Pearson Education, 1st

Edition.

Web Links:

1. nptel.ac.in/syllabus/112106075/

2. www.machinedesignonline.com



INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS AND PATENTS

(Common to ME & ECE)

Semester IV L T P C


Course Objectives:

COB 1 : To outline and classify Intellectual property.

COB 2 : To enable the students to study issues relating to an Intellectual

Property right.

COB 3 : To explain Intellectual Property Law to find out solution in relation to

Intellectual Property rights in the interest of original owner of

Intellectual Property.

COB 4 : To illustrate the Institutions and agencies that grants, protects and

works for Intellectual properties in India and abroad.

COB 5 : To impart knowledge of Intellectual property rights on trademarks,

copyrights and patents.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1 : Compare various Intellectual Property rights.

CO 2 : Discuss on Intellectual Property and infer rights on such Intellectual

Property owners.

CO 3 : Relate with International Intellectual Property Law.

CO 4 : Interpret the legal issues on Intellectual Property Rights and cyber laws.

CO 5 : Apply for trade mark, copyrights, patents.

CO 6 : Summarize the ways to protect trade secrets.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO 1 (K2) - - - - - - - 2 - 3 - 3

CO 2 (K2) - - - - - - - 2 - 3 - 3

CO 3 (K2) - - - - - - - 2 - 3 - 3

CO 4 (K2) - - - - - - - 2 - 3 - 3

CO 5 (K3) - - - - - - - 3 - 3 - 3

CO 6 (K2) - - - - - - - 2 - 3 - 3



CO 1 (K2) - - 1

CO 2 (K2) - - 1

CO 3 (K2) - - -

CO 4 (K2) - - -

CO 5 (K3) - - 2

CO 6 (K2) - - 1



UNIT-I

Introduction to Intellectual Property Rights (IPR):

Concept of Property - Introduction to IPR – International Instruments and IPR - WIPO

- TRIPS – WTO –Laws Relating to IPR - IPR Tool Kit - Protection and Regulation -

Copyrights and Neighboring Rights – Industrial Property – Patents - Agencies for IPR

Registration – Traditional Knowledge –Emerging Areas of IPR – Layout Designs and

Integrated Circuits – Use and Misuse of Intellectual Property Rights.

UNIT -II

Copyrights and Neighboring Rights:

Introduction to Copyrights – Principles of Copyright Protection – Law Relating to

Copyrights - Subject Matters of Copyright – Copyright Ownership – Transfer and

Duration – Right to Prepare Derivative Works –Rights of Distribution – Rights of

Performers – Copyright Registration – Limitations – Infringement of Copyright –

Relief and Remedy – Case Law - Semiconductor Chip Protection Act.

UNIT -III

Patents:

Introduction to Patents - Laws Relating to Patents in India – Patent Requirements –

Product Patent and Process Patent - Patent Search - Patent Registration and Granting

of Patent - Exclusive Rights – Limitations - Ownership and Transfer –– Revocation of

Patent – Patent Appellate Board - Infringement of Patent – Double Patenting –– Patent

Cooperation Treaty – New developments in Patents – Software Protection and

Computer related Innovations

UNIT -IV

Trademarks and Trade secrets:

Introduction to Trademarks – Laws Relating to Trademarks – Functions of Trademark

– Distinction between Trademark and Property Mark – Marks Covered under

Trademark Law - Trade Mark Registration – Trade Mark Maintenance – Transfer of

rights - Deceptive Similarities - Likelihood of Confusion - Dilution of Ownership –

Trademarks Claims and Infringement – Remedies – Passing off Action - Introduction

to Trade Secrets – General Principles - Maintaining Trade Secret – Physical Security

– Employee Access Limitation – Employee Confidentiality Agreements

UNIT -V:

Cyber Law and Cyber Crime:

Introduction to Cyber Law – Information Technology Act 2000 - Protection of Online

and Computer Transactions - E-commerce - Data Security – Authentication and

Confidentiality - Privacy - Digital Signatures – Certifying Authorities - Cyber Crimes

- Prevention and Punishment – Liability of Network Providers.

Relevant Cases Shall be dealt where ever necessary.



Text Books:

1. Fundamentals of IPR for Engineers- Kompal Bansal &Parishit Bansal, B. S.

Publications (Press), 2013.

2. Intellectual Property -Deborah E.Bouchoux, Cengage Learning, New Delhi,

3rd edition, 2012.

Reference Books:

1. Intellectual property rights- Prabuddha Ganuli., Tata Mcgraw hill, 2012.

2. Intellectual property rights M.Ashok kumar and Mohd.Iqbal Ali:, Serials

Publications, 2015

3. Intellectual Property Rights (Patents & Cyber Law), Dr. A. Srinivas. Oxford

University Press, New Delhi, 2015.

4. Intellectual Property- Richard Stim, Cengage Learning, New Delhi, 2012.

Web Links:

1. http://www.wipo.int/portal/en/index.html

2. https://indiankanoon.org/

3. http://www.ipindia.nic.in/patents.htm

4. http://www.ipindia.nic.in/trade-marks.htm

5. http://copyright.gov.in/

http://copyright.gov.in/



PRODUCTION TECHNOLOGY LAB

IV Semester L T P C

Course Code: 171ME4L01 0 0 3 2

Course Objectives:

COB 1: To equip the students with practical knowledge of Casting Process.

COB 2: To provide practical exposure to students to understand various

welding techniques.

COB 3: To impart knowledge of metal forming processes.

COB 4: To develop the knowledge for plastics processing techniques.

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the Course, Student will be able to

CO 1: Demonstrate mould making process for casting process and sand

preparation methods.

CO 2: Identify basic knowledge of casting defects and their remedies.

CO 3: Differentiate between various gas welding, arc welding processes

and Solid state welding process

CO 4: Apply the principles of sheet-metal forming process for making a

component.

CO 5: Produce the plastic object through different plastic processing

techniques.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - 3 - -

CO2 (K2) 2 1 - - - 2 - - - - - -

CO3 (K2) 2 1 - - - - - - 3 3 2 -

CO4 (K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - 3 3 -

CO5 (K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - 3 3 -



CO1 (K3) 3 - -

CO2 (K2) 2 1 -

CO3 (K2) 2 1 2

CO4 (K3) 3 2 -

CO5 (K3) 3 - 3




experiments:

Casting:

Week 1. 1.To design and manufacture a Wooden Pattern for a given Casting.

Week 2. 2.To prepare a Casting for the given Solid Pattern using Green Sand

Molding Processes.

Week 3. 3.To Prepare a Aluminum Casting for the given Split Pattern using

Green Sand Molding Processes.

Welding:

Week 4. 4.To prepare a V – Butt & Lap Joint Joint using Arc Welding Process

Week 5. 5.To prepare a lap Joint on the given work pieces using spot welding

equipment.

Week 6. 6.To prepare a V – Butt Joint Using TIG Welding.

Week 7. 7.To prepare a corner Joint & T Joint using Arc Welding Process.

Sheet metal experiment:

Week 8. 8.To perform the punching and blanking operation.

Week 9. 9.To prepare a work piece using Compound die.

Bulk deformation:

Week 10. 10.To perform Bending Operation on a given pipe.

Plastic Processing technique:

Week 11. 11.To make an Air Tight Bottle Cap & Screw type Bottle Cap by Using

Injection Moulding.

Week 12. 12.To prepare a plastic bottle by using Blow Moulding

List of Augmented Experiments (Week 13 – Week 16)

(Any two of the following experiments can be performed)

13. To determine the Grain size, Permeability and Compressive Strength of the

Molding Sand.

14. To prepare a Single Strap Butt Joint on the given work pieces using spot welding

equipment.

15. To prepare a Lap Joint Using TIG welding and MIG welding.

16. To study the progressive tool and perform blanking and piercing operations.

17. To determine the punching force and blanking force theoretically and compare

the obtained readings.

Reference Books:

1. Aditya Engineering College: Laboratory Manual.

2. Workshop Technology, Chapman W.A.J, Arnold Publisher, Vol. I and II, 4th

Edition.

3. Elements of Manufacturing Technology Vol II, Hajra Choudhary.S.K & Hajra

Choudhary. A.K,Media Publishers, 7th Edition.

Web Links:

1. http://www.sme.org/fmp

2. https://cosmolearning.org/courses/manufacturing-processes-i-538/video-lectures



FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRAULIC MACHINERY LAB

IV Semester L T P C


Course Objectives:

COB 1: To make the students apply Bernoulli‘s principle for practical pipe flow

applications

COB 2: To make the students distinguish performance of venture meter and

orifice meters

COB 3: To make students understand the use of Centrifugal and Reciprocating

pumps based on application

COB 4: To make students use Pelton, Francis and Kaplan turbines based on

application

COB 5: To make students understand the impact of water jets on various vane

geometry

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Calculate the head losses causing decrease in energy of flow experimentally

and by the verification of Bernoulli‘s theorem

CO 2: Compare which flow meter is better performing when used in pipes of

turbines, etc.

CO 3: Determine efficiencies of Centrifugal and Reciprocating pumps

maintaining under similar conditions

CO 4: Determine performance characteristic curves and efficiencies of different

hydraulic turbines

CO 5: Calculate the work done and efficiency of various vane shapes for turbine

applications


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K3) 3 - - - - - - - - - - 3

CO2 (K2) 2 - - - - - - - - - - 3

CO3 (K3) 3 2 - - - - 3 3 3 3 3 3

CO4 (K3) 3 2 - - - - 3 3 3 3 3 3

CO5 (K3) 3 - - - - - - - - - - 3



CO1 (K3) - - -

CO2 (K2) - - -

CO3 (K3) - 2 3

CO4 (K3) - 2 3

CO5 (K3) - 2 3




experiments:

Week 1. 1.To determine the of major losses (friction factor) in pipes

Week 2. 2.To determine the minor losses in pipes

Week 3. 3.To determine the of co-efficient of discharge of a Venturi meter

Week 4. 4.To determine the of co-efficient of discharge of an Orifice meter

Week 5. 5.To determine the Discharge and efficiency of a Centrifugal pump

Week 6. 6.To determine the Discharge and efficiency of a Reciprocating pump

Week 7. 7.To determine the Head, Discharge and efficiency of a Pelton wheel

Week 8. 8.To determine the Head, Discharge and efficiency of a Francis

turbine

Week 9. 9.To determine the Head, Discharge and efficiency of a Kaplan turbine

Week 10. 10.To study the Impact of Jets on different vane geometry

Week 11. 11.To determine the of Meta centric height of a Ship model

Week 12. 12.To determine the velocity of flow at any point in a pipe using Pitot

tube

List of Augmented Experiments (Week 13 - Week 16)


13. To verify the Bernoulli’s theorem using experimental setep .

14. To find the Laminar and Turbulent flow types using Reynolds’s

Experiment.

15. To determine the co-efficient of discharge of a Rota meter.

16. To determine the co-efficient of the discharge of a water meter.

Reference Book:

1. Hydraulic Machines by Banga & Sharma, Khanna Publishers, 6th Edition

2. Fluid mechanics and Hydraulics, P.N. Modi and S.M. Seth, Text book

House, 14th Edition.

3. Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines, R.K. Rajput, S.Chand

publications, 6th Edition.

4. Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machines, R.K.Bansal, Laxmi Publications

(P) Ltd, 9th Edition.

Web Links:

1. http://www.science-animations.com/fluidmechanics.html

2. https://iitbmechdamp.wordpress.



EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS - II


IV Semester L T P C


Course Objectives:

COB 1 : To provide necessary training to impart employability skills.

COB 2 : To ensure the students to secure placements.

COB 3 : To make the students to feel comfortable to face several competitive


COB 4 : To make the student more likely to be employed.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1 : Identify the symbols, notations and Venn -diagrams.

CO 2 : Demonstrate the basic grammatical skills.

CO 3 : Relate different types of blood relations.

CO 4 : Apply the logics in the puzzles and arrangements.

CO 5 : Identify the logic in the cubes and dice.

CO 6 : Build the typical write-up skills.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO 1 (K1) 1 - - - - - - - - - - -

CO 2 (K3) 3 - - - - - - - - 3 - -

CO 3 (K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -

CO 4 (K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -

CO 5 (K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -

CO 6 (K3) 3 - - - - - - - - 3 - -



CO 1 (K2) 2 - -

CO 2 (K2) 2 - -

CO 3 (K3) - 2 -

CO 4 (K2) 2 - -

CO 5 (K3) 3 - -

CO 6 (K3) 3 - -

UNIT-I

Aptitude: Symbols & Notations.

Soft Skills: Subject-Verb- Agreement, Personality Development.

UNIT-II

Aptitude: Venn Diagrams, Blood Relations.

Soft Skills: Adjectives, Degree of Comparisons



UNIT-III

Aptitude: Puzzle test, Time and Date (Group Reasoning)

Soft Skills: Art of Communication, Words Often Confused

UNIT-IV

Aptitude: Cubes & Dice

Soft Skills: Word Analogy, Effective Listening

UNIT-V

Aptitude: Seating Arrangements

Soft Skills: Paragraph Writing, non-verbal communication

Text Books:

1. A Modern Approach to Verbal & Non-Verbal Reasoning, Dr. R.S. Aggarwal,

S.CHAND Publications.

2. Quick Learning Objective General English - Dr. R.S. Aggarwal, S.CHAND

Publications.

Reference Books:

1. General Intelligence and Test of Reasoning, S.CHAND Publications

2. Logical Reasoning, Arun Sharma, Mc Graw Hill Publications.

3. A New Approach to Objective English, R.S. Dhillon DGP Publications.

Web Links

1. www.indiabix.com




EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS - II

(Revised Syllabus for batches admitted from 2018 - 2019)


IV Semester L T P C


Course Objectives:

COB 1: To provide necessary training to impart employability skills.

COB 2: To ensure the students to secure placements.

COB 3: To make the students to feel comfortable to face several competitive


COB 4: To make the student more likely to be employed.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Identify the symbols, notations and Venn-diagrams.

CO 2: Demonstrate the basic grammatical skills.

CO 3: Relate different types of blood relations.

CO 4: Apply the logics in the puzzles and arrangements.

CO 5: Identify the logic in the cubes and dice.

CO 6: Build the typical write-up skills.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO 1(K1) 1 - - - - - - - - - - -

CO 2(K2) 2 - - - - - - - - 3 - -

CO 3(K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -

CO 4(K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -

CO 5(K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -

CO 6(K3) 3 - - - - - - - - 3 - -


CO / PSO PSO 1 (K4) PSO 2 (K4) PSO 3(K6) PSO 4 (K3)

CO 1(K1) - - - 1

CO 2(K2) - 1 - -

CO 3(K2) - - - 2

CO 4(K3) - - - 3

CO 5(K3) - - - 3

CO 6(K3) - - - -

UNIT-I

Aptitude: Symbols & Notations.

Soft Skills: Subject-Verb- Agreement, Personality Development.

UNIT-II

Aptitude: Venn Diagrams, Blood Relations.

Soft Skills: Adjectives, Degree of Comparisons



UNIT-III

Aptitude: Puzzle test, Time and Date (Group Reasoning)

Soft Skills: Art of Communication, Words Often Confused

UNIT-IV

Aptitude: Cubes & Dice

Soft Skills: Word Analogy, Effective Listening

UNIT-V

Aptitude: Seating Arrangements

Soft Skills: Paragraph Writing, non-verbal communication

Text Books:

1. A Modern Approach to Verbal & Non-Verbal Reasoning, Dr. R.S. Aggarwal,

S.CHAND Publications.

2. Quick Learning Objective General English - Dr. R.S. Aggarwal, S.CHAND

Publications.

Reference Books:

1. General Intelligence and Test of Reasoning, S.CHAND Publications

2. Logical Reasoning, Arun Sharma, Mc Graw Hill Publications.

3. A New Approach to Objective English, R.S. Dhillon DGP Publications.

Web Links:

1. www.indiabix.com


****



DYNAMICS OF MACHINERY

V Semester L T P C


Course Objectives:

COB 1: To provide the knowledge of gyroscopic couple and its effect on stability of

moving vehicles and friction of mechanical components.

COB 2: To develop the student’s knowledge on various types of clutches, brakes

and dynamometers.

COB 3: To develop the students understanding of turning moment diagrams,

fluctuation of energy, governors and flywheel analysis.

COB 4: To enable the students to understand analytical and graphical methods for

calculating balancing of rotary and reciprocating masses.

COB 5: To impart fundamentals of vibrations and its significance on Engineering

design

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Analyze the gyroscopic couple effect and friction of mechanical components

CO 2: Demonstrate the working of various types of clutches, brakes and

dynamometers

CO 3: Explain the working principles of flywheels and governors

CO 4: Estimate the balancing of rotary and reciprocating masses.

CO 5: Calculate the natural frequencies of continuous systems starting from the

general equation of displacement


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K4) 3 3 – – – – – – – 3 – –

CO2 (K3) 3 2 – – – – – – – 3 – –

CO3 (K3) 3 2 – – 3 – – – – 3 – –

CO4 (K4) 3 3 – – – – – – – 3 – 3

CO5 (K4) 3 3 – – – – – – – 3 – 3



CO1 (K4) 3 – –

CO2 (K3) – – 3

CO3 (K3) – – 3

CO4 (K4) 3 3 –

CO5 (K4) 3 – –



UNIT –I Precesion:

Gyroscopes, effect of precession motion on the stability of moving vehicles such as

motor car, motor cycle, aero planes and ships.

Friction:

Inclined plane, friction of screw and nuts, pivot and collar, uniform pressure, uniform

wear, friction circle and friction axis.

Clutches:

Friction clutches- single disc or plate clutch, multiple disc clutch, cone clutch,

centrifugal clutch.

UNIT –II Brakes and Dynamometers:

Simple block brakes, internal expanding brake, band brake of vehicle. General

description and operation of dynamometers: Prony, Rope brake, Epicyclic, Bevis

Gibson and belt transmission.

Governers:

Watt, porter and proell governors, spring loaded governors – Hartnell and Hartung

with auxiliary springs. sensitiveness, isochronism and hunting.

UNIT –III

Turning Moment Diagrams:

Static and dynamic force analysis of planar mechanisms, Dynamic force analysis of

slider crank mechanism, inertia torque, angular velocity and acceleration of connecting

rod, crank effort and turning moment diagrams – fluctuation of energy – fly wheels

and their design.

UNIT –IV

Balancing:

Balancing of rotating masses single and multiple – single and different planes, use

analytical and graphical methods. Primary, secondary, and higher balancing of

reciprocating masses. analytical and graphical methods, unbalanced forces and couples

– examination of “V” multi cylinder in line and radial engines for primary and

secondary balancing, locomotive balancing, hammer blow, swaying couple, variation

of tractive effort.

UNIT –V Vibrations:

Free Vibration of spring mass system –Natural frequency-types of damping – damped

free vibration, Simple problems on forced damped vibration, vibration isolation and

transmissibility transverse loads, vibrations of beams with concentrated and distributed

loads. Dunkerly’s methods, whirling of shafts, critical speeds, torsional vibrations.

Text Books:



1. Theory of Machines , S.S Rattan, Mc. Graw Hill,4th Edition

2. Mechanism and machine theory, Ashok G. Ambekar, PHI Publications

Reference Books:

1. Mechanism and Machine Theory , JS Rao and RV Dukkipati , New Age, 2nd

Edition

2. Theory of Machines, Shigley, MGH, 3rd Edition

3. Theory of Machines, Thomas Bevan , CBS Publishers, 3rd Edition

4. Theory of Machines and Mechanisms John J. Uicker, Jr, Gordon R. Pennock

and Joseph E. Shigley, 5th Edition

Web Links:

1. https://www.slideshare.net/hareeshang/unit-7-gyroscope

2. http://www.svecw.edu.in/Docs%5CMEDMLNotes2013.pdf

3. https://www.vidyarthiplus.com/vp/attachment.php

4. http://nptel.ac.in/downloads/112101096

https://www.slideshare.net/hareeshang/unit-7-gyroscope

http://www.svecw.edu.in/Docs%5CMEDMLNotes2013.pdf

https://www.vidyarthiplus.com/vp/attachment.php?aid=6507

http://nptel.ac.in/downloads/112101096/



METAL CUTTING AND MACHINE TOOLS

V Semester L T P C


Course Objectives:

Course Outcomes:





CO1 (K3) - - -

CO2 (K2) - - -

CO3 (K2) 2 - -

CO4 (K2) - - -

CO5 (K2) - - 2

COB 1: To impart the fundamental knowledge and principles in material removal

processes.

COB 2: To make the students to apply the fundamentals and principles of metal

cutting to practical applications

COB 3: To make the students to develop fundamental knowledge on tool

materials, cutting fluids and tool wear mechanisms

COB 4: To discuss various principles of jigs and fixtures used to hold the work

pieces.

COB 5: To make awareness on CNC machines and industrial safety to students.

CO 1: Apply cutting mechanics to metal machining based on cutting force and

power consumption.

CO 2: Explain working of Lathe, Shaper, Slotter and Planar machine.

CO 3: Select appropriate machining processes and tool geometries in drilling and

milling machines

CO 4: Classify jigs and fixtures, Principles of location and finishing processes.

CO 5: Discuss principles of industrial safety and maintenance of machine tools

CO/PO

PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 - - - - - - -

CO2 (K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -

CO3 (K2) 2 1 - - 2 - - - - - - -

CO4 (K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -

CO5 (K2) 2 1 - - - 2 - - - 3 - -



UNIT –I

Fundamentals of Machining:

Elementary Treatment of Metal Cutting Theory – Element of cutting process – Geometry

of Single point cutting tool by ASA & ORS, Chip Formation and Types of Chips – Built-

Up Edge and its effects Chip Breakers, Mechanics of Orthogonal and Oblique Cutting –

Merchant’s Force Diagram, Cutting Forces, Cutting Speeds, Feed, Depth Of Cut, Tool

Life, Tool Wear, Machinability, Economics of Machining, Coolants, Tool Materials And

Properties.

UNIT –II Lathe Machines:

Engine lathe – Principle of working, specification of lathe – Types of lathe – Work

holders tool holders – Box tools taper turning methods, thread turning – For lathes and

attachments, Constructional features of speed gear box and feed gear box. Turret and

capstan lathes – Collet chucks – Work holding – Tool holding devices. Principal features

of automatic lathes – Classification – Single spindle and multi-spindle automatic lathes –

Tool layout and cam design for automats.

Shaping, Slotting and Planning Machines:

Principles of working – principal parts – Specifications, Operations performed,

Machining time calculations.

UNIT –III

Drilling and Boring Machines:

Principles of working, Specifications, Types, Operations performed – Tool holding

devices – Twist drill – Deep hole Drilling, Machine, Boring Machines – Jig boring

machine.

Milling Machines:

Principles of working – Specifications – Classification of Milling Machines – Principal

features of Horizontal, Vertical and Universal milling machine, Machining operations,

Types of milling cutters, geometry of milling cutters – Methods of indexing, accessories

of milling machines.

UNIT –IV

Finishing Processes:

Theory of grinding – Classification of grinding machines, Cylindrical and surface

grinding machines, tool and cutter grinding machines, Different types of abrasives,

Bonds, Specification and selection of a grinding wheel. Lapping, Honing & Broaching

operations.

Jigs and Fixtures:

Principles of design of jigs and fixtures and uses, Classification of jigs & fixtures,

Principles of location, Types of clamping & work holding devices, Typical examples of

jigs and fixtures.

UNIT –V

CNC Machine Tools:

CNC Machines, Working principle, Classification, Constructional features of CNC

machines, CNC controller, Applications of CNC machines.



Text Books:

1. Production Technology, R.K. Jain, Khanna Publishers, 17th Edition.

2. Workshop Technology -Vol II, B.S.Raghu Vamshi

Reference Books:

1. Fundamentals of Metal Machining and Machine Tools, Geofrey

Boothroyd, Mc Graw Hill.

2. Metal cutting Principles, M.C. Shaw, 2nd Edition.

3. Manufacturing technology II, Vol II, P.N Rao, TMH.

4. Manufacturing Science, Amitab Ghosh and Mallik, 2nd Edition,

Affiliated East West Press.

5. Fundamentals of Metal Cutting & Machines Tools, B.L. Juneja and

Shekon, 2nd Edition, New Age.

6. Metal Cutting Theory and Practice, A. Bhattacharyya, New Central

Book Agency (P) Ltd.

Web Links:

1. http://nptel.ac.in/downloads/112105127/

2. http://uhv.cheme.cmu.edu/procedures/machining/ch7.pdf

3. https://www.me.iitb.ac.in/~ramesh/courses/ME338/grinding.pdfhttp:/

4. www.vssut.ac.in/lecture-notes.php?url=production-engineering

http://uhv.cheme.cmu.edu/procedures/machining/ch7.pdf

https://www.me.iitb.ac.in/~ramesh/courses/ME338/grinding.pdfhttp:/



THERMAL ENGINEERING - II

V Semester L T P C


Course Objectives:

COB 1: To develop basic knowledge of students on Rankine cycles.

COB 2: To provide sufficient knowledge on Boilers and chimneys to the students.

COB 3: To enable students knowledge on steam nozzles and steam turbines.

COB 4: To improve the knowledge of students on steam formation process.

COB 5: To provide sufficient knowledge to the students on gas turbines, propulsion

systems

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Apply different methods used to improve the efficiency of Rankine Cycle.

CO 2: Solve problems related to boiler efficiency and chimney height.

CO 3: Analyze the performance of Steam nozzles and steam turbines

CO 4: Distinguish different types of condensers used in a steam power plant

CO 5: Evaluate the performance of Gas Turbines, Jet Engines and Rockets.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -

CO2 (K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -

CO3 (K4) 3 - - - - - - - - - -

CO4 (K4) - - - - - - - - - - - -

CO5 (K4) - - - - - - - - - - - -



CO1 (K3) 3 - -

CO2 (K3) 3 - -

CO3 (K4) - - -

CO4 (K4) - - -

CO5 (K4) - - -

UNIT-I

Introduction to Steam Power Cycles:

Rankine cycle, Schematic layout, Thermodynamic analysis, Concept of mean temperature of heat

addition, Methods to improve cycle performance – Regeneration & reheating.

Combustion: Fuels and combustion, Concepts of heat of reaction, Adiabatic flame temperature,

Stoichiometry and flue gas analysis.



UNIT-II

Boilers & Draught: Classification, working principles of L.P & H.P boilers with sketches mountings and

accessories, working principles, Boiler horse power, Equivalent evaporation,

Efficiency and heat balance.

Draught: Classification, height of chimney for given draught and discharge,

Condition for maximum discharge, Efficiency of chimney, Artificial draught, Induced

and Forced draught.

UNIT-III

Steam Nozzles:

Function of a nozzle, applications, types, Flow through nozzles and thermodynamic

analysis, assumptions, velocity of fluid at nozzle exit-Ideal and actual expansion in a

nozzle, Velocity coefficient and condition for maximum discharge, Critical pressure

ratio and criteria to decide nozzle shape: Super saturated flow its effects, Degree of

super saturation and degree of under cooling Wilson line.

Steam Turbines:

Classification, Impulse turbine-Mechanical details velocity diagram effect of friction

power developed, Axial thrust, Blade or diagram efficiency condition for maximum

efficiency. De-Laval turbine methods to reduce rotor speed-Velocity compounding,

Pressure compounding and velocity & pressure compounding, Velocity and pressure

variation along the flow combined velocity diagram for a velocity compounded

impulse turbine, Condition for maximum efficiency.

UNIT-IV

Reaction Turbine:

Mechanical details, principle of operation, Thermodynamic analysis of a stage, Degree

of reaction velocity diagram, Parson’s reaction turbine, Condition for maximum

efficiency, Calculation of blade height.

Steam Condensers:

Requirements of steam condensing plant, Classification of condensers, working

principle of different types, vacuum efficiency and condenser efficiency, air leakage,

Sources and its affects, Air pump, cooling water requirement.

UNIT-V

Gas Turbines:

Simple gas turbine plant, Ideal cycle, Essential components parameters of

performance, Actual cycle, Regeneration, Inter cooling and reheating, Closed and

semi-closed cycles, Merits and demerits, Types of combustion chambers.

Jet Propulsion:

Principle of operation, Classification of jet propulsive engines, Working principles with

schematic diagrams and representation on T-S diagram thrust, thrust power and

propulsion efficiency, turbo jet engines, needs and demands met by turbo jet, schematic

diagram, Thermodynamic cycle, Performance evaluation, Thrust augmentation,

Methods.

Rockets:

Application, working principle, Classification, propellant type, thrust, Propulsive

efficiency, specific impulse, Solid and Liquid propellant rocket engines.



Text Books:

1. Thermal Engineering, P.L.Ballaney, Khanna publishers.25th Edition

2. Thermal Engineering, M.L.Mathur & Mehta, Jain bros,6th Edition

3. Thermodynamics and Heat Engines, Volume- II, R.Yadav, Central publishing

house, 6th Edition.

Reference Books:

1. Gas Turbines, V.Ganesan ,TMH, 6th Edition

2. Heat Engineering, V.P Vasandani and D.S Kumar, Metropolitan Book

Company 6th Edition.

3. Gas Turbines and Propulsive Systems, P.Khajuria & S.P.Dubey, Dhanpatrai,

8th Edition.

4. Gas Turbines, Cohen, Rogers and Saravana Muttoo, Addison Wesley,

Longman, 3rd Edition.

5. Thermal Engineering, R.S Khurmi, S Gupta, S.Chand, 8th Edition.

Web Links:


2. http://home.iitk.ac.in/~suller/lectures/lec29.htm

3. https://www.energy.gov/fe/how-gas-turbine-power-plants-work

4. http://www.idconline.com/technical_references/pdfs/mechanical_engineering/

Steam_power_cycles_part_1.pdf

https://www.energy.gov/fe/how-gas-turbine-power-plants-work



DESIGN OF MACHINE MEMBERS – II

V Semester L T P C


Course Objectives

COB 1: To create awareness on static failure criteria in the analysis and design of

mechanical components.

COB 2: To impart the knowledge on various types of stresses in machine elements

and structures

COB 3: To enable the students to design bearings, engine components, gears etc.

COB 4: To help the students to learn the standards, safety, reliability, importance

of dimensional parameters and manufacturing aspects in mechanical

design.

Course Outcomes


CO 1: Classify the various types of bearings.

CO 2: Analyze the various engine parts like connecting rod, piston, and etc.

CO 3: Identify the various stresses in curved beam.

CO 4: Explain the power transmission systems and power screw.

CO 5: Inspect the various load factors, strength of spur and helical gear drives.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K2) 2 1 - - 2 - - - 3 3 2 -

CO2 (K4) 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - -

CO3 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 3 - - - - - -

CO4 (K2) 2 1 - - 2 2 - - - 3 2 -

CO5 (K4) - 3 2 2 - - - - - - - -



CO1 (K2) 2 1 2

CO2 (K4) - 3 -

CO3 (K3) 3 2 3

CO4 (K2) 2 1 2

CO5 (K4) - 3 -



UNIT I

Bearings:

Classification of bearings- applications, types of journal bearings, lubrication, bearing

modulus, full and partial bearings, clearance ratio, heat dissipation of bearings,

bearing materials, journal bearing design, ball and roller bearings, static loading of

ball & roller bearings.

UNIT II

Engine Parts:

Connecting Rod, Thrust in connecting rod, stress due to whipping action on

connecting rod ends, cranks and crank shafts, strength and proportions of over hung

and center cranks, crank pins, crank shafts. Pistons, forces acting on piston,

construction design and proportions of piston, cylinder, cylinder liners

UNIT III

Design of Curved Beams: Introduction, stresses in curved beams, expression for radius of neutral axis for

rectangular, circular, trapezoidal and T-section, design of crane hooks, C clamps.

UNIT IV

Power Transmissions Systems, Pulleys: Introduction, Belt and rope drives, Selection of belt drives, types of belt drives,

Transmission of power by belt and rope drives, Velocity ratio of belt drives, slip of

belt, creep of belt, Tension for flat belt drive, angle of contact, centrifugal tension,

maximum tension of belt, transmission efficiencies, belts flat and V types ropes -

pulleys for belt and rope drives, materials, chain drives –length, angular speed ratio,

classification of chains.

Design of Power Screws:

Design of screw, square ACME, buttress screws, design of nut, compound screw,

differential screw, ball screw possible failures.

UNIT V

Spur & Helical Gear Drives:

Spur gears- helical gears load concentration factor dynamic load factor, surface

compressive strength bending strength (lewis equation) design analysis of spur gears

estimation of centre distance, module and face width, check for plastic deformation.

Design Data book allowed in the examination.

Text Books:

1. Machine Design, V.Bandari, TMH Publishers, 3rd Edition

2. Design Data , PSG College of Technology, Kalaikathir Achchagam Publishers,

2nd Edition

3. Machine Design, Pandya & Shaw, Charotar publishers, 20th Edition



Reference Books:

1. Machine Design ,R.L. Norton , McGraw-Hill Series, 5th Edition

2. Design data hand book for Mechanical Engineers, K.Mahadevan, CBS

Publishers, 4th Edition

3. Mechanical Engineering Design, JE Shigley, McGraw-Hill Series,10th Edition

4. A text book of Machine Design , P.C.Sharma, Khanna Publishers, 2009

Web Links:


2. http://freevideolectures.com/Course/2363/Design-of-Machine-Elements-I/36



OPERATIONS RESEARCH

V Semester L T P C


Course Objectives:

COB 1: To formulate a mathematical model of a real-world problem involving

decision making.

COB 2: To find an optimal solution of a model using various techniques.

COB 3: To find optimal parameters by using replacement model, inventory model,

queuing theory, dynamic programming, game theory and simulation

technique.

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the course, student will be able to:

CO 1: Apply mathematical modeling to formulate real-world problems involving

decision making.

CO 2: Solve Linear programming problem, transportation and assignment problems.

CO 3: Solve sequencing problem, replacement problem and inventory problem.

CO 4 : Apply game theory problems, queuing theory in decision making

CO 5: Apply dynamic programming &simulation techniques in real-world problems.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -

CO2 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 3 - - - - - -

CO3 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 3

CO4 (K4) 3 3 - - - 3 - - - - - -

CO5 (K3) 3 2 - - - 3 - - - - - -



CO1 (K3) - - 3

CO2 (K3) - - 3

CO3 (K3) - - 3

CO4 (K4) - - 3

CO5 (K3) - - 3



UNIT-I

Introduction:

Definition and Scope of Operations Research, Phases of Operations Research -

Mathematical formulation of the problem, Graphical solution.

Linear Programming Problem:

Standard Form of LPP, Basic feasible solutions, Unrestricted variables, Simplex

algorithm , Artificial Variables, Big- M method, Two Phase simplex method,

Degeneracy, Alternative Optimal, Unbounded Solutions, Infeasible Solutions, Primal

and dual problems and their relations, Dual simplex method.

UNIT-II

Transportation Problem:

Introduction to the problem, LP formulation of a transportation problem. Basic

feasible solution by north-west corner method, Vogel's approximation method, Least

cost method. Finding optimal solution by MODI method, Degeneracy, Unbalanced

transportation matrix and maximization in transportation model.

Assignment Problem:

Hungarian method, Optimal solution, Unbalanced assignment matrix. Flight

scheduling problems, Traveling salesman problem.

Replacement:

Introduction – Replacement of items that deteriorate with time – When money value is

not counted and counted – Replacement of items that fail completely, Group

replacement.

UNIT-III

Job Sequencing:

Sequencing Problems, Johnson’s method for N-Jobs 2-Machine Problem, N-Jobs K-

Machines Problem, Two-Jobs M- Machines Problem.

Inventory Control:

Inventory-Factors Effecting Inventory-EOQ, ABC & VED analysis, Inventory

Problems with and without Shortages, Price Breakups, Multi Item Deterministic

Problems. Probabilistic Inventory Problems.

UNIT-IV

Queuing Theory:

Queuing systems and their characteristics. M/M/1: FCFS/∞, M/M/2: FCFS/∞, M/M/1:

FCFS/∞ /N queuing models.

Theory of Games:

Introduction, Rectangular two person zero person games, Solution of rectangular

games in terms of mixed strategies, Solution of 2x2 games without saddle points,

Concept of dominance to reduce the given matrix , Graphical method for 2xn and nx2

games.

UNIT-V

Dynamic Programming:

Introduction – Bellman’s principle of optimality – Applications of DP- Capital

budgeting problem – Shortest path problem.

Simulation:

Definition and applications, Mantel Carlo simulation. Random numbers and random

number generation, Application problems in queuing and inventory.



Text Books:

1. Operations Research, S.D Sharma Kedarnath Ramnath & Co, 15th Edition.

2. Operations Research, Kanti Swaroop, P.K. Gupta, Manmohan, Sulthan Chand

& Sons, 15th Edition.

Reference Books:

1. Introduction to Operations Research, Hiller and Libermann , MGH , 7th

Edition.

2. Operations Research Panneerselvam Prentice Hall Of India, 2nd Edition.

3. Operations Research – An Introduction, Handy A Taha – Pearson Education,

9th Edition.

Web Links:

1. http://www.informs.org/Resources/

2. http://www.mit.edu/~orc/

3. http://www.ieor.columbia.edu/



AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING

(Professional Elective-I)

V Semester L T P C

Course Code: 171ME5E01 3 1 0 3

Course Objectives:

COB1: To equip the students with fundamental working principles and

technologies in automotive engineering.

COB2: To introduce basic and entry level theories and terminology.

COB3: To make aware of the importance of transmission system.

COB4: To imparts the principles of automobile systems and provides the

salient features of safety of automobiles.

Course Outcomes:


CO1: Summarize the Vehicle Chassis Layouts of 4-wheelers and Motor

Vehicle Act.

CO2: Identify the different constructional and working principles of Un-

Sprung components of the given vehicle.

CO3: Identify the different constructional and working principles sprung

components of the given vehicle.

CO4: Summarize the functionalities of various Electrical systems of

typical Automobile.

CO5: Explain the different Active and Passive Vehicle Safety Systems.




CO 1 K3) 3 - -

CO 2(K2) 2 - -

CO 3(K2) 2 - -

CO 4(K2) 2 - -

CO 5(K3) 3 - 3

CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO 1(K2) 2 1 - - - - 3 - 3 3 - -

CO 2(K2) 2 1 - - - - 3 - - 3 - -

CO 3(K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - 3 - -

CO 4(K2) 2 1 - - - - - - 3 3 - 3

CO 5(K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -



UNIT – I

Introduction:

Components of four wheeler automobile – chassis and body –Chassis Layout - power

transmission – rear wheel drive, front wheel drive, 4 wheel drive and Motor Vehicle

Act 1988 – Legal Aspects/Compliance of Automotive Vehicles: Introduction to Motor

Vehicle Act, Registration of Vehicles, Inspection and Fitness of vehicles and

Homologation of Vehicles.

UNIT – II

Transmission System:

Clutches, principle, types, gear boxes, types, Propeller shaft – Hotch – Kiss drive,

Torque tube drive, universal joint, differential rear axles– types

Steering System:

Steering geometry – camber, castor, king pin rake, combined angle toe in, center point

steering. Types of steering mechanism –Ackerman steering mechanism, Davis steering

mechanism, steering linkages.

UNIT – III

Suspension System:

Objects of suspension systems – rigid axle suspension system, torsion bar, shock

absorber, Independent suspension system, Air Suspension, Rubber Suspension,

Hydrolastic suspension system, Hydragas suspension system,

Braking System:

Mechanical braking system, hydraulic braking system requirement of brake fluid,

pneumatic and vacuum brakes, Parking Braking system

UNIT – IV

Wheels And Tyres

Basic Requirements of Wheels and Tyres, Construction of Wheel Assembly, Tyre

Construction, Types, Tyre Sizes and Designation, Aspect Ratio, Tyre Tread Pattern,

Selection of Tyre under Different Applications.

UNIT – V

Electrical System:

Charging circuit, generator, starting system, lighting, horn, wiper, fuel gauge, oil

pressure gauge, engine temperature indicator.

Safety Systems:

Introduction, safety systems - seat belt, air bags, bumper, anti-lock brake system

(ABS), Electronic Brake force Distribution (EBD), mirrors, central locking, speed

control, Retractable Steering system, Head restraints, seats with anti-submarine effects

and fuel cut off switch.



Text Books:

1. Automotive Mechanics: Vol.& Vol.2,Kirpal Singh, Standard Publishers, 13th

Edition

2. Automobile Engineering, William H Crouse, TMH Distributors, 10th Edition.

3. The Motor Vehicle Act, 1988 by Universal Law Publishing, 2016 Edition

References Books:

1. Advanced vehicle Technology, by Heinz Heisher, 2e, BH Publications

2. Automotive Chassis by Jonsen Reimpell, BH Pub

3. Automobile Electrical & Electronics by Tom Denton, 3e, Elsevier Publications

4. The Motor Vehicle Act, 1988, 17th e, Asia Law House.

5. Automotive Fuel and Emissions Control Systems, by James D. Halderman, 3e,

Professional Technical Series, Pearson publications

Web Links:

1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/125106002

2. https://www.automotive-online.com

3. https:// sciencelinks.jp/j-east/article

4. https:// www.sciencedirect.com/science/book/9780750650540

https://www.automotive-online.com/



MECHANICAL VIBRATIONS


V Semester L T P C


Course Objectives:

COB 1: To prepare the student to understand the fundamentals of vibrations of

various physical models.

COB 2: To impart knowledge for single and multi degree freedom systems

vibrations.

COB 3: To make the student to exposure for vibration measurement of

industrial equipment using instruments.

COB 4: To prepare the student to apply the numerical methods to various

physical systems.

COB 5: To make the student to acquaint with various practical problems.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Solve the natural frequency and time period of simple vibrating

mechanical systems.

CO 2: Make use of various formulae and instruments used for measurement

of displacement, velocity and accelerations in vibrating system.

CO 3: Evaluate the physical response of the various models of the single and

multi degrees of freedom systems with & without damping.

CO 4: Apply numerical methods related to mechanical vibrations.

CO 5: Analyze the vibratory response of the various engineering applications

such as strings, beams and shafts.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -

CO2 (K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -

CO3 (K4) 3 3 - 2 - - - - - 3 - 3

CO4 (K3) 3 2 - 1 - 3 - - - 3 - 3

CO5 (K4) 3 3 - 2 - 3 - - - 3 - 3



CO1 (K3) - 2 -

CO2 (K3) 3 2 -

CO3 (K4) - - -

CO4 (K3) 3 2 -

CO5 (K4) 3 3 -



UNIT I

Introduction:

Simple harmonic motion, Terminology, Newton’s Law, D’Alembert’s Principle,

Resonance, Introduction to mechanism of damping, Damped and Undamped

oscillations, Degrees of freedom, Various mechanisms of damping, Equivalent

viscous damping.

UNIT II

Single Degree of Freedom Systems:

Undamped and damped free vibrations, Forced vibrations, Coulomb damping,

Response to harmonic excitation, Rotating unbalance and support excitation, Vibration

isolation and transmissibility, Vibrometers, Velocity meters & Accelerometers.

UNIT III

Two Degree & Multi Degree Freedom Systems:

Principal modes, other cases, Combined rectilinear and angular models, System with

damping, Vibration absorbers, Undamped forced vibrations with harmonic excitation,

Multi degree freedom with exact analysis.

UNIT IV

Numerical Methods:

Rayliegh’s, Stodola’s, Matrix iteration, Rayleigh-Ritz Method and Holzer’s methods

UNIT V

Application of Concepts: Critical speeds of shafts with and with out damping, Single and multi disc, Cantilever

shaft with large heavy disc, Free vibration of strings – Longitudinal oscillations of

bars-Transverse vibrations of beams- Torsional vibrations of shafts, Secondary critical

speed. Introduction to Condition Monitoring, FFD Analyzer.

Text Books:

1. Mechanical Vibrations, G.K. Groover, Nem chand &Bros, 8th Edition.

2. Elements of Vibration Analysis, Meirovitch, Mcgraw Hill Education, 2nd

Edition.

3. Mechanical VibrationS, Singiresu S. Rao, Pearson India, 4th Edition.

Reference Books:

1. Theory of Vibrations with Applications, W.T. Thomson, Pearson India, 5th

Edition.

2. Mechanical Vibrations, Schaum series, Kelly&Kudari, Mcgraw Hill Education,

1st Edition.

3. Vibration problems in Engineering, S.P. Timoshenko, Wolfenden Press, 2nd

Edition.

4. Mechanical Vibration, Raveesh Pratap and V.P. Singh, Dhanpat Rai & Co, 1st

Edition.



Web Links:


2. http://www.engineeringcareer.in/wp-content/uploads/2017/02/Mechanical-

Vibrations-By-V.P.-Singh.pdf



ADDITIVE MANUFACTURING


V Semester L T P C


Course Objectives:

COB 1: To impart the knowledge of Additive manufacturing (AM) and to instill

the knowledge of liquid based rapid prototyping systems.

COB 2: To induce the knowledge of solid based rapid prototyping systems.

COB 3: To discuss the powder based rapid prototyping systems.

COB 4: To induce the knowledge of rapid tooling.

COB 5: To discuss the applications of additive manufacturing.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Summarize the different types of AM technologies.

CO 2: Explain about liquid based rapid prototyping systems.

CO 3: Describe various types of solid based rapid prototyping systems.

CO 4: Illustrate powder based rapid prototyping systems.

CO 5: Discuss about the rapid tooling methods.

CO 6: Apply the AM techniques for different case studies.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K2) 2 - - - - - - - - 3 - -

CO2 (K2) 2 - - - - - - - - 3 - -

CO3 (K2) 2 - - - - - - - - 3 - -

CO4 (K3) 3 - - - - - - - - 3 - -

CO5 (K3) 3 - - - - - - - - 3 - -

CO6 (K3) 3 - - - - - - 3 - 3 - 3



CO1 (K2) - - -

CO2 (K2) - - -

CO3 (K2) - - -

CO4 (K3) - - -

CO5 (K3) - - -

CO6 (K3) - 2 -



UNIT-I

Introduction: Prototyping fundamentals, historical development, fundamentals of rapid prototyping,

advantages and limitations of rapid prototyping, commonly used terms, classification

of RP process.

Liquid Based – Rapid Prototyping Systems: Stereo lithography Apparatus (SLA): models and specifications, process, working

principle, photopolymers, photo polymerization, layering technology, laser and laser

scanning, applications, advantages and disadvantages, case studies. Solid Ground

Curing (SGC): models and specifications, process, working principle, applications,

advantages and disadvantages, case studies.

UNIT – II

Solid – Based Rapid Prototyping Systems: Laminated object manufacturing (LOM) - models and specifications, process, working

principle, applications, advantages and disadvantages, case studies. Fused deposition

modeling (FDM) - models and specifications, process, working principle, applications,

advantages and disadvantages, case studies.

UNIT – III

Power Based Rapid Prototyping Systems: Selective laser sintering (SLS): models and specifications, process, working principle,

applications, advantages and disadvantages, case studies. Three dimensional printing

(3DP): models and specifications, process, working principle, applications, advantages

and disadvantages, case studies.

UNIT – IV

Rapid Tooling: Introduction to rapid tooling (RT), conventional tooling vs RT, Need for RT. rapid

tooling classification: indirect rapid tooling methods: spray metal deposition, RTV

epoxy tools, Ceramic tools, investment casting, spin casting, die casting, sand casting,

3D Keltool process. Direct rapid tooling: direct AIM, LOM Tools, DTM Rapid Tool

Process, EOS Direct Tool Process and Direct Metal Tooling using 3DP.

UNIT – V

Rapid Prototyping Data Formats:

STL file format, problems and repairs.

Applications: Application in engineering, analysis and planning, aerospace industry,

automotive industry, jewelry industry, coin industry, GIS application, arts and

architecture. RP medical and bioengineering applications: planning and simulation of

complex surgery, customized implants & prosthesis, design and production of medical

devices, forensic science and anthropology, visualization of bimolecular.



Text Books:

1. Additive Manufacturing, Amit Bandyopadhyay, Susmita Bose, CRC Press, 1st

Edition.

2. Rapid prototyping: Principles and Applications, Chua C.K., Leong K.F. and

LIM C.S, World Scientific publications, 3rd Edition

Reference Books:

1. Additive Manufacturing Technologies: Rapid Prototyping to Direct Digital

Manufacturing, Ian Gibson, David W. Rosen, Brent Stucker, Springer.

2. Rapid Prototyping & Manufacturing, Paul F.Jacobs, ASME Press, 1st Edition.

3. Additive Manufacturing of Metals: From Fundamental Technology to Rocket

Nozzles, Medical Implants and Custom Jewelry, John O. Milewski, Springer,

1st Edition.

4. Additive Manufacturing: Design, Methods and Processes, Steinar Western

Killi, Pan Stanford, 1st Edition.

Web Links:


2. https://www.3erp.com/rapid-prototyping-advantages-applications/

3. https://sf2m.fr/CommissionsThematiques/DocComThematiques/EPMA_

AdditiveManufacturing.pdf

https://sf2m.fr/CommissionsThematiques/DocComThematiques/EPMA_



EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS-III


V Semester L T P C


Course Objectives:

COB 1: To provide basic communication to ensure employability skills.

COB 2: To meet the changing global needs and demands.

COB 3: To orient students towards career and profession.

COB 4: To equip students with fundamental and advanced inputs as various

techniques of strengthening their profession abilities.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1 : Calculate the L.C.M and H.C.F of numbers by simple methods.

CO 2 : Discuss about different numbers and its applications.

CO 3 : Breakdown the typical write-up skills.

CO 4 : Apply different types of models on ratio & proportion, average, ages

and percentages.

CO 5 : Demonstrate the tools of the soft skills.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO 1(K3) 3 - - - 3 3 3 3 - - - 3

CO 2(K2) 2 1 - - - 2 3 2 3 - - 3

CO 3(K4) 3 3 - - - 3 3 - - - - -

CO 4(K3) 3 - - - - - - - - 3 - -

CO 5(K3) 3 - - - - - - 3 - 3 - 3



CO 1(K3) - 2 -

CO 2(K2) - 1 -

CO 3(K4) 3 3 -

CO 4(K3) 3 2 -

CO 5(K3) - - -



UNIT-I:

Aptitude: L.C.M & H.C.F,

Soft Skills: Group discussion.

UNIT-II:

Aptitude: Problems on Numbers, Simple Equations

Soft Skills: Resume writing, Personalized Resume preparation, Compose and Prepare

a cover letter.

UNIT-III:

Aptitude: Ratio & proportion

Soft Skills: E-mail -Writing &Etiquette, Business Etiquette.

UNIT-IV:

Aptitude: Average, Ages

Soft Skills: Interviewing skills-1, Do’s & don’ts in an interview, Interview

Demonstration Videos, Interview Preparation.

UNIT-V:

Aptitude: Percentages

Soft Skills: Stress Management, Personal priorities effect on career decisions,

Personal priorities to professional priorities.

Text Books:

1. Quantitative Aptitude - Dr. R.S. Aggarwal, S CHAND.

2. Quick Learning Objective General English – Dr. R.S. Aggarwal, S CHAND.

Reference Books:

1. Quantitative Aptitude - Abhijit Guha Mc Graw Hill Publications.

2. Quantitative Aptitude –Arun Sharma, Mc Graw Hill Publications.

3. A New Approach to Objective English -R.S. Dhillon DGP Publications.

Web Links:

1. www.indiabix.com

2. www.bankersadda.com


http://www.bankersadda.com/



THEORY OF MACHINES LAB

V Semester L T P C


Course Objectives:

COB 1: To equip the students with practical knowledge on governors and

flywheels.

COB 2: To provide practical exposure to students on gyroscopic forces and

moments.

COB 3: To impart knowledge of finding natural frequency of different types of

vibrations.

COB 4: To develop knowledge on balancing of the machine parts statically and

dynamically.

COB 5: To impart practical knowledge on analysis of mechanisms for a

specified type of motion in a machine.

Course outcomes:


CO 1: Determine the critical speed of whirling of shaft.

CO 2: Determine the position of sleeve against the controlling force and speed

in governors.

CO 3: Analyze the motion of motorized gyroscopic couple.

CO 4: Measure the frequency of damped and un-damped vibrations of a spring

mass system

CO 5: Apply the principles of balancing of masses to various links,

mechanisms and engines

CO 6: Analyze the displacement, velocity and acceleration against crank

rotation in slider crank mechanism.

CO 7: Calculate the moment of inertia of flywheel.

CO 8: Analyze cam profile for various cam follower systems.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K3) 3 3 - – – – – – – 3 – –

CO2 (K3) 3 2 – – – 3 3 – – – – –

CO3 (K4) 3 3 – – – – – – – – – –

CO4 (K5) 3 3 – – – – – – 3 – – –

CO5 (K3) 3 2 – – – – – – 3 3 3 –

CO6 (K4) 3 3 – - – – – – – – 3 –

CO7 (K4) 3 3 – – – – – – – 3 3 –

CO8 (K4) 3 3 – – – – – – – 3 – –





CO1 (K3) – – –

CO2 (K3) 3 – –

CO3 (K3) 3 – 3

CO4 (K5) 3 3 –

CO5 (K3) 3 2 3

CO6 (K4) 3 3 –

CO7 (K4) 3 – 3

C08 (K4) 3 – –

List of Experiments:

1. Determine whirling speed of shaft theoretically and experimentally.

2. Plot follower displacement vs. cam rotation for various Cam Follower systems.

3. Determine the position of sleeve against controlling force and speed of a Hartnell

governor and plot the characteristic curve of radius of rotation.

4. Analyze the motion of a motorized gyroscope when the couple is applied along its

spin axis.

5. Determine the frequency of un-damped free vibration of an equivalent spring mass

system.

6. Determine the frequency of damped force vibration of a spring mass system.

7. Study the static and dynamic balancing using rigid blocks.

8. Find the moment of inertia of a flywheel.

9. Plot slider displacement, velocity and acceleration against crank rotation for single

slider crank mechanism/Four bar mechanism.

10 Find coefficient of friction between belt and pulley.

List of Augmented Experiments:


1. Study simple and compound screw jack and determine the mechanical advantage,

velocity ratio and efficiency

2. Study various types of gears- Spur, Helical, Worm and Bevel Gears.

References:

1. Theory of machines lab manual – Aditya Engineering College.

Web Links:

1. https://btech.mit.asia/downloads/mech/TOM%20Lab%20Manual.pdf.

2. http://geeta.edu.in/Mechanical_Data/labmanual/Dynamics%20of%20machine

%20lab%20manual.pdf.



THERMAL ENGINEERING LAB

V Semester L T P C


Course Objectives:

COB 1: To provide the knowledge to the student about working of IC Engines.

COB 2: To train the student to conduct performance and heat balance test on

IC Engines.

COB 3: To practice the student to calculate the frictional losses in an IC

Engine.

COB 4: To impart practical exposure on performance of Reciprocating air

compressor.

COB 5: To make the student to understand the working principle of various

types of boilers.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Identify the various parts of an IC Engine.

CO 2: Sketch the Valve and Port Timing diagrams for IC Engines.

CO 3: Determine the performance of various types of IC Engines.

CO 4: Prepare the heat balance sheet for various types of IC Engines.

CO 5: Calculate the frictional power in various types of IC Engines.

CO 6: Analyze the performance of reciprocating air compressor.

CO 7: Explain the construction details of various types of boilers.




CO1 (K2) - - -

CO2 (K3) - - -

CO3 (K3) 3 2 -

CO4 (K3) - - -

CO5 (K3) 3 2 -

CO6 (K4) 3 3 -

CO7 (K2) - - -

CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1(K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - 3 - -

CO2(K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - 3 - -

CO3(K3) 3 2 - 1 - - 3 - - 3 - 3

CO4(K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - 3 - -

CO5(K3) 3 2 - 1 - - 3 - - 3 - 3

CO6(K4) 3 3 - 2 - - 3 - - 3 - 3

CO7(K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - 3 - -




1. Draw the valve and port timing diagrams for four and two stroke engines.

2. Evaluate the performance of 4 -stroke Diesel engines.

3. Evaluate the performance of 4 -stroke Petrol engines.

4. Evaluation of frictional power by conducting morse test on 4-stroke multi

cylinder petrol engine.

5. Determination of frictional power by retardation and motoring test on IC

engine.

6. Draw the heat balance sheet for 4-stroke Single cylinder Diesel / Petrol

engines.

7. Draw the heat balance sheet for 4- stroke multi cylinder petrol engine.

8. Calculate the performance of variable compression ratio engines.

9. Performance test on reciprocating air compressor unit.

10. Disassembly / assembly of engines.



1. Determine the flash and fire point of given oil sample.

2. Determination of Viscosity using Red Wood Viscometer.

3. Determination of viscosity using Saybolt Viscometer.

4. Determination of calorific value of fuels by using Bomb Calorimeter.

References:

1. Internal Combustion Engines, V. Ganesan, TMH Publication. 4th Edition.

2. Internal Combustion Engines Fundamentals, John. B. Heywood, MGH.

3. Thermal Engineering lab Manual, Aditya Engineering College.

Web Links:

1. https://www.scribd.com/doc/38559760/Thermal-Lab-Manual

2. http://www.ksrct.ac.in/page/thermal-engineering-lab.html

https://www.scribd.com/doc/38559760/Thermal-Lab-Manual



HEAT TRANSFER

VI Semester L T P C


Course Objectives:

COB 1: To make the student understand the heat transfer through conduction.

COB 2: To make the student calculate the heat transfer rate in convection.

COB 3: To make the student determine the overall heat transfer coefficient in

heat exchangers.

COB 4: To enable the student to understand the phenomena of two stage heat

transfer.

COB 5: To make the student to evaluate the heat transfer by radiation.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Estimate the heat transfer rate through conduction in various bodies.

CO 2: Determine the convective heat transfer coefficient in various bodies.

CO 3: Analyze the heat transfer rate through free convection in various

bodies

CO 4: Calculate the heat transfer coefficient during boiling and

condensation and also the performance of heat exchanger.

CO 5: Evaluate the shape factor and heat transfer rate through radiation.




CO 1(K4) 3 - -

CO 2(K3) 3 - -

CO 3(K3) 3 - -

CO 4(K4) 3 - -

CO 5(K3) 3 - -

UNIT - I

Conduction Heat Transfer:

Fourier rate equation – general heat conduction equation in Cartesian, cylindrical and

Spherical coordinates, heat transfer through homogeneous slabs, hollow cylinders and

spheres, overall heat transfer coefficient, electrical analogy, critical radius of

insulation, Variable thermal conductivity, systems with heat sources or heat

generation. Extended surface (fins) heat Transfer – long fin, fin with insulated tip and

short fin.

CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1(K4) 3 3 2 - - - 3 - - 3 - 3

CO2(K3) 3 2 1 - - - 3 - - 3 - 3

CO3(K3) 3 2 1 - - - 3 - - 3 - 3

CO4(K4) 3 3 2 - - - 3 - - 3 - 3

CO5(K3) 3 2 1 - - - 3 - - 3 - 3



Transient Conduction Heat Transfer:

Systems with negligible internal resistance, significance of biot and Fourier numbers,

chart solutions of transient conduction systems.

UNIT - II

Convective Heat Transfer:

Classification of convective heat transfer, dimensional analysis for heat transfer study,

Buckingham Pi Theorem for forced and free convection, Significance of non-

dimensional numbers

Forced Convection

External Flows:

Concepts about hydrodynamic and thermal boundary layer, use of empirical

correlations for convective heat transfer through flat plates and cylinders.

Internal Flows:

Concepts about hydrodynamic and thermal entry lengths, division of internal flow

based on this, use of empirical relations for horizontal pipe flow and annulus flow.

UNIT - III

Free Convection:

Development of hydrodynamic and thermal boundary layer along a vertical plate, Heat

Transfer through constant Heat Flux and Isothermal Vertical Plate and cylinders in

different orientations, use of empirical relations for vertical plates and pipes.

UNIT - IV

Heat Exchangers:

Classification of heat exchangers, overall heat transfer coefficient and fouling factor,

concepts of LMTD and NTU methods.

Boiling:

Pool boiling regimes, calculations on nucleate boiling, critical heat flux and film

boiling.

Condensation:

Film wise and drop wise condensation, Nusselt’s theory of condensation on a vertical

plate - film condensation on vertical and horizontal cylinders using empirical

correlations.

UNIT –V

Radiation Heat Transfer:

Emission characteristics and laws of black-body radiation, Irradiation, total and

monochromatic quantities, laws of Planck, Wien displacement law, Kirchhoff, Lambert,

Stefan and Boltzmann law, heat exchange between two black bodies, concepts of shape

factor, Emissivity, heat exchange between grey bodies, radiation shields, electrical

analogy for radiation networks.



Text Books:

1. Fundamentals of Engg. Heat and Mass Transfer, R.C.Sachdeva, New Age

International Publications, Fifth edition.

2. Heat Transfer, P.K.Nag, TMH Publications, Third edition.

Reference Books:

1. Heat Transfer, J. P. Holman, TMH Publications, Special Indian edition.

2. Principles of Heat Transfer, Frank Kreith, R. M. Manglik & M. S. Bohn,

Cengage learning publishers, Special edition.

3. Heat and Mass Transfer, D.S.Kumar, S.K.Kataria & Sons Publications, Third

edition.

4. Heat and Mass Transfer, Cengel, McGraw Hill Publications, Fifth edition.

5. Heat and mass transfer, R.K. Rajput, S. Chand Publications, Revised edition.

Web Links:

1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112101097/

2. http://web.mit.edu/lienhard/www/ahttv212.pdf

3. https://www.grc.nasa.gov/www/k-12/airplane/heat.html

4. https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/mechanical-engineering/2-051-introduction-to-

heat-transfer-fall-2015/

https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112101097/

http://web.mit.edu/lienhard/www/ahttv212.pdf

https://www.grc.nasa.gov/www/k-12/airplane/heat.html



REFRIGERATION AND AIR CONDITIONING

VI Semester L T P C


Course Objectives:

COB 1 : To introduce the students with a simplistic approach to the

fundamental concepts of air refrigeration cycles.

COB 2 : To create an interest and intuitive understanding of the nuances of this

core subject which deals with vapour compression and absorption

refrigeration system.

COB 3 : To impart knowledge in air-conditioning processes.

COB 4 : To impart knowledge on fundamental concepts and working

principles of Air-conditioning systems.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1 : Explain the principles and applications of refrigeration systems.

CO 2 : Describe vapour compression refrigeration system and identify

methods for performance improvement.

CO 3 : Explain the working principles of air, vapour absorption,

thermoelectric and steam-jet refrigeration systems.

CO 4 : Analyze air-conditioning processes using the principles of

psychrometry.

CO 5 : Evaluate cooling and heating loads in an air-conditioning system.




CO 1(K2) - - -

CO 2(K2) - - -

CO 3(K3) 2 3 -

CO 4(K4) 3 2 -

CO 5(K5) 3 3 -

CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K2) 2 1 - - 2 2 3 2 3 - - -

CO2 (K2) 2 1 - - 2 - - - 3 - - -

CO3 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 - - - - - - -

CO4 (K4) - 3 - 2 - - - - - - - -

CO5 (K5) - - 3 3 - - - - - - - -



Unit – I

Introduction to Refrigeration:

Necessity and applications – unit of refrigeration and C.O.P. –Mechanical

refrigeration – types of ideal cycles of refrigeration. Air refrigeration: bell-coleman

cycle - open and dense air systems – refrigeration systems used in air craft’s and

problems.

Refrigerants: Desirable properties – classification - refrigerants used – nomenclature – ozone

depletion – global warming

Unit – II

Vapour Compression Refrigeration:

Working principle and essential components of the plant – simple vapour compression

refrigeration cycle – COP – representation of cycle on T-S and p-h charts – effect of

sub cooling and super heating – cycle analysis – actual cycle influence of various

parameters on system performance – use of p-h charts – numerical problems. Vapour

Compression refrigeration System Components.

Unit-III

Vapour Absorption System:

Calculation of maximum COP – description and working of NH3 – water system and

Li Br –water ( Two shell & Four shell) System, principle of operation three fluid

absorption system, salient features.

Steam Jet Refrigeration System:

Working Principle and basic components. Principle and operation of - thermoelectric

refrigerator - vortex tube.

Unit – IV

Introduction to Air Conditioning:

Psychometric properties & processes – characterization of sensible and latent heat

loads –– need for ventilation, consideration of infiltration – load concepts of RSHF,

GSHF- problems, concept of ESHF and ADP temperature. Requirements of human

comfort and concept of effective temperature- comfort chart –comfort air conditioning

– requirements of industrial air conditioning, air conditioning load calculations.

Unit –V

Air Conditioning Systems:

Classification of equipment, cooling, heating humidification and dehumidification,

filters, grills and registers, fans and blowers. Heat pump – heat sources – different heat

pump circuits.

Text Books:

1. Refrigeration and Air-conditioning, Arora C.P., Tata Mc Graw –Hill, New

Delhi

2. A Course in Refrigeration and Air conditioning / SC Arora & Domkundwar /

Dhanpatrai



Reference Books:

1. Refrigeration and Air Conditioning, Manohar Prasad, New Age International,

2004.

2. Basic Refrigeration and Air-Conditioning / Ananthanarayanan / TMH

3. Principle of Refrigeration, Dossat R.D., 4th ed., Prentice-Hall, 1997

4. Principles of Refrigeration, Roy J. Dossat, Wiley Limited

5. Refrigeration and Air-conditioning, Stoecker W.F., and Jones J.W., Mc Graw –

Hill, New Delhi

Web Links:

1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112105128/9

2. https://dl.kashti.ir/ENBOOKS/Refrigeration

3. https://www.brighthubengineering.com/hvac/65923-simple-vapor-absorption-

refrigeration-system/

4. https://www.airconco.com/how-does-air-conditioning-work/

Note: Psychometric charts are allowed in the semester end examination

https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112105128/9

https://dl.kashti.ir/ENBOOKS/Refrigeration

https://www.brighthubengineering.com/hvac/65923-simple-vapor-absorption-refrigeration-system/

https://www.brighthubengineering.com/hvac/65923-simple-vapor-absorption-refrigeration-system/



METROLOGY AND INSTRUMENTATION

VI Semester L T P C


Course Objectives:

COB 1 : To make the students understand the working of linear and angular

measuring instruments.

COB 2 : To familiarize with the working of optical measuring instruments

and fundamentals of limits and limit gauges

COB 3 : To teach the basic idea about various methods for measurement of

screw thread and surface finish parameters.

COB 4 : To provide students an overview of mechanical measurements

systems and principle of instrument for motion and dimension

measurement.

COB 5 : To provide basic idea about working principle and applications of

devices for measurement of temperature, pressure, flow, level,

stress and strain.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1 : Explain the concept of systems of limits and fits and theory of

linear and angular measurement.

CO 2 : Describe the surface roughness measurement, screw thread

measurement and gear measurement.

CO 3 : Explain the concepts of machine tool alignments.

CO 4 : Select appropriate elements of a measurement system and select

instruments for displacement measurement.

CO 5 : Select instruments for temperature, pressure and flow

measurement.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K2) 2 1 - 1 - - - - - - 2 -

CO2 (K2) 2 1 - 1 - - - - - - 2 -

CO3 (K3) 3 2 - 1 - - - - - - 3 -

CO4 (K4) 2 3 - 2 - - - - - - 3 -

CO5 (K4) 2 3 - 2 - - - - - - 3 -



CO1 (K2) - 1 -

CO2 (K2) - 1 -

CO3 (K3) - 2 -

CO4 (K4) - 3 -

CO5 (K4) - 3 -



UNIT- I

Linear and Angular Measurements, Limits and Fits:

ISO system: Fits and Types of interchangeability, Taylor’s Principle or plain limit

gauges, Use of Plug, Ring and Snap gauges. Indicating type limit gauges.

Introduction- Linear and Angular measurements - Slip gauges and End bars - Gauge

material and manufacturing methods, Different types of Micrometers, Height gauges,

Tomlinson gauges. Precision polygon, Sine bar, Auto collimator.

UNIT- II

Optical Measurement and Comparators:

Dial indicator, Sigma and Mechanical comparator, Free flow and Back pressure type

Pneumatic comparator. Application of set jet gauge heads Optical projector, Chart,

screen gauges and measuring methods, Micro gauge bridge lines. Tool maker’s

Microscope applications, Measurement of Straightness and- Flatness. Roundness

measurement with bench centers and talyround, Coordinate Measuring Machine in

components geometries.

UNIT- III

Surface Roughness Measurements and Gear tooth measurement:

Parameters as per ISO indices. Profilometer, Taylor Hobson Talysurf. Application of

Thread metrology - 2 wire and 3 Wire methods, Gear measurement - Gear tooth

thickness, Parkinson gear tester, General geometric tests for testing machine tools-

Lathe, drill, mill.

UNIT- IV

Displacement and Strain Measurement:

Elements of instrumentation system. Static and Dynamic characteristics. Types of

errors. Displacement transducers. LVDT. Strain measurement - Wire and foil type

resistance strain gauges. Rosette Gauges. Bonding procedure. Lead resistance

compensation. Adjacent arm and self compensating gauges. Proving ring Strain gauge

load cells, measurement of axial load and torsion by strain gauges. Piezo electric load

cell.

UNIT- V

Temperature, Pressure and Flow Measurement:

Introduction to Seismic Transducers - displacement and acceleration measurement,

Pressure measurement - Bourdon pressure gauge, bulk modulus gauge, pirani gauge,

Temperature measurement by thermo couples. Laws of thermo electricity. Types of

materials used in thermocouples. Rotameter, magnetic, ultrasonic, turbine flow meter,

hot – wire anemometer, laser Doppler anemometer (LDA), dynamometers.

Text Books:

1. Dimensional Metrology, Connie Dotson, Cengage Learning, 2016.

2. Measurement System: Applications and Design, D.S.Kumar, Metropolitian book.

Co. pvt. lmtd, 1st edition



Reference Books:

1. Engineering Metrology, M.Mahajan, Dhanpat Rai Publishers, 2008

2. Engineering Metrology, I.C.Gupta, Dhanpat Rai Publishers, 2018

3. Mechanical and Industrial Measurements, R.K. Jain, Khanna Publishers, 2008

4. Instrumentation, measurement & analysis, B.C.Nakra, K.K.Choudhary, TMH,

2008

Web Links:


2. https://www.slideshare.net/engrnouman/metrology-measurement

3. http://www.metrology.pg.gda.pl/

4. https://india.oup.com/product/engineering-metrology

*****



ROBOTICS

(Professional Elective – II)

Semester VI L T P C


Course Objectives:

COB 1 : To give the students aware of applying their knowledge of

mathematics, science, and Engineering and to expand this

knowledge into the vast area of robotics.

COB 2 : The students will be exposed to the concepts of robot Kinematics,

Dynamics, Trajectory Planning.

COB 3 : Mathematical approach to explain how the robotic arm motion can

be described.

COB 4 : To make the students to understand the functioning of sensors and

actuators.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1 : Explain the basic concepts, parts of robots and types of robots.

CO 2 : Identify various robot configuration and components,

CO 3 : Select appropriate actuators and sensors for a robot based on

specific application

CO 4 : Analyze the simple serial kinematic chains

CO 5 : Analyze the trajectory planning for a manipulator by avoiding

obstacles




CO 1(K2) - - -

CO 2(K3) - - -

CO 3(K3) - - 3

CO 4(K4) 3 - -

CO 5(K4) 3 - -

CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1(K2) 2 - - - - - - - - - 2 -

CO2(K3) 3 2 - - - - 3 - 3 - 3 -

CO3 (K3) 3 - 1 1 3 - - - - - - -

CO4(K4) 3 3 - 2 - - - - - - - -

CO5 (K4) 3 3 2 2 3 - - - - - 3 -



Unit –I

Introduction:

Automation-CAD/CAM-Robotics – An over view of Robotics – present and future

applications classification by coordinate system and control system. Applications of

Material Transfer - Material handling, loading and unloading- Processing - spot and

continuous arc welding & spray painting - Assembly and Inspection.

Unit-II

Components of the Industrial Robotics:

Function line diagram representation of robot arms, common types of arms.

Components, Architecture, number of degrees of freedom – Requirements and

challenges of end effectors, determination of the end effectors, Grippers.

Robot Actuators and Feed Back Components:

Actuators: Pneumatic, Hydraulic actuators, electric & stepper motors. Feedback

components: position sensors – potentiometers, resolvers, encoders – Velocity

sensors-proximity sensors

Unit-III

Motion Analysis:

Homogeneous transformations as applicable to rotation and translation –problems.

Manipulator Kinematics:

Specifications of matrices, D-H notation joint coordinates and world coordinates

Forward and inverse kinematics – problems.

Unit- IV

Transformations:

Differential transformation and manipulators, Jacobians – problems

Dynamics: Lagrange – Euler and Newton – Euler formulations – Problems.

Unit-V

Trajectory Planning:

General considerations in path description and generation. Trajectory planning and

avoidance of obstacles, path planning, Skew motion, joint integrated motion –straight

line motion – Robot programming, languages and software packages-description of

paths with a robot programming language.

Text Books:

1. Industrial Robotics, Groover M P, Pearson Edu.

2. Robotics and Control, Mittal R K & Nagrath I J, TMH.

Reference Books:

1. Robotics, Fu K S, Mc Graw Hill.

2. Robotic Engineering, Richard D. Klafter, Prentice Hall

3. Robot Analysis and Control, H. Asada and J.J.E. Slotine, BSP Books

Pvt. Ltd.

4. Introduction to Robotics, John J Craig, Pearson Edu.



Web Links:

1. https://www.scribd.com/doc/39035404/Robot-Actuators-and-Feedback-

Components-Main7

2. http://medesign.seas.upenn.edu/uploads/Courses/robotics05dh.pdf

3. http://robotics.itee.uq.edu.au/~metr4202/2013/lectures.pdf

4. https://www.slideshare.net/anirudhreddy123/robots-in-manufacturin

https://www.scribd.com/doc/39035404/Robot-Actuators-and-Feedback-Components-Main7

https://www.scribd.com/doc/39035404/Robot-Actuators-and-Feedback-Components-Main7

http://medesign.seas.upenn.edu/uploads/Courses/robotics05dh.pdf

http://robotics.itee.uq.edu.au/~metr4202/2013/lectures.pdf



DESIGN FOR MANUFACTURING

(Professional Elective - II)

VI Semester L T P C


Course Objectives:

Course Outcomes:




CO/PSO PSO 1(K3) PSO 2(K4) PSO 3(K3)

CO1(K2) - 1 2

CO2(K3) - 2 3

CO3(K2) - 1 2

CO4(K3) - 2 3

CO5(K4) 3 3 3

COB 1 : To illustrate the concept of design for manufacturing and assembly.

COB 2 : To apply various fundamentals of assembly and design

recommendations for product development.

COB 3 : To understand the design rules and considerations with reference to

various manufacturing processes.

COB 4 : To identify the capabilities and limitations of each manufacturing

process in relation to part design and cost.

COB 5 : To examine DFM principles including how the design affects

manufacturing cost, lean manufacturing, six sigma, etc.

CO 1 : Analyze the components for machining.

CO 2 : Explain the casting design and choose the best casting process for a

specific product.

CO 3 : Illustrate the effect of thermal stresses in welded joints.

CO 4 : Explain in depth the sheet metal processes and their formation

mechanisms.

CO 5 : Select a proper process for machining and joining different plastic

components.

CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO 11

(K3)

PO 12

(K1)

CO1(K2) 2 1 - - 2 2 3 2 3 3 2 -

CO2(K3) 3 2 1 1 3 3 - 3 - - 3 -

CO3(K2) 2 1 - - 2 2 3 2 3 3 2 -

CO4(K3) 3 2 1 1 3 3 - 3 - - 3 -

CO5(K4) - 3 2 2 - - - - - - - -



UNIT I

Introduction:

Design philosophy-steps in design process-general design rules for manufacturability-

basic principles of designing for economical production-creativity in design-Design

for the life cycle- total product life of consumer goods-design considerations.

UNIT II

Machining processes:

Overview of various machining processes-general design rules for machining-

dimensional tolerance and surface roughness-Design for machining – ease –

redesigning of components for machining ease with suitable examples-General design

recommendations for machined parts.

UNIT III

Metal casting:

Appraisal of various casting processes-selection of casting process-general design

considerations for casting-casting tolerance-use of solidification-simulation in casting

design-product design rules for sand casting.

UNIT IV

Metal joining:

Appraisal of various welding processes-factors in design of weldments – general

design guidelines-pre and post treatment of welds-effects of thermal stresses in weld

joints-design of brazed joints, Welding symbols

Forging:

Design factors for forging – closed die forging design – parting lines of dies – drop

forging die design – general design recommendations.

UNIT V

Extrusion & Sheet metal work:

Design guide lines extruded sections-design principles for punching, blanking,

bending, deep drawing-Keeler Goodman forging line diagram – component design for

blanking.

Plastics: Visco elastic and creep behavior in plastics-design guidelines for plastic components-

design considerations for injection moulding – design guidelines for machining and

joining of plastics.

Text Books:

1. Design for Manufacture, John Corbett, Pearson Publishers

2. Product Design for Manufacture and Assembly, Geoffrey Boothroyd Second

Edition/ CRC press.



Reference Books:

1. Product design and Manufacturing, A.K. Chitale and R.C. Gupta, Prentice

Hall of India, New Delhi.

2. Design for Manufacturing and assembly , O. Molloy, S. Tilley and E.A.

Warman, First Edition, Chapman & Hall, London, UK

3. Mechanical Assemblies: Their Design, Manufacture, and Role in Product

Development, D.E. Whitney, Oxford University Press, New York

4. Process selection: from design to manufacture, K G Swift and J D Booker,

London: Arnold, 1997.

Web Links:

1. https://alison.com/course/diploma-in-manufacturing-and-product-design

2. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc18_me04/preview

3. https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/mechanical-engineering/2-007-design-and-

manufacturing-i- spring-2009/

4. https://www.sae.org/learn/content/92047/.

5. https://professional.mit.edu/programs/short-programs/manufacturing.

https://professional.mit.edu/programs/short-programs/manufacturing



NON DESTRUCTIVE EVALUATION

(Professional Elective-II)

VI Semester L T P C


Course Objectives

.

Course Outcomes



CO/PO PO1

(K3)

PO2

(K4)

PO3

(K5)

PO4

(K5)

PO5

(K3)

PO6

(K3)

PO7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1(K2) - 1 - - 2 - - - 3 3 2 -

CO2(K2) 2 1 1 1 - - - - - - - -

CO3(K2) - 1 - - 2 - - - 3 3 2 -

CO4(K5) - 1 - - 3 3 - - - 3 3 -

CO5(K4) - 3 2 2 - - - - - - - -



CO 1(K2) 2 1 -

CO 2(K2) - 1 -

CO 3(K2) 2 1 -

CO 4(K5) 3 3 -

CO 5(K4) - 3 -

COB 1 : To understand the concepts of Non-destructive evaluation Methods

COB 2 : To distinguish between Destructive and Non Destructive Evaluation

Techniques.

COB 3 : To classify different operational concepts with other functional NDE

methods.

COB 4 : To understand the basic requirement for conducting different NDE

Test.

COB 5 : To develop an ability to apply NDE concepts in a various

manufacturing industry

CO 1 : Explain the basic principles of different non-destructive evaluation

techniques.

CO 2 : Distinguish between various non-destructive evaluations techniques.

CO 3 : Explain the basic requirement for conducting different NDE test

CO 4 : Apply the knowledge of non-destructive evaluations for test

specimens.

CO 5 : List the application of non-destructive evaluation techniques.



UNIT – I

Introduction to non-destructive testing.

Types of testing, Radiographic test: - Sources of X and Gamma Rays and their

interaction with Matter, Radiographic equipment, Radiographic Techniques.

Application of Industrial Radiography, Span of NDE Activities Railways, Nuclear,

Non-nuclear, Aerospace Industries, Automotive Industries.

UNIT – II

Ultrasonic test: -

Principle of Wave Propagation, Reflection, Refraction, Diffraction, Mode Conversion

and Attenuation, Sound Field, Piezo-electric Effect, Ultrasonic Transducers and their

Characteristics, Test Equipment, Test Variables, Guidelines for Acceptance and

Rejection - Effectiveness and Limitations.

Application of Ultrasonic test in Castings, Railways, Nuclear, Non-nuclear & Steel

Industries.

UNIT – III

Liquid Penetrant Test:

Liquid Penetrant Test, Basic Concepts, Liquid Penetrant System, Test Procedure,

Effectiveness and Limitations of Liquid Penetrant Testing. Applications in Aerospace

Industries, castings, welded constructions, Pressure vessels.

UNIT – IV

Magnetic Particle Test: Magnetic Materials, Magnetization of Materials, Demagnetization of Materials,

Principle of Magnetic Particle Test and Procedure, Equipment’s required,

Standardization and Calibration, Interpretation and Evaluation, Advantages and

Limitations, Applications of magnetic particle test in Surface detection.

UNIT – V

Eddy Current Test: Principle of Eddy Current, Eddy Current Test System, Eddy Current Testing

Effectiveness. Applications in Offshore Gas and Petroleum Projects, Coal Mining

Industry, Castings, Railways.

Text Books:

1. Non-destructive test and evaluation of Materials, J Prasad, GCK Nair, Second

Edition, TMH Publishers.

2. Non - Destructive Testing, Ramachandran S, Anderson A, Rajasanthosh Kumar

T, First Edition, Airwalk Publications.

Reference Books:

1. Ultrasonic inspection training for NDT: E. A. Gingel, Prometheus Press.

2. ASTM Standards, Vol 3.01, Metals and alloys.

3. Non-destructive, Hand Book – R. Hamchand.

4. Non-destructive testing, Warress, JMcGonmade

https://www.amazon.in/s/ref=dp_byline_sr_ebooks_1?ie=UTF8&text=RAMACHANDRAN+S&search-alias=digital-text&field-author=RAMACHANDRAN+S&sort=relevancerank

https://www.amazon.in/s/ref=dp_byline_sr_ebooks_2?ie=UTF8&text=ANDERSON+A&search-alias=digital-text&field-author=ANDERSON+A&sort=relevancerank

https://www.amazon.in/s/ref=dp_byline_sr_ebooks_3?ie=UTF8&text=RAJASANTHOSH+KUMAR+T&search-alias=digital-text&field-author=RAJASANTHOSH+KUMAR+T&sort=relevancerank

https://www.amazon.in/s/ref=dp_byline_sr_ebooks_3?ie=UTF8&text=RAJASANTHOSH+KUMAR+T&search-alias=digital-text&field-author=RAJASANTHOSH+KUMAR+T&sort=relevancerank



Web Links:

1. https://eis.hu.edu.jo/acuploads/10526/Radiographic%20Testing.pdf

2. https://www.nde-ed.org/EducationResources/CommunityCollege/Radiography/

cc_rad_index.htm.

3. https://www.ndeed.org/EducationResources/CommunityCollege/Ultrasonics/

Introduction/description.htm

4. https://www.ndeed.org/EducationResources/CommunityCollege/MagParticle/

Introduction/basicprinciples.htm

5. https://www.ndeed.org/EducationResources/CommunityCollege/PenetrantTest/

cc_pt_index.htm.

https://eis.hu.edu.jo/acuploads/10526/Radiographic%20Testing.pdf

https://www.ndeed.org/EducationResources/CommunityCollege/MagParticle/

https://www.ndeed.org/EducationResources/CommunityCollege/PenetrantTest/



UNCONVENTIONAL MACHINING PROCESSES

(Professional Elective-III)

VI Semester L T P C


Course Objectives:

COB 1 : To impart the knowledge of modern machining processes and working

principle of USM.

COB 2 : To induce the knowledge of Jet Machining processes and their

parameters.

COB 3 : To discuss the knowledge of Electro Chemical Machining processes.

COB 4 : To induce the students about Electric Discharge Machining processes

and their parameters.

COB 5 : To impart the knowledge of the students with the applications of Beam

Machining Processes.

Course Outcomes: At the end of the Course, Student will be able to:

CO 1 : Summarize the different types of modern machining processes.

CO 2 : Explain about Jet Machining processes and their parameters.

CO 3 : Describe Electro Chemical Machining processes.

CO 4 : Illustrate the Electric Discharge Machining processes and their

parameters.

CO 5 : Discuss the applications of Beam Machining Processes.




CO 1(K2) 2 - -

CO 2(K2) 2 - -

CO 3(K2) 2 - -

CO 4(K3) 3 - -

CO 5(K3) 3 - -

CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO 1(K2) 2 - - - 2 - - - - 3 2 -

CO 2(K2) 2 - - - 2 - - - - 3 2 -

CO 3(K2) 2 - - - 2 - - - - 3 2 -

CO 4(K3) 3 - - - 3 - - - - - 3 -

CO 5(K3) 3 - - - 3 - - - - - 3 -



UNIT-I

Introduction:

Need for non-traditional machining methods, classification of modern machining

processes, considerations in process selection and applications.

Ultrasonic machining:

Elements of the process, mechanics of material removal, MRR, process parameters,

economic considerations, applications and limitations.

UNIT-II

Jet Machining:

Abrasive jet machining, Water jet machining and abrasive water jet machining: Basic

principles, equipments, process variables, mechanics of material removal, MRR,

application and limitations, magnetic abrasive finishing, abrasive flow finishing,

Electro stream drilling, shaped tube, electrolytic machining.

UNIT-III

Electro Chemical Machining:

Fundamentals of electro chemical machining, electro chemical grinding, electro

chemical honing and deburring process, metal removal rate in ECM, Tool design,

Surface finish and accuracy, economic aspects of ECM, Simple problems for

estimation of metal removal rate, fundamentals of chemical machining, advantages

and applications.

UNIT-IV

Electric Discharge Machining:

General principle and applications of Electric Discharge Machining, Electric

Discharge Grinding and wire EDM, Power circuits for EDM, Mechanics of metal

removal in EDM, Process parameters, selection of tool electrode and dielectric fluids,

surface finish and machining accuracy, characteristics of spark eroded surface.

UNIT-V

Radiant Energy Machining

Electron Beam Machining:

Electron Beam Machining, Laser Beam Machining - Basic principle and theory,

mechanics of material removal, process parameters, efficiency & accuracy,

applications.

Plasma Machining:

Application of plasma for machining, metal removal mechanism, process parameters,

accuracy and surface finish and other applications of plasma in manufacturing

industries.

Text Books:

1. Hassan Abdel–Gawad/El-Hafy, Fundamentals of Machining Processes-

Conventional and non – conventional processes, CRC Press-2017.

2. Pandey P.C. and Shah H.S,Modern Machining Process, Tata McGraw-Hill

Education-1980.



Reference Books:

1. VK Jain, Advanced machining processes, Allied publishers-2007.

2. Gary F. Benedict, Non Traditional Manufacturing Processes, CRC Press-2017.

Web Links:


2. https://www.scribd.com/document/367230227/Ucmp-First-Mid-Course-File

3. http://www.btechmaterials.com/download/unconventional-machining-process-

materials-notes/



INDUSTRIAL HYDRAULICS & PNEUMATICS

(Professional Elective – III)

VI Semester L T P C


Course Objectives:

COB 1 : To make the students to familiarize with the fundamentals of fluid

Power systems.

COB 2 : To make the students to understand the principle of hydraulic system

and components.

COB 3 : To make the students to analyze the functions and characteristics of

circuit elements.

COB 4 : To impart the knowledge of Pneumatic and Electro Pneumatic systems.

COB 5 : To make the student understand the circuits of pneumatic systems.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1 : Describe the fundamentals of fluid power systems.

CO 2 : Illustrate the working of fluid power actuators, hydraulic motors, and

Hydraulic Components.

CO 3 : Analyze the concepts of hydraulic circuits.

CO 4 : Explain the working of pneumatic systems.

CO 5 : Examine the concepts of pneumatic circuits.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K2) - - 1 - 2 - 3 - - - - -

CO2 (K2) - - 1 - 2 - 3 - - - - -

CO3 (K4) - - - - - - - - - - - -

CO4 (K4) - - 2 - - - - - - - - -

CO5 (K4) - - - - - - - - - - - -



CO1 (K2) 2 - -

CO2 (K2) 2 - -

CO3 (K4) - - -

CO4 (K4) - - -

CO5 (K4) - - -



UNIT – I

Fundamentals of Fluid Power Systems:

Introduction, Types, Advantages, Disadvantages and Applications, Fluid

Characteristics, Terminologies used in Fluid Power, Hydraulic Symbols, Hydraulic

Systems and Components, Sources Pumping Theory, Gear, Vane & Piston Pumps.

UNIT-II

Fluid Power Actuators:

Introduction, Hydraulic Actuators, Hydraulic Cylinders Types, Construction,

Specifications and Special Types.

Hydraulic Motors:

Working Principle, Selection Criteria for Various Types, Hydraulic Motors in Circuits,

Formulae, Numerical Problems.

Hydraulic components:

Introduction, Control Elements, Direction Control Valve, Check Valve, Pressure

Control Valve, Relief Valve Throttle Valve, Temperature and Pressure Compensation,

Locations of Flow Control Valve.

UNIT-III

Accumulators and Intensifiers:

Types, Size and function of accumulator’s application and circuits of Accumulators.

Intensifiers, Circuit and Applications.

Design and Drawing of Hydraulic Circuits:

Introduction-case study and specifications, method of drawing a hydraulic circuit,

hydraulic cylinder, quick return of a hydraulic cylinder.

UNIT-IV

Pneumatic Systems:

Introduction, symbols used, concepts and components comparison, types and

specifications of compressors, arrangement of a complete pneumatic system,

compressed air behavior, understanding, pneumatic circuits, and direction control

valves.

Electro Pneumatics Introduction, Pilot operated solenoid valve, electrical connections to solenoids, electro

pneumatic circuit switches, relays, solenoids, P.E converter, concept of latching.

UNIT-V

Pneumatic circuits

Applications, servo systems, introduction, closed loop, hydro-mechanical and electro

hydraulic, conventional and proportional valves, characteristics of proportional and

servo valves, PLC applications in fluid power, selected pneumatic / electro pneumatic

circuit problems, failure and trouble shooting in fluid power systems.



Text Books:

1. Introduction to Hydraulics and Pneumatics, Ilango Sivaraman, PHI

Publications, 3rdEdition.

2. Applied Hydraulic and Pneumatics, T. Sunder Selwyn, Anuradha

publications, 5th Edition.

Reference Books:

1. Oil Hydraulic Systems- Principles and Maintenance, S R Majumdar,

Mcgraw - Hill series, 1st edition.

2. Fluid Power: Hydraulics and Pneumatics, James R Daines, Goodheart-

Willcox Publications, 2nd Edition

3. Principle of Hydraulic System Design, Peter Chapple, Momentum Press

Engineering Publishers, 2nd Edition.

4. Industrial Hydraulic Systems: Theory and Practice,Joji Parambath,

Universal-Publishers, Revised Edition.

Web Links:

1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112106175/Module%201/Lecture%201.pdf

2. https://engineeringvideolectures.com/course/807

3. http://www.just.edu.jo/~haalshraideh/Courses/IE431/Lecture_slides/Hydrol

ics%20and%20Pneumatics.pdf

https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112106175/Module%201/Lecture%201.pdf

https://engineeringvideolectures.com/course/807



QUALITY AND RELIABILITY ENGINEERING

(Professional Elective – III)

VI Semester L T P C


Course Objectives:

COB 1 : To provide students with a basic understanding of the approaches and

Techniques to assess and improve process and/or product quality and

Reliability.

COB 2 : To introduce the principles and techniques of Statistical Quality

Control and their practical uses in product and/or process design and

monitoring.

COB 3 : To understand techniques of modern reliability engineering tools.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1 : Explain the concepts of quality and reliability of quality improvement,

and acquire fundamental knowledge of statistics and probability.

CO 2 : Apply control charts to analyze and improve the process quality.

CO 3 : Design a simple sampling plan and evaluate its effectiveness on a

given sampling process.

CO 4 : Calculate the system reliability based on the given component

connection.

CO 5 : Calculate the reliability based on the given failure model.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO3

(K5)

PO4

(K5)

PO5

(K3)

PO6

(K3)

PO7

(K2)

PO8

(K3)

PO9

(K2)

PO10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO 1 (K3) 3 2 1 - 3 3 - - - - - -

CO 2 (K2) 2 1 1 - 2 2 - - - - - -

CO 3 (K3) - 2 1 - - - - - - - - -

CO 4 (K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -

CO 5 (K5) - - - - - - - - - - - -



CO 1(K3) 3 2 -

CO 2(K2) 2 1 -

CO 3(K3) 3 2 -

CO 4(K3) 3 2 -

CO 5(K5) - 3 -



UNIT- I

Introduction And Process Control For Variables:

Quality value and engineering – quality systems – quality engineering in product

design and production process – system design – parameter design – tolerance design,

quality costs – quality improvement. Statistical process control X, R, p, c charts, other

types of control charts, process capability, process capability analysis, process

capability index. (SQC tables can be used in the examination).

UNIT – II

Acceptance Sampling:

Acceptance sampling by variables and attributes, design of sampling plans, single,

double, sequential and continuous sampling plans, design of various sampling plans.

UNIT – III

Total Quality Management (TQM):

Loss function, tolerance design – N type, L type, S type; determination of tolerance for

these types. Online quality control – variable characteristics, attribute characteristics,

parameter design. Quality function deployment – house of quality, QFD matrix, total

quality management concepts. Quality information systems, quality circles,

introduction to ISO 9000 standards.

UNIT – IV

Reliability Engineering:

Reliability – Evaluation of design by tests - Hazard Models, Linear, Releigh, Weibull.

Failure Data Analysis, reliability prediction based on weibull distribution, Reliability

improvement.

UNIT – V

Reliability Management:

Complex system, reliability, reliability of series, parallel & standby systems &

complex systems & reliability prediction and system effectiveness.

Maintainability, availability, economics of reliability engineering, replacement of

items, maintenance costing and budgeting, reliability testing.

Text Books:

1. Quality Engineering in Production Systems, G Taguchi, Mc Graw Hill

Publications.

2. Reliability Engineering, E. Bala Guruswamy, Tata McGraw Hill Publications.

Reference Books:

1. Statistical Quality Control by M. Mahajan, Dhanpat Rai & Co. (P) Ltd, 2001.

2. Quality Control & Application by B. L. Hanson & P. M. Ghare, Prentice Hall,

1993.

3. Statistical Quality Control by Eugene L. Grant and Richard S. Leavenworth,

McGraw-Hill, 1996.

4. Practical Reliability Engineering by Connor, P.D.T.O., John Wiley, 1993.

5. Statistical Process Control by John. S. Oakland, 5th Edition, Elsevier, 2005.



Web Links:


2. https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/journal/10991638

3. https://cleartax.in/s/total-quality-management

4. https://www.weibull.com/basics/reliability.htm

https://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/journal/10991638

https://cleartax.in/s/total-quality-management



EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS-IV


VI Semester L T P C


Course Objectives:

COB 1 : To equip the students to utilize the emerging trends in learning.

COB 2 : To equip the students with critical analytical, conceptual and other

skills.

COB 3 : To enable students to work in different professions-teaching, software,

research, administration, etc.

COB 4 : To provide skills fit for job and fit for life and make them experts in

their respective area of study.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1 : Find profit and loss, simple and compound interest for different models.

CO 2 : Identify leadership and make use of group dynamic skills.

CO 3 : Calculate solutions for time and work, time and distance and data

interpretation.

CO 4 : Define and focus on Interview skills.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO 1(K1) 1 - - - 1 1 2 1 - - - 3

CO 2(K2) 2 - - - - 2 3 - 3 - - -

CO 3(K3) 3 2 - - 3 3 3 3 - - - 3

CO 4(K1) 1 1 - - - 1 2 - - - - -



CO 1(K1) - - -

CO 2(K2) - 1 2

CO 3(K3) 3 2 3

CO 4(K1) - - 1



UNIT-I:

Aptitude: Profit And Loss

Soft Skills: Group discussion -2, Importance-Definition-Objective-Types-Skills

Developed-Myths- Do's And Don’ts-Parameters of Evaluation- Process.

UNIT-II:

Aptitude: Simple Interest and Compound Interest.

Soft Skills: Speech- Debate -JAM -Importance -Do’s & Don’ts.

UNIT-III:

Aptitude: Time and Work, Pipes and Cisterns.

Soft Skills: Voice and Accent, Voice modulation, Phonetic training-Neutral Accent

Practice.

UNIT-IV:

Aptitude: Time and Distance, Trains, Boats and Streams.

Soft Skills: Leadership & Social Influence, flexibility, Group Dynamics.

UNIT-V:

Aptitude: Data Interpretation.

Soft Skills: Interview Skills-2, Mock Interviews, Evaluation-Feedback.

Text Books:

1. Quantitative Aptitude - Dr. R.S. Aggarwal, S CHAND.

2. Quick Learning Objective General English – Dr. R.S. Aggarwal, S CHAND.

Reference Books

1. Quantitative Aptitude - Abhijit Guha Mc Graw Hill Publications.

2. Quantitative Aptitude –Arun Sharma, Mc Graw Hill Publications.

3. A New Approach to Objective English -R.S. Dhillon DGP Publications.

Web Links

1. www.indiabix.com

2. www.bankersadda.com


http://www.bankersadda.com/



MACHINE TOOLS LAB

VI Semester L T P C


Course Objectives:

COB 1: To import practical exposure to the machine tools

COB 2: To make students familiar with various operations on machine tools

Course Outcomes:


CO 1 : Produce models by turning, facing, threading operations on lathe machine

CO 2 : Produce surfaces on flat surface machining, milling and grinding operations


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO2 (K3) 3 2 - 1 - - - - - 3 3 -

CO2 (K3) 3 2 - 1 - - - - - 3 3 -


CO/PSO PSO 1 (K3) PSO 2 (K4) PSO3 (K3)

CO 1(K3) 3 - 3

CO 2(K3) 3 - 3


1. Introduction of general purpose machine Lathe, Drilling, Milling, Shaper

2. Step turning and taper turning using lathe.

3. Thread cutting and knurling using Lathe machine

4. Drilling and Tapping using Drilling Machine.

5. Shaping of V groove using Shaper.

6. Slotting of a keyway using Slotter.

7. Cutting spur gear using Milling Machine

8. Grinding of Flat surfaces using Surface Grinding Machine

9. Gang Milling on Milling machine

10. Grinding of HSS Tool using Tool and Cutter grinder





1. Introduction to CNC Machines

2. Eccentric on Lathe

3. Drilling, Boring and internal threading on Lathe

References:

1. Workshop Technology – B.S.Raghu Vamshi – Vol II.

2. Workshop Technology Technology –Sk Hajra choudhary-Vol-II

Web Links:

1. http://www.engineeringarticles.org/lathe-lathe-operations-types-and-

cutting-tools/

2. https://me-mechanicalengineering.com/operations-related-drilling-

machine/

3. http://uotechnology.edu.iq/dep-production/branch3_files/10luma.pdf

4. http://www.americanmachinetools.com/how_to_use_a_surface_grinder.

htm

http://www.engineeringarticles.org/lathe-lathe-operations-types-and-cutting-tools/

http://www.engineeringarticles.org/lathe-lathe-operations-types-and-cutting-tools/

https://me-mechanicalengineering.com/operations-related-drilling-machine/

https://me-mechanicalengineering.com/operations-related-drilling-machine/

http://uotechnology.edu.iq/dep-production/branch3_files/10luma.pdf

http://www.americanmachinetools.com/how_to_use_a_surface_grinder



HEAT TRANSFER LAB

VI Semester L T P C


Course Objectives:

COB 1: To provide the knowledge to the student about heat transfer through

conduction.

COB 2: To train the student to calculate the heat transfer coefficient in

convection.

COB 3: To practice the student to calculate the performance of heat

exchanger.

COB 4: To train the student to estimate the heat transfer rate through a pin-fin.

COB 5: To make the student to determine the heat transfer through radiation.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Determine the thermal conductivity of various materials.

CO 2: Estimate the convective heat transfer coefficient in various conditions.

CO 3: Evaluate the performance of heat exchanger in various arrangements.

CO 4: Calculate the heat transfer through a pin-fin.

CO 5: Compute the emissivity of different bodies.




CO 1(K3) - - -

CO 2(K3) 3 2 -

CO 3(K3) - - -

CO 4(K3) 3 2 -

CO 5(K4) 3 3 -

CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO 1(K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - 3 - -

CO 2(K3) 3 2 - 1 - - 3 - - 3 - 3

CO 3(K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - 3 - -

CO 4(K3) 3 2 - 1 - - 3 - - 3 - 3

CO 5(K4) 3 3 - 2 - - 3 - - 3 - 3




1. Determination of thermal conductivity of a metal.

2. Determination of overall heat transfer co-efficient of a composite material.

3. Determination of heat transfer rate through a lagged pipe.

4. Determine the thermal conductivity of insulating powder.

5. Determination of efficiency of a pin-fin.

6. Determination of heat transfer coefficient in forced convection.

7. Determination of heat transfer coefficient in natural convection.

8. Determination of effectiveness of parallel and counter flow heat exchangers.

9. Determination of emissivity of a given surface.

10. Determination of Stefan- Boltzman constant.



1. Determination of heat transfer rate in drop and film wise condensation.

2. Study of two phase flow.

3. Demonstration of heat pipe.

4. Determination of critical heat flux.

References:

1. Heat and Mass Transfer, D.S.Kumar, S.K.Kataria & Sons Publications,

Third edition.

2. Heat Transfer, P.K.Nag, TMH Publications, Third edition.

Web Links:

1. http://mech.gecgudlavalleru.ac.in/pdf/manuals/HEAT%20TRANSFER%

20 LAB

2. http://www.cittumkur.org/manuals/mech/HMT_MANUAL_FINAL_10

MEL67

http://www.cittumkur.org/manuals/mech/HMT_MANUAL_FINAL_



METROLOGY / INSTRUMENTATION LAB

VI Semester L T P C


Course Objectives:

COB 1 : To make the students measure bores by internal micrometers and dial

bore indicators

COB 2 : To impart the knowledge of measurement of the angle and taper by bevel

protractor, sine bars etc

COB 3 : To induce the knowledge of principles involved in calibration.

COB 4 : To induce the knowledge about temperature sensors (thermocouples,

RTD, thermisters)

Course Outcomes:


CO 1 : Measure the bores by internal micrometers and dial bore indicators.

CO 2 : Measure the angle and taper using bevel protractor and sine bar

CO 3 : Measure screw thread parameters

CO 4 : Find the errors and calibrate photo and magnetic pickups

CO 5 : Find the errors and calibrate the pressure gauge, temperature detectors

and LVDT


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K5) 3 3 - 3 - - - - - - 3 -

CO2 (K5) 3 3 - 3 - - - - - - 3 -

CO3 (K5) 3 3 - 3 - - - - - - 3 -

CO4 (K5) 3 3 - 3 - - - - - - 3 -

CO5 (K5) 3 3 - 3 - - - - - - 3 -



CO1 (K5) - - -

CO2 (K5) 3 - 3

CO3 (K5) - - -

CO4 (K5) - - -

CO5 (K5) 3 - 3




Section A: Metrology Lab

1. Measurement of lengths, heights, diameters by vernier calipers,

micrometers.

2. Angle and taper measurements with bevel protractor, Sine bar, rollers and

balls.

3. Measurement of bores by internal micrometers and dial bore indicators.

4. Straightness measuring using autocollimator.

5. Gear tooth thickness measurement using gear tooth vernier calipers.

Section B: Instrumentation Lab

6. Calibration of pressure gauge.

7. Study and calibration of LVDT transducer for displacement measurement.

8. Calibration of thermocouple.

9. Study and calibration of photo and magnetic speed pickups.

10. Calibration of resistance temperature detector.


Metrology Lab


11. Flatness measurement using optical flat.

12. Machine tool alignment test on lathe using various metrology instruments.

Instrumentation Lab


13. Calibration of Force measuring setup

14. Study and calibration of a Rotameter for flow measurement.

References:

1. Engineering Metrology, M.Mahajan, Dhanpat Rai Publishers.

2. Measurement Systems: Applications & design, D.S Kumar,

Metropolitian Book Co. pvt lmtd

Web Links:

1. http://www.atri.edu.in/images/pdf/departments/INSTRUMENTATION%20L

AB%20 manual.

2. http://www.bitswgl.ac.in/ME/Metrology-Lab-Manual%203%20year%

201sem.pdf

3. http://slideplayer.com/slide/7020420/

4. http://gps-mech.blogspot.in/2012/01/lab-manual-for-measurement-and.html

*****

http://www.atri.edu.in/images/pdf/departments/INSTRUMENTATION%20L%20AB%20%20%20%20manual

http://www.atri.edu.in/images/pdf/departments/INSTRUMENTATION%20L%20AB%20%20%20%20manual

http://www.bitswgl.ac.in/ME/Metrology-Lab-Manual%203%20year%25

http://gps-mech.blogspot.in/2012/01/lab-manual-for-measurement-and.html



CAD/CAM

VII Semester L T P C


Course Objectives:

COB 1: To enable the students basic understanding the fundamentals of

CAD/CAM for design and manufacturing.

COB 2: To understand 2D and 3D transformations of the basic entities like line,

circle, ellipse etc.

COB 3: To understand the different geometric modeling techniques like solid

modeling, surface modelling and wire frame model.

COB 4: To impart the knowledge on the part programming, group technology,

computer aided process planning and computer aided quality control.

COB 5: To aware the students about the elements of computer integrated

manufacturing systems.

Course Outcomes:

At the end of this course the student will be able to:

CO 1: Describe the fundamentals of CAD/CAM and the geometric

transformation techniques.

CO 2: Develop the mathematical models to represent curves and surfaces.

CO 3: Evaluate part programming for part profiles in NC, CNC and DNC

machines.

CO 4: Apply group technology and Computer Aided Process Planning for

product development.

CO 5: Illustrate the elements of an automated manufacturing environment.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO 1 (K2) 2 1 - - 2 2 - - - - - -

CO 2 (K3) 3 2 1 - 3 - - - - - 3 -

CO 3 (K4) 3 3 - - 3 3 - - - - - -

CO 4 (K3) 3 2 - - 3 - - - -- - - -

CO 5 (K3) 3 2 - - 3 3 - 3 - - 3 -



CO 1(K2) - 1 2

CO 2(K3) - 2 3

CO 3(K4) - 3 3

CO 4(K3) 3 - 3

CO 5(K3) 3 - -



UNIT – I

Introduction: Computers in industrial manufacturing, product cycle, CAD / CAM Hardware, basic

structure, CPU, memory types, input devices, display devices, hard copy devices,

storage devices.

Computer Graphics:

Raster scan graphics coordinate system, database structure for graphics modeling,

transformation of geometry, 3D transformations, mathematics of projections, clipping,

hidden surface removal.

UNIT – II

Geometric Modeling:

Requirements, geometric models, geometric construction models, curve representation

methods, surface representation methods, modeling facilities desired.

3D Modeling Features:

Shading and Rendering, Revolving, Lofting

UNIT – III

Part Programming for NC Machines: NC, NC modes, NC elements, CNC machine tools, structure of CNC machine tools,

features of Machining center, turning center, CNC Part Programming: fundamentals,

manual part programming methods, Computer Aided Part Programming. Direct

Numerical Control, Adaptive Control.

UNIT – IV

Group technology:

Part family, coding and classification, production flow analysis, types and advantages.

Computer aided processes planning – importance, types.

FMS-Introduction, Equipment, Tool management systems, Layouts, FMS Control.

UNIT – V

Computer Aided Quality Control: Computers in Quality control, Inspection methods contact and noncontact types,

computer aided testing, integration of CAQC with CAD/CAM.

Computer Integrated Manufacturing Systems: Types of manufacturing systems, machine tools and related equipment, material

handling systems, material requirement planning, computer control systems, human

labor in manufacturing systems, CIMS benefits.

Text Books:

1. CAD / CAM - Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing, M.Groover and

E.Zimmers, Pearson Education, 12th Edition, 2013.

2. Automation, Production systems & Computer integrated Manufacturing,

Groover, P.E, 4th Edition, 2015.



Reference Books:

1. CAD / CAM Theory and Practice, Ibrahim Zeid and Subramanian ,TMH,2009

Edition.

2. CAD/CAM Concepts and Applications, Chennakesava R. Alavala, PHI,1st

Edition,2000

3. Principles of Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing, Farid Amirouche,

Pearson. 2nd Edition, 2004.

4. CAD/CAM Principles and Applications, PN Rao, Mc Graw-Hill, 3rd Edition,

2017.

5. CAD/CAM/CAE, N.K.Chougule, Scitech,2009

Web Links:


2. https://www.alljntuworld.in/download/cad-cam-materials-notes/

3. https://lecturenotes.in/notes/15730-cad-and-cam

4. http://www.strategosinc.com/group_technology.htm


https://www.alljntuworld.in/download/cad-cam-materials-notes/

https://lecturenotes.in/notes/15730-cad-and-cam



MECHATRONICS



Course Objectives:

COB 1 : To impart the knowledge on mechatronics systems and working of

different sensors.

COB 2 : To induce the knowledge of Solid state electronic devices.

COB 3 : To discuss the working conditions of different types actuators.

COB 4 : To induce the knowledge on controllers and programs using in

mechatronics systems.

COB 5 : To impart the knowledge of System interfacing and data acquisition.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1 : Summarize the different types of mechatronics systems and sensors.

CO 2 : Classify the different types of solid state electronic devices.

CO 3 : Describe various types of actuators.

CO 4 : Choose the appropriate controller or processor.

CO 5 : Make use of data interfacing and data acquisition




CO 1(K2) - - 2

CO 2(K2) - - 2

CO 3(K2) - - 2

CO 4(K3) 3 - 3

CO 5(K3) 3 - 3

CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO 1(K2) 2 1 - - 2 2 3 - 3 - 2 -

CO 2(K2) 2 1 - - 2 2 3 - 3 - 2 -

CO 3(K2) 2 1 - - 2 2 3 - 3 - 2 -

CO 4(K3) 3 2 1 - 3 3 - - - - 3 -

CO 5(K3) 3 2 1 - 3 3 - - - - 3 -



UNIT-I

Mechatronics systems:

Elements & levels of mechatronics system, Mechatronics design process, System,

Measurement systems, Control systems, Microprocessor-based controllers,

Advantages and disadvantages of mechatronics systems.

Sensors and transducers:

Types, Displacement, Position, Proximity, Velocity, Motion, Force, Acceleration,

Torque, Fluid pressure, Liquid flow, Liquid level, Temperature and light sensors.

UNIT-II

Solid state and digital electronic devices:

DIAC, TRIAC and LEDs. Analog signal conditioning, Operational amplifiers, Noise

reduction, Filtering, Digital electronics and systems, Digital logic control,

microprocessors and micro controllers.

UNIT-III

Hydraulic and pneumatic actuating systems:

Fluid systems, Hydraulic systems, and pneumatic systems, Components, Control

valves, Electro-pneumatic, Hydro-pneumatic, Electro-hydraulic servo systems.

Mechanical and Electrical actuating systems:

Mechanical actuating systems and electrical actuating systems – basic principles and

elements.

UNIT-IV

Programmable logic controller:

Basic Structure – Memory - Input / Output Processing – Programming – Mnemonics –

Timers, Internal relays and counters – Shift Registers – Master and Jump Controls –

Data Handling – Analogs Input / Output – Selection of a PLC – PLC Applications

UNIT-V

Dynamic models and analogies:

System response. Process Controllers – Digital Controllers, Programmable Logic

Controllers, Design of mechatronics systems & future trends.

System and interfacing and data acquisition:

Data Acquisition Systems, Analog to Digital and Digital to Analog conversions;

Digital Signal Processing – data flow in DSPs, Block diagrams, Typical layouts,

Interfacing motor drives.

Text Books:

1. Mechatronics Integrated Mechanical Electronics Systems, K P Ramachandran,

GK Vijaya Raghavan & MS Balasundaram, WILEY India Edition.

2. Mechatronics Electronic Control Systems in Mechanical and Electrical

Engineering, W. Bolton, 4th Edition, pearson publication.



Reference Books:

1. Mechatronics, Smaili A, MradF, Oxford Higher Education, Oxford University

Press.

2. Mechatronics Source Book, Newton C Braga, Thomson Publications, Chennai.

3. Mechatronics, N. Shanmugam, Anuradha Agencies Publishers

4. Mechatronics System Design, Devdasshetty, Richard, Thomson Publications,

Chennai.

Web Links:

1. https://www.electronicshub.org/different-types-sensors/

2. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Solid-state_electronics

3. http://www.htl-worldwide.com/the-difference-between-pneumatic-hydraulic-

and-electrical-actuators/

4. https://www.worldscientific.com/worldscibooks/10.1142/10193



FINITE ELEMENT METHODS

Semester: VII L T P C


Course Objectives:

COB 1 : To impart the knowledge of finite element methods.

COB 2 : To apply finite element methods to trusses and beams.

COB 3 : To make use of finite element methods in CST and axis - symmetric

problems.

COB 4 : To induce the knowledge of finite elements to higher order, iso

parametric elements, and one dimensional heat transfer analysis.

COB 5 : To apply finite element methods to dynamic analysis

Course Outcomes:


CO 1 : Summarize the finite element methods and involved procedure.

CO 2 : Apply finite element methods to trusses and beams.

CO 3 : Solve structural problems using CST and axis - symmetric formulation.

CO 4 : Apply finite elements to higher order, isoparametric elements, and one

dimensional heat transfer analysis.

CO 5 : Apply finite element methods to dynamic analysis.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO 1(K2) 2 1 - - 2 - - - 3 - 2 -

CO 2(K3) 3 2 1 1 3 - - - - - 3 -

CO 3(K3) 3 2 1 1 3 - - - - - 3 -

CO 4(K3) 3 2 1 1 3 - - - - - 3 -

CO 5(K3) 3 2 - - 3 - - - - - 3 -



CO 1(K2) - - 2

CO 2(K3) - - 3

CO 3(K3) - - 3

CO 4(K3) - - 3

CO 5(K3) - - 3



UNIT-I

Fundamental concepts: Introduction to finite element method, concepts of solid mechanics - stress and

equilibrium, boundary conditions, strain – displacement relations, stress – strain

relations, plane stress and plane strain conditions, variational and weighted residual

methods, concept of potential energy. One dimensional problems – bar element.

UNIT –II

Analysis of trusses: Introduction, analysis of plane trusses, local and global stiffness matrix, treatment of

boundary conditions, solutions, temperature effects.

Analysis of beams:

Formulation, load vector, boundary conditions, shear force and bending moment,

solutions.

UNIT-III

CST and Axis - symmetric problems:

Finite element modelling of two dimensional stress analysis with constant strain

triangles and treatment of boundary conditions, formulation of axis - symmetric

problems.

UNIT –IV

Higher order and isoparametric elements:

One dimensional quadratic and cubic elements in natural coordinates, two dimensional

four noded isoparametric elements and numerical integration.

Steady State Heat Transfer Analysis: One dimensional analysis of conduction, convection problems and fins.

UNIT-V

Dynamic Analysis: Formulation of finite element model, element consistent and lumped mass matrices,

evaluation of Eigen values and Eigen vectors, free vibration analysis

Text Books:

1. Introduction to Finite Elements in Engineering, T.R. Chandrupatla and A.D.

Belegundu, PHI publications, 3rd edition.

2. A First Course in the Finite Element Method, Daryl L. Logan, Cengage

Learning India Private Limited, 5th edition.

Reference Books:

1. The finite element method in engineering, S.S. Rao, Butterworth-Heinemann,

5th edition.

2. An Introduction to the Finite Element Method, J.N. Reddy, McGraw Hill

Education, 3rd edition.



Web Links:


2. https://engineering.purdue.edu/~aprakas/CE297/CE297-Ch6.pdf

3. https://www.open.edu/openlearn/science-maths-technology/introduction-finite-

element-analysis/content-section-1.5

https://engineering.purdue.edu/~aprakas/CE297/CE297-Ch6.pdf

https://www.open.edu/openlearn/science-maths-technology/introduction-finite-element-analysis/content-section-1.5

https://www.open.edu/openlearn/science-maths-technology/introduction-finite-element-analysis/content-section-1.5



POWER PLANT ENGINEERING



Course Objectives:

COB 1 : To make the student understand source of energy, resources and

development of power

COB 2 : To provide practical exposure to students to understand various parts of

steam power plant.

COB 3 : To impart knowledge of internal combustion and gas turbine power

plants.

COB 4 : To impart the fundamental knowledge hydroelectric power plant,

nuclear power station and types of reactors.

COB 5 : To improve the visualization skill of power plant economics and

environmental considerations

Course Outcomes:


CO 1 : Explain the source of energy, resources and development of power

CO 2 : Demonstrate the basic parts and area of steam power plant

CO 3 : Describe the concept of different power plant

CO 4 : Explain the combined operations of different power plants

CO 5 : Analyze the power plant economics and environmental considerations


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO 1(K2) 2 1 - - 2 2 - - - - - -

CO 2(K2) 2 1 - - - - 3 - - - - -

CO 3(K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -

CO 4(K2) 2 - 1 1 - - - - - - - -

CO 5(K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -



CO 1(K2) 2 - -

CO 2(K2) 2 - -

CO 3(K2) - - -

CO 4(K2) 2 - -

CO 5(K3) 2 - 3



UNIT- I

Introduction

Sources of energy, resources and development of power in India.

Steam Power Plant

Plant layout, working of different circuits, fuel and handling equipments, types of

coals, coal handling, choice of handling equipment, coal storage, ash handling

systems. Combustion: properties of coal – overfeed and underfeed fuel beds, traveling

grate stokers, spreader stokers, retort stokers, pulverized fuel burning system and its

components, combustion needs and draught system, cyclone furnace, design and

construction, dust collectors, cooling towers and heat rejection. Corrosion and feed

water treatment.

UNIT- II

Diesel Power Plant

Plant layout with auxiliaries, fuel supply system, air starting equipment,

supercharging.

Gas Power Plant

Introduction, classification, construction, layout with auxiliaries, combined cycle

power plants and comparison.

UNIT- III

Hydro Electric Power Plant

Water power, hydrological cycle or flow measurement, drainage area characteristics,

hydrographs, storage and pond age, classification of dams and spill ways.

Hydro Projects and Plant

Classification, typical layouts, plant auxiliaries, plant operation pumped storage plants.

UNIT- IV

Nuclear Power Station

Nuclear fuel, breeding and fertile materials, nuclear reactor, reactor operation.

Types of Reactors

Pressurized water reactor, boiling water reactor, sodium-graphite reactor, fast breeder

reactor, homogeneous reactor, gas cooled reactor, radiation hazards and shielding –

radioactive waste disposal.

UNIT -V

Combined Operations of Different Power Plants

Storage type hydro-electric plant in combination with steam plant and combination

with steam or nuclear power plant

Power Plant Instrumentation and Control

Importance of measurement and instrumentation in power plant, measurement of

water purity, gas analysis, O2 and CO2 measurements, measurement of smoke and

dust, measurement of moisture in carbon dioxide circuit, nuclear measurements, power

plant economics and environmental considerations



Text Books:

1. A course in Power Plant Engineering /Arora and Domkundwar / Dhanpatrai &

Co/ V Edition

2. Power Plant Engineering / P.K.Nag / McGrawHill / III Edition

Reference Books:

1. An Introduction to Power Plant Technology / G.D. Rai / Khanna Publishers

2. Power station Engineering – ElWakil / McGrawHill.

3. Power Plant Engineering / P.C.Sharama / S.K. Kataria Pub / IV Edition

4. Power Plant Engineering / Dr.Ramachanran / Airwalk Publication

Web Links:


2. https://www.power-eng.com/o-m/instrumentation-controls.html

3. http://www.powerplantinstrumentationcontrol.yolasite.com/power-plant-

details/1-classification-of-instruments-in-power-plant

4. https://www.energy.gov/fe/how-gas-turbine-power-plants-work


https://www.power-eng.com/o-m/instrumentation-controls.html

http://www.powerplantinstrumentationcontrol.yolasite.com/power-plant-details/1-classification-of-instruments-in-power-plant

http://www.powerplantinstrumentationcontrol.yolasite.com/power-plant-details/1-classification-of-instruments-in-power-plant



COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS

(Professional Elective-IV)



Course Objectives:

Course Outcomes:




CO / PSO PSO1 (K3) PSO2 (K4) PSO3 (K3)

CO1 (K2) - 1 -

CO2 (K2) - 1 -

CO3 (K3) - - -

CO4 (K3) - - -

CO5 (K3) - - -

UNIT- I

Elementary Details in Numerical Techniques:

Number systems and errors, representation of integers, floating point arithmetic, loss of

significance and error propagation, condition and instability, computational methods for error

estimation, convergence of sequences.

COB 1 : To make the students familiarize with the concept of CFD

COB 2 : To make the students to understand the numerical methods.

COB 3 : To develop the basic knowledge of students related to fluid modelling

COB 4 : To make the students to comprehend about Finite Difference Method.

COB 5 : To make the students to understand the Finite Volume Method

CO 1 : Explains the numerical systems and errors involved in CFD

CO 2 : Summarize applied numerical methods, governing equations related to

fluid flow and heat transfer.

CO 3 : Develop several equations involved in the fluid flow modelling

CO 4 : Apply FDM concepts for CFD problems

CO 5 : Make Use the concepts of FVM for CFD Problems

CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K2) 2 - - - 2 - 3 - - - - -

CO2 (K2) 2 - - - 2 - 3 - - - - -

CO3 (K3) 3 - - - 3 - - - - - - -

CO4 (K3) 3 - - - 3 - - - - - - -

CO5 (K3) 3 - - - 3 - - - - - - -



UNIT- II

Applied Numerical Methods:

Solution of a system of simultaneous linear algebraic equations, iterative schemes of matrix,

inversion, direct methods for matrix inversion, direct methods for banded matrices.

Review of Equations Governing Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer:

Introduction, conservation of mass, Newton’s second law of motion, expanded forms

of Navier Stroke equations, conservation of energy principle, special forms of the

Navier Stroke equations.

UNIT- III

Introduction Fluid Flow Equations and Modeling:

Steady flow, dimensionless form of momentum and energy equations, strokes equation,

conservative body force fields, stream function, and vortices formulation. Introduction to first

order wave equation, stability of hyperbolic and elliptical equations, fundamentals fluid

modeling, conservative property, the upwind scheme.

UNIT- IV

Introduction to Finite Difference Method: Finite differences, discretization, consistency, stability, and fundamentals of fluid flow

modeling, introduction, elementary finite difference quotients, implementation aspects of finite difference equations, consistency, explicit and implicit methods.

Finite Difference applications in Heat conduction and convection: Heat conduction, steady heat conduction in a rectangular geometry, transient heat conduction, finite element difference application in convective heat transfer, closure.

UNIT- V

Introduction to Finite Volume Method:

Approximation of surface integrals, volume integrals, interpolation and differentiation

practices, upwind interpolation, linear interpolation and quadratic interpolation.

Text Books:

1. Numerical Heat Transfer and Fluid Flow, Sushas .V. Patankar, Butter worth

Publishers, 1980 Edition.

2. Computational Fluid Dynamics – Basics with applications, John.D. Anderson, Jr.

McGraw Hill, 1995 Edition.

Reference Books:

1. Computational Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer, Niyogi, Pearson Publications, 1st

Edition, 2005

2. Fundamentals of computational Fluid Dynamics, Tapan K. Sengupta, University

Press,2004 Edition

3. An Introduction to Computational Fluid Dynamics, John. Wendt.Springer

Publishers, 3rd Edition.

4. Computational fluid dynamics for engineers: from panel to Navier-Stokes methods

with Computer programs, Tuner Cebeci, Jian P. Shao, FassiKafyeke, Eric

Laurendeau, Horizons Pub. Inc., Springer, 1st Edition, 2005.



Web Links:

1. www.nptelvideos.in/2012/12/elementary-numerical-analysis.html

2. https://www.math.ust.hk/~machas/numerical-methods.pdf

3. http://users.metu.edu.tr/csert/me582/ME582%20Ch%2001.pdf

4. http://www.eng.auburn.edu/~tplacek/courses/fluidsreview-1.pdf

5. http://www.bcamath.org/documentos_public/courses/CFD_BCAM_April_2016.pdf

****

http://www.bcamath.org/documentos_public/courses/CFD_BCAM_April_2016.pdf



GREEN ENGINEERING SYSTEMS

(Professional Elective-IV)



Course Objectives

COB 1: To highlight the significance of alternative sources of energy, green

energy systems,

COB 2: To provide the theory and working principles of probable sources of

renewable and Green energy system that are environmental friendly,

Course Outcomes


CO 1 : Describe the principles and working of solar radiation and solar radio

Collection

CO 2 : Explain the principles and working of solar, wind, biomass,

geothermal, Ocean energies

CO 3 : Illustrate electrical and mechanical systems

CO 4 : Analyze energy efficient processes

CO 5 : Explain green buildings


CO/PO PO1

(K3)

PO2

(K4)

PO3

(K5)

PO4

(K5)

PO5

(K3)

PO6

(K3)

PO7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1(K2) 2 - - - 2 - - - - - - -

CO2(K3) 3 2 - - - - 3 3 - - 3 -

CO3(K3) 3 2 1 1 - 3 - - - - - -

CO4(K4) - 3 - 2 - - - - - - - -

CO5(K3) - - 1 - - - - - - - - -



CO 1(K2) 2 1 2

CO 2(K3) - - 2

CO 3(K3) 3 - 3

CO 4(K4) - 3 3

CO 5(K3) - - 3



UNIT- I

Introduction:

Solar Radiation:

Role and potential of new and renewable sources, the solar energy option,

Environmental impact of solar power, structure of the sun, the solar constant, sun-

earth relationships, coordinate systems and coordinates of the sun, extraterrestrial and

terrestrial solar radiation, solar radiation on titled surface, instruments for measuring

solar radiation and sun shine, solar radiation data, numerical problems. Photo voltaic

energy conversion – types of PV cells, I-V characteristics

Solar Energy Collection:

Flat plate and concentrating collectors, classification of concentrating collectors,

orientation and thermal analysis, advanced collectors.

Solar Energy Storage And Applications:

Different methods, sensible, latent heat and stratified storage, solar ponds, solar

applications- solar heating/cooling technique, solar distillation and drying, solar

cookers, central power tower concept and solar chimney.

UNIT-II

Wind Energy:

Sources and potentials, horizontal and vertical axis windmills, performance

characteristics, betz criteria, types of winds, wind data measurement.

Bio-Mass:

Principles of bio-conversion, anaerobic/aerobic digestion, types of bio-gas digesters,

gas yield, combustion characteristics of bio-gas, utilization for cooking, bio fuels, I.C.

engine operation and economic aspects.

Geothermal Energy:

Resources, types of wells, methods of harnessing the energy, potential in India.

Ocean Energy:

OTEC, Principles of utilization, setting of OTEC plants, thermodynamic cycles. Tidal

and wave energy: Potential and conversion techniques, mini-hydel power plants, and

their economics.

UNIT-III

Energy Efficient Systems:

Electrical Systems:

Energy efficient motors, energy efficient lighting and control, selection of luminaries’,

variable voltage variable frequency drives (adjustable speed drives), controls for

HVAC (heating, ventilation and air conditioning), demand site management.

Mechanical Systems:

Fuel cells- principle, thermodynamic aspects, selection of fuels & working of various

types of fuel cells, Environmental friendly and Energy efficient compressors and

pumps.



UNIT- IV

Energy Efficient Processes:

Environmental impact of the current manufacturing practices and systems, benefits of

green manufacturing systems, selection of recyclable and environment friendly

materials in manufacturing, design and implementation of efficient and sustainable

green production systems with examples like environmental friendly machining,

vegetable based cutting fluids, alternate casting and joining techniques, zero waste

manufacturing.

UNIT – V

Green Buildings:

Definition, features and benefits. Sustainable site selection and planning of buildings

for maximum comfort. Environmental friendly building materials like bamboo, timber,

rammed earth, hollow blocks, lime & lime pozzolana cement, agro materials and

industrial waste, Ferro cement and Ferro-concrete, alternate roofing systems, paints to

reduce heat gain of the buildings. Energy management.

Text Books:

1. Solar Energy – Principles of Thermal Collection and Storage/Sukhatme S.P.

and J.K.Nayak/ TMH

2. Non-Conventional Energy Resources/ Khan B.H/ Tata McGraw Hill, New

Delhi, 2006

Reference Books:

1. Alternative Building Materials and Technologies / K.S Jagadeesh,

B.V Venkata Rama Reddy and K.S Nanjunda Rao/New age international

2. Principles of Solar Engineering / D.Yogi Goswami, Frank Krieth & John F

Kreider / Taylor & Francis

3. Non-Conventional Energy / Ashok V Desai /New Age International (P) Ltd

4. Renewable Energy Technologies /Ramesh & Kumar / Narosa

5. Non conventional Energy Source/ G.D Roy/Standard Publishers

Web Links:

1. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc17_me33


3. https://cnim.com/sites/default/files/media/Brochures/CNIM-energy-efficiency-

systems.pdf

4. https://www.beeindia.gov.in/sites/default/files/3Ch10.pdf

https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc17_me33


https://cnim.com/sites/default/files/media/Brochures/CNIM-energy-efficiency-systems.pdf

https://cnim.com/sites/default/files/media/Brochures/CNIM-energy-efficiency-systems.pdf

https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc18_ge09/course

https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in/noc18_ge09/course



NANO MATERIALS AND TECHNOLOGY

(Professional Elective - IV)



Course Objectives:

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the course, student will be able to


CO/PO PO1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO 11

(K3)

PO 12

(K1)

CO1(K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -

CO2(K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -

CO3(K2) - 1 - - - - - - - 3 - -

CO4(K3) 3 2 - 1 - - - - - - - -

CO5(K3) 3 2 - - - 3 - 3 - - - -


CO/PSO PSO 1(K3) PSO 2 (K4) PSO 3 (K3)

CO1(K2) - - -

CO2(K2) - - -

CO3(K2) - - -

CO4(K3) - 2 -

CO5(K3) - - -

COB 1 : To illustrate the concept of fundamentals of Nanotechnology

COB 2 : To discuss various fundamentals of different classes of nano materials

COB 3 : To understand the basic knowledge on various synthesis and

development techniques involved in Nanotechnology

COB 4 : To discuss various characterization techniques involved in

Nanotechnology

COB 5 : To familiarize with nanotechnology potentialities

CO 1 : Explain the structure and properties of Nano materials.

CO 2 : Summarize the classification of Nano materials.

CO 3 : Illustrate various methods of synthesizing different Nano materials.

CO 4 : Analyze the Nano structure of materials using various characterization

techniques.

CO 5 : Make use of different Advanced Nano materials for Engineering and

Technological applications.



UNIT- I

Introduction:

Introduction – Scientific revolutions –Time and length scale in structures – Definition

of a nano system –Dimensionality and size dependent phenomena – Surface to volume

ratio -Fraction of surface atoms – Surface energy and surface stress- surface defects-

Properties at nano scale (optical, mechanical, electronic and magnetic).

UNIT -II

Classification:

Classification based on dimensionality-Quantum Dots, Wells and Wires- Carbon-

based nano materials (bucky balls, nano tubes, graphene)– Metal based nano materials

(nano gold, nano silver and metal oxides) –Nano composites- Nano polymers – Nano

glasses –Nano ceramics -Biological nano materials.

UNIT- III

Synthesis:

Chemical Methods: Metal Nano crystals by Reduction – Solvo thermal Synthesis-

Photochemical Synthesis – Sono chemical Routes- Chemical Vapor Deposition (CVD)

– Metal Oxide - Chemical Vapor Deposition (MOCVD).Physical Methods: Ball

Milling – Electro deposition - Spray Pyrolysis - Flame Pyrolysis - DC/RF Magnetron

Sputtering - Molecular Beam Epitaxy (MBE). Nanofabrication: Photolithography and

its limitation

UNIT- IV

Characterization of Nano structures:

Electron-beam lithography (EBL)- Nano imprint – Soft lithography patterning.

Characterization: Field Emission Scanning Electron Microscopy (FESEM) –

Environmental Scanning Electron Microscopy (ESEM) – High Resolution

Transmission Electron Microscope (HRTEM) –Scanning Tunneling Microscope

(STM)- Rutherford backscattering spectroscopy (RBS).

UNIT V

Applications:

Solar energy conversion and catalysis - Molecular electronics and printed electronics –

Nano electronics -Polymers with a special architecture - Liquid crystalline systems -

Linear and non-linear optical and electro-optical properties, Applications in displays

and other devices –Nano materials for data storage - Photonics, Plasmonics- Chemical

and biosensors –Nano medicine and Nano biotechnology – Nano toxicology

challenges.

Text Books:

1. A Textbook of Nano science and Nanotechnology, Pradeep T., Tata McGraw

Hill Education Pvt. Ltd., 2012.

2. Nano structured Materials and Nanotechnology, Hari Singh Nalwa, Academic

Press, 2002.

Reference Books:

1. Nano Technology Importance and Applications, M.H.Fulekar., I.K.

International publishing house, 2010.

2. Nanoscience: Nanotechnologies and Nanophysics, Dupas C., Houdy P.,

Lahmani M., Springer- Verlag Berlin Heidelberg, 2007.



3. Organic and Inorganic Nanostructures, Nabok A., Artech House, 2005.

4. Introduction to Nanotechnology, Charles P Poole and Frank J Owens,

Wiley publishers, 2003.

Web Links:

1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/103103033/module9/lecture1.pdf

2. https://www.understandingnano.com/introduction.html

3. www.nanotech-now.com › Directory

4. https://www.nano.gov/you/nanotechnology-benefits

https://www.understandingnano.com/introduction.html

https://www.nano.gov/you/nanotechnology-benefits



GAS DYNAMICS

(Professional Elective - V)



Course Objectives:

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the course, student will be able to

CO 1 : Illustrate the differences between compressible and incompressible

flows.

CO 2 : Explain the behavior of isentropic of flow of an ideal gas.

CO 3 : Evaluating the performance of area changing devices called nozzles.

CO 4 : Describe the knowledge about the governing equations.

CO 5 : Analyze the effect of heat transfer on flow parameters using Fanno and

Rayleigh lines.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO 1(K2) 2 1 - - 2 2 3 2 3 3 2 -

CO 2(K2) 2 1 - - 2 2 3 2 3 3 2 -

CO 3(K5) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

CO 4(K2) 2 1 - - 2 2 3 2 3 3 2 -

CO 5(K4) - 3 2 2 - - - - - - - -


CO/PSO PSO 1 (K3) PSO 2 (K4) PSO 3 (K3) CO 1(K2) 2 1 2

CO 2(K2) 2 1 2

CO 3(K5) 3 3 3

CO 4(K2) 2 1 2

CO 5(K4) - 3 -

COB 1: To understand the compressible flow fundamentals

COB 2: To study Isentropic flow of an ideal gas.

COB 3: To study the effects of isentropic flow with change in areas

COB 4: To study the compressible flow with friction and heat transfer.

COB 5: To know the application of normal shock in compressible flow.



UNIT-I

Introduction to gas dynamics:

Control volume and system approaches acoustic waves and sonic velocity – mach

number – classification of fluid flow based on mach number – mach cone-

compressibility factor – general features of one dimensional flow of a compressible

fluid – continuity and momentum equations for a control volume.

UNIT-II

Isentropic flow of an ideal gas:

Basic equation – stagnation enthalpy, temperature, pressure and density-stagnation,

acoustic speed – critical speed of sound- dimensionless velocity-governing equations

for isentropic flow of a perfect gas – critical flow area – stream thrust and impulse

function.

UNIT-III

Isentropic Flow with area change:

Steady one dimensional isentropic flow with area change-effect of area change on

flow parameters- chocking- convergent nozzle – performance of a nozzle under

decreasing back pressure -De lavel nozzle – optimum area ratio effect of back pressure

– nozzle discharge coefficients – nozzle efficiencies.

UNIT- IV

Simple frictional flow:

Adiabatic flow with friction in a constant area duct- governing equations – fanno line

limiting conditions – effect of wall friction on flow properties in an Isothermal flow

with friction in a constant area duct- governing equations – limiting conditions. Steady

one dimensional flow with heat transfer in constant area ducts- governing equations

Rayleigh line entropy change caused by heat transfer – conditions of maximum

enthalpy and entropy.

UNIT-V

Effect of heat transfer on flow parameters:

Intersection of Fanno and Rayleigh lines. Shock waves in perfect gas- properties of

flow across a normal shock – governing equations – RankineHugoniat equations –

Prandtl’s velocity relationship – converging diverging nozzle flow with shock

thickness – shock strength.

Text Books: 1. Fundamental of Gas dynamics, 2nd edition– Zucker- Wiley publishers.

2. Fundamentals of compressible flow with aircraft and rocket propulsion- S. M.

Yahya, 5thEdition 2016, New Age International publishers.

Reference Books:

1. Compressible fluid flow, A. H. Shapiro,John Wiley And Sons Publishers,

volume1.

2. Elements of gas dynamics – Liepman&Roshko.

3. Aircraft & Missile propulsion – Zucrow.

4. Gas dynamics – M.J. Zucrow & Joe D.Holfman.



Web Links:

1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112106166

2. https://link.springer.com/article/10.1007/BF00827527


4. https://books.google.co.in/books?isbn=0070606285



CONDITION MONITORING (Professional Elective-V)



Course Objectives:

Course Outcomes:


CO 1: Distinguish different modes of vibrations and measure them.

CO 2: Analyze different types of vibrations.

CO 3: Decide faults in bearings, gears, and other mechanical devices and measure

the energy loss as heat in machinery.

CO 4: Illustrate various oil and wear debris analysis

CO 5: Illustrate various ultrasonic monitoring techniques.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO 1(K5) - - 3 3 - - - - - - - -

CO 2(K4) - 3 2 2 - - - - - - - -

CO 3(K4) - 3 2 2 - - - - - - - -

CO 4(K3) 3 2 1 1 3 3 - 3 - - 3 -

CO 5(K3) 3 2 1 1 3 3 - 3 - - 3 -



CO 1(K5) - - -

CO 2(K4) - 3 -

CO 3(K4) - 3 -

CO 4(K3) 3 2 -

CO 5(K3) 3 2 -

COB 1: To find the faults in the systems by monitoring serveral parameters

to prevent major failures.

COB 2: To expose various vibration measuring and anlysing techniques.

COB 3: To discuss various techniques to identify the faults in bearings,

gears, misalignments, balancing etc.

COB 4: To discuss various techniques to analyze wear debris.

COB 5: To introduce ultrasonic monitoring and analysis



UNIT-I

Basics of Vibration:

Basic motion: amplitudes, period, frequency, basic parameters: displacement, velocity,

acceleration, units (including dB scales) and conversions, Mass, spring and damper

concept, Introduction to SDOF and MDOF systems, Natural frequencies and

resonance, Forced response.

Vibration Measurements: Transducers and mounting methods, data acquisition using

instrumentation recorders/data loggers

UNIT-II

Vibration Analysis:

Time domain signal analysis, orbit analysis, Filters, Frequency domain analysis

(Narrow band FFT analysis), Nyquist criteria, Sampling, aliasing, windowing and

averaging. Use of phase; bode, polar and water fall plots, constant percentage band

width analysis (1/3 and 1/1 Octave analysis), envelope detection /spike energy

analysis, cepstral analysis, advances in analysis (PC based and portable instruments

for vibration analysis).

UNIT-III

Fault Diagnosis:

Interpreting vibration measurements for common machine faults, imbalance,

misalignment, mechanical looseness, bearing and gearing faults, resonances, some

case studies, static and dynamic balancing, international standards for vibration

condition monitoring.

Thermography: The basics of infrared thermography, differences in equipment and

specific wave length limitations, applications of thermography.

UNIT-IV

Oil and Wear Debris Analysis:

Basics of oil analysis, monitoring condition of oil, lubricant analysis, physio –

chemical properties, moisture, tan tbn, wear debris analysis, particle counting,

spectroscopy, uses & limitations, ferrography wear particle analysis, concept of

ferrography, principle particle classification, size, shape, composition, concentration,

analysis procedure, sampling & analytical ferrography equipments, severity rating.

UNIT-V

Ultrasonic Monitoring and Analysis:

Ultrasonic monitoring (leak, crack and thickness) basics of ultrasonic monitoring ,

ultrasonic theory, test taking philosophy, mathematics of ultrasound, equipment and

transducers, inspection parameters and calibration, immersion theory, equipment

quality control, flaw origins and inspection methods, UT Procedure familiarization,

and study recommendations, application of ultrasound to: air leaks, steam trap testing,

bearing lubrication, electrical inspection, case studies.



Text Books:

1. Mechanical fault diagnosis and condition monitoring, RA Collacott (1977).

2. Machinery Vibration Condition Monitoring, Lynn, Butterworth(1989)

Reference Books:

1. Machinery Vibration: Measurement and Analysis. Victor Wowk (1991).

2. The Vibration Monitoring Handbook (Coxmoor’s Machine & Systems

Condition Monitoring) (1998).

3. The Vibration Analysis Handbook, J I Taylor (1994).

4. Machinery condition monitoring: principles and practices,

5. Handbook of condition monitoring B.K.N. Rao

Web Links: 1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112103111/2 2. https://2k9meduettaxila.files.wordpress.com/2012/09/rao-mechanical-

vibrations-5th-edition-2k9meduettaxila-wordpress-com.pdf 3. http://www.math.psu.edu/tseng/class/Math251/Notes-MechV.pdf 4. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112107088/module1/lecture37/lecture37.pdf


https://2k9meduettaxila.files.wordpress.com/2012/09/rao-mechanical-vibrations-5th-edition-2k9meduettaxila-wordpress-com.pdf

https://2k9meduettaxila.files.wordpress.com/2012/09/rao-mechanical-vibrations-5th-edition-2k9meduettaxila-wordpress-com.pdf

http://www.math.psu.edu/tseng/class/Math251/Notes-MechV.pdf

https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112107088/module1/lecture37/lecture37.pdf



FLEXIBLE MANUFACTURING SYSTEMS

(Professional Elective-V)

VII SEMESTER L T P C


Course Objectives:

COB 1: To understand the concepts involved in flexible manufacturing

systems.

COB 2: To give exposure to the students about various systems of FMS

COB 3: To study advanced manufacturing concepts

COB 4: To study the concept of Cellular manufacturing

COB 5: To create awareness on role of computers in FMS

Course Outcomes:


CO1 : Explain how flexible manufacturing systems can be implemented

CO2 : Analyze various material handling system in FMS

CO3 : Explain advanced manufacturing system s

CO4 : Compare FMS with cellular manufacturing

CO5 : Evaluate the role of computers in FMS



CO/PO PSO1(K3) PSO2(K4) PSO3(K3)

CO1(K2) - - 2

CO2(K2) - - 2

CO3(K2) - - 2

CO4(K4) - - 3 CO5(K5) - - -

CO/PO PO1

(K3)

PO2

(K4 )

PO 3

(K5 )

PO4

(K 5)

PO5

(K3)

PO6

(K3)

PO7

(K2 )

PO8

(K3)

PO9

(K2 )

PO10

(K2 )

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1 )

CO1 (K2) - - - - 2 - 3 - - - - -

CO2(K2) - - - - 2 - 3 - - - - -

CO3(K2) - - - - 2 - 3 - - - - -

CO4(K4) - - - - - - - - - - - -

CO5(K5) - - - - - - - - - - - -



UNIT I

FMS-An overview: Definition of FMS- Types and configurations concepts – types of flexibility and

performance measures. Evolution – Need for FMS, Development and implementation

of an FMS: Planning phase – integration – system configuration – FMS layouts –

Simulation – FMS project development steps. Benefits and Limitations of FMS.

UNIT II

Material Handling System in FMS

Automated material handling and storage systems: Functions – types – analysis of

material handling equipment’s, design of conveyor and AGV systems, Problems,

Automated storages: Storage system performance, AS/RS Carousel storage system.

WIP storage system interfacing handling storage with manufacturing.

UNIT III

Advanced FMS:

JIT, KANBAN and GT System: Introduction, Definition, JIT Concept, Goals of JIT,

Quality and Quantity Principles of JIT, JIT Implementation. Kanban/Card System,

Push vs. Pull System, Types of Kanban. Group Technology, Introduction, Reasons for

Adopting Group Technology, Benefits, Obstacles to Application of GT.

UNIT IV

Flexible Manufacturing Cell:

Cell description and classification. Cellular VS FMS System Lean production and

Agile Manufacturing.

Scheduling and loading of FMS: Introduction - Scheduling rules, Scheduling of

operations on a single machine, 2 machine flow shop scheduling, 2 machine job shop

scheduling, 3 machine flow shop scheduling, scheduling ‘n’ operations on ‘m’

machines, problems on loading of FMS.

UNIT V

Role of Computers in FMS:

Computer process control, Control requirements, Capabilities of Computer control,

Levels of Industrial Process Control, Forms of computer process control, computer

process monitoring.

Tool management of FMS: Tool management, tool strategies, Tool Preset,

Identification and Data Transfer, Tool Monitoring and Fault Detection, Experimental

Setup and Data Collection, Relational, economical and technological justification of

FMS, typical case studies of FMS implementation.

Text Books:

1. William W Luggen, “Flexible Manufacturing Cells and System” Prentice Hall

of Inc New Jersey, 1991.

2. Groover, M.P “Automation, Production Systems and Computer Integrated

Manufacturing”, Prentice Hall of India Pvt., New Delhi, 1996.



Reference Books:

1. Radhakrishnan P. And Subramanyan S., “CAD/CAM/CIM”, Wiley Eastern

Ltd., New Age International Ltd., 1994.

2. Raouf, A. And Ben-Daya, M., Editors, “Flexible Manufacturing Systems:

Recent Development”, Elsevier Science, 1995.

3. Parrish D J, Flexible manufacturing, Butterworth – Heinemann, Ltd Oxford,

1993.

4. Dr. H K Shivanand, “Flexible Manufacturing System” – Dhanpat Rai

Publication, New Delhi.

5. Kusiak A., “Modeling and Design of FMS”, Elsevier Science Publishers.

Web Links:

1. https://nptel.ac.in/courses/112103174/module1/lec2/3.html

2. www.ignou.ac.in/upload/UNIT6-55.pdf

3. www.mechscience.com/introduction-to-flexible-manufacturing-system-fms/

http://www.mechscience.com/introduction-to-flexible-manufacturing-system-fms/

http://www.mechscience.com/introduction-to-flexible-manufacturing-system-fms/



CAD/ CFD LAB



Course Objectives:

Course Outcomes:


CO 1 : Develop the various components using Cad software.

CO 2 : Explain the concepts of Drafting.

CO 3 : Analyze deflection and stresses in 2D and 3D Beams

CO 4 : Model the temperature distribution in case of Fin by using the BC.

CO 5 : Solve heat equations, conduction equation & Parabolic PDE equations

CO 6 : Apply the concepts FDM to solve problems in heat transfer.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K6) - 3 - - - - - - - - - 3

CO2 (K2) - 1 - - - - - - - 3 - -

CO3 (K4) - 3 - - - - - - - - - -

CO4 (K4) - 3 - - - - - - - - - -

CO5 (K4) - 3 - - - - - - - - - -

CO6(K4) - 3 - - - - - - - - - -



CO1 (K6) 3 - 3

CO2 (K2) - - 2

CO3 (K4) - - 3

CO4 (K4) - - 3

CO5 (K4) - - 3

CO6(K4) - - -

COB 1 : To impart the fundamental knowledge on using various analytical tools like

ANSYS, FLUENT, etc., for Engineering Simulation

COB 2 : To know various fields of engineering where these tools can be effectively used to

improve the output of a product.

COB 3 : To impart knowledge on how these tools are used in Industries by solving some

real time problems using these tools.

COB 4 : To make the students how to model the Temperature Profile of a Fin.

COB 5 : To make the students how to model the conduction equation (Fourier).

COB 6 : To make the students how to model the heat equation.

COB 7 : To make the students to comprehend about Finite Difference Method

COB 8 : To make the students to understand the Parabolic PDE’s





CAD LAB


CFD LAB


Section A : CAD LAB

1. Introduction to CATIA, Applications & Scope, Workbenches, Extensive

Capabilities, Creating Axis System.

2. Work Bench – sketcher, Sketcher Menu Bar & Sketcher Toolbar, Tools, sketcher,

constraints, Profiles & Operations.

3. Work Bench - Part Design, Sketch Based Features, Dress up Features,

transformation Features, Reference Elements, Boolean operations, sketcher toolbar.

4. Work Bench – GSD, Menu Bar, Wireframe Toolbar, Surfaces Toolbar, Operations,

Toolbar, Tools Toolbar, Generic Tools Toolbars, Replication Toolbar, Advanced

surfaces toolbar.

5.

Work Bench – Drafting, Generative Drafting, Views Toolbar Automat Dimension

creation.

Section B : CFD LAB

6. Introduction to MAT Lab - Application, Scope.

7. Solve temperature plot on a fin by using MAT Lab Coding.

8. Solve differential equation using MAT Lab for Fourier lab of Conduction.

9. Solution of heat equation by using Mat Lab coding.

10. Solve 2D steady state conduction problem.

11. Interactive Drafting, Geometry Creation, Transformations Toolbar Re limitations

Toolbar.

12. Work Bench Assembly Design, Product Structure Tools, Move Toolbar,

Constraints toolbar.

13. Determination of deflection and stresses in 2D, 3D trusses, beam elements and

deflections Component, principal and Von-Misses stresses in plane stress, plane

strain, Axi - symmetric components.

14. MAT Lab Programming to ODE

15. MAT Lab Solution for differential Equations

16. Solve Parabolic equations by using Mat Lab coding.



References:

1. CATIA Reference Guide Paperback – March 1, 1998, by Paul Carman.

2. Finite Element Methods with Programming and Ansys, Mar 7, 2013, by Meung Kim.

3. Computational Fluid Flow and Heat Transfer, Niyogi, Pearson Publications, 2005 1st Edition.

Web Links:

1. http://nptel.ac.in/downloads/112104030/

2. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/112107080/module3/lecture1/lecture1.pdf

3. www.Mathworks.com

https://www.amazon.com/Finite-Element-Methods-Programming-Ansys/dp/130077715X/ref=sr_1_1?s=books&ie=UTF8&qid=1541653544&sr=1-1&dpID=41eYH9Qk6kL&preST=_SY291_BO1,204,203,200_QL40_&dpSrc=srch

https://www.amazon.com/Finite-Element-Methods-Programming-Ansys/dp/130077715X/ref=sr_1_1?s=books&ie=UTF8&qid=1541653544&sr=1-1&dpID=41eYH9Qk6kL&preST=_SY291_BO1,204,203,200_QL40_&dpSrc=srch



CAM/MECHATRONICS LAB



Course Objectives:

COB1: To measure the load, displacement and temperature using analogue and

digital sensors.

COB2: To Develop PLC programs for control of traffic lights, Water level, Lifts,

and conveyor belts.

COB3: To Simulate and analyse PID controllers for a physical system using

MATLAB.

COB4: To Develop pneumatic and hydraulic circuits using Automaton studio.

COB5: To impart knowledge on how these tools are used in Industries by solving

some real time problems using CAM tools

Course Outcomes:


CO1 : Analyze the different transducers by using DYNA 1750 Transducers Kit.

CO2 : Construct a ladder diagram for logical operations.

CO3 : Develop a Hydraulic circuit in AUTOMATION STUDIO Software.

CO4 : Make use of Automated CNC Tool path & G-Code generation using Pro/E/Master

CAM. CO5 : Construct a CNC programming for turning and milling process.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K4) - 3 - 2 - - - - - - - -

CO2 (K3) 3 2 - 1 - - - - - - 3 -

CO3 (K3) 3 2 - 1 - - - - - - 3 -

CO4 (K3) 3 2 - 1 - - - - - - 3 -

CO5 (K3) 3 2 - 1 - - - - - - 3 -



CO1 (K4) - - -

CO2 (K3) 3 - 3

CO3 (K3) - - -

CO4 (K3) - - -

CO5 (K3) 3 - 3




Section A: Mechatronics Lab

1. Characteristics of LVDT and Strain gauge by using DYNA 1750 kits.

2. Characteristics of Summing Amplifier and Reflective Opto Transducer.

3. Ladder programming Logic gates, Timers, counters &digital & Analogy

sensors

4. Draw & Simulate the Hydraulic circuit for series & parallel cylinders

Connection.

5. Draw & Simulate Meter-in, Meter-out and hydraulic press and clamping.

Section B: CAM Lab

6. Practice on CNC Sinutrain Turning.

7. Practice on CNC Sinutrain Milling.

8. CNC programming for turned components using FANUC Controller

9. CNC programming for milled components using FANUC Controller

10. Automated CNC Tool path & G-Code generation using Pro/E/Master

CAM


Mechatronics Lab


11. Ladder programming for Traffic Light control, Water level control and Lift

control Modules.

12. Draw & Simulate Meter-in, Meter-out and hydraulic press and clamping.

CAM Lab


13. Machining of simple component on NC lathe by transferring NC code from a

CAM package through RS 232.

14. Machining of simple component on NC lathe by transferring NC code from a

CAM package through RS 232.

References:

1. Mechatronics, Smaili A, Mrad F, Oxford Higher Education, Oxford University

Press.

2. Automation, Production systems & Computer integrated Manufacturing,

M.P. Groover, Pearson publications Education.

Web Links:


2. https://www.famictech.com/pro/online-demo-professional.asp


4. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/G-code



INDUSTRY ORIENTED (INTERNSHIP) MINOR PROJECT


Course Code: 171ME7P01 0 0 0 1

Guidelines:

1. Industry oriented minor project is an activity, which consists of 4-5 students per

team.

2. The minor project may be a design/ fabrication project and it should have good

industry oriented applications.

3. For design based projects, the student should execute the work completely in a

modelling software and should have proper certification.

4. For fabrication project student shall be able to submit the model in working

condition.

5. After interactions with course coordinators and based on comprehensive literature

survey/ need analysis, the student shall identify the title and define the aim,

objectives of minor project and submit the project proposal of the project within

the first week of the semester.

6. The industry oriented minor project should be submitted in report form and should

be represented before the committee, which shall be evaluated at the end of the

semester.

7. The committee consists of Head of the department, project guide and senior

faculty member of the department.

8. The student is expected to exert on design, development and fabrication of the

proposed work as per schedule.

9. For industry oriented projects, the students will be permitted to spend in the

industry, based on the recommendations of the project guide.

Course Objectives:

COB 1: To develop ability to conceptualize a product, apply standard/

innovative design techniques.

COB 2: To realise the product through fabrication with focus on design -

manufacturing integrations.

Course Outcomes:


CO1 : Develop Hands on experience on entire chain of manufacturing steps

with an understanding of design – manufacturing integrations.

CO2 : Skill development in realization conceptualization and design of

products.




CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K5) 3 3 - 3 - - - - - - 3 -

CO2 (K5) 3 3 - 3 - - - - - - 3 -



CO1 (K5) - - -

CO2 (K5) 3 - 3



PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL

(Professional Elective-VI)

VIII Semester L T P C


Course Objectives:

COB 1: To understand the concepts of production and service systems

COB 2: To develop an ability to apply PPC concepts in a various areas like

marketing, accounting, finance, engineering, personnel management,

logistics, etc

COB 3: To examine several classic Operations Management planning topics

including production planning and inventory control.

COB 4: To integrate operations concepts with other functional areas of business

Course Outcomes





CO 1(K2) 2 1 2

CO 2(K2) - 1 -

CO 3(K4) 3 3 3

CO 4(K5) 3 3 3

CO 5(K4) - 3 -

CO 1 : Summarize the objectives, functions, applications of PPC

CO 2 : Explain different Forecasting techniques

CO 3 : Analyse Inventory management methods

CO 4 : Evaluate various routing and scheduling techniques

CO 5 : Examine various production control techniques

CO/PO PO1

(K3)

PO2

(K4)

PO3

(K5)

PO4

(K5)

PO5

(K3)

PO6

(K3)

PO7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1(K2) 2 1 - - 2 - - - 3 3 3 -

CO2(K2) 2 1 1 1 - - - - - - - -

CO3(K4) 3 3 2 2 3 3 - - - - - -

CO4(K5) 3 3 - - 3 3 - - - 3 3 -

CO5(K4) - 3 2 2 - - - - - - - -



UNIT- I

Introduction:

Definition – objectives and functions of production planning and control elements of

production control types of production –organization of production planning and

control department – internal organization of department.

UNIT -II

Forecasting: Importance of forecasting – types of forecasting, their uses –general principles of

forecasting – forecasting techniques – qualitative methods and quantative methods.

UNIT- III

Inventory Management: Inventory control systems: P–Systems and Q-Systems., ABC analysis, VED

Analysis - Problems Introduction to MRP I, MRP II, ERP, LOB (Line of Balance),

JIT and KANBAN system.

UNIT -IV

Routing: Definition – routing procedure –route sheets – bill of material –factors affecting

routing procedure.

Scheduling:

Definition, difference with loading. Scheduling policies, techniques, standard

scheduling methods.

UNIT- V

Planning And Control Techniques:

Line Balancing -problems, aggregate planning, chase planning, expediting,

controlling aspects.

Dispatching:

Definition, activities of dispatcher – dispatching procedure.

Follow up:

Definition, reason for existence of functions, types of follow up.

Text Books:

1. Production and Operations Management,R.Pannerselvam,3rd Edition, PHI

Publishers

2. Production Planning and Control / Mukhopadyay / PHI.

Reference Books:

1. Modern Production and Operations Management, Baffa and Rakesh Sarin,

2. Inventory Control Theory and Practice / Martin K. Starr and David

W.Miller.

3. Elements of Production Planning and Control / Samuel Eilon /Universal

Book Corp

4. Production Control / Franklin G Moore & Ronald Jablonski / Mc-GrawHill



Web Links:


2. https://freevideolectures.com/course/2371/project-and-productionmanagement

3. https://whatis.ciowhitepapersreview.com/definition/routing-and-scheduling/

4. https://www.veeqo.com/academy/inventory-management-guide

https://freevideolectures.com/course/2371/project-and-productionmanagement

https://whatis.ciowhitepapersreview.com/definition/routing-and-scheduling/



ADVANCED MATERIALS




Course Objectives:

COB 1: To make the students to understand the basics concept of

thermodynamics and I.C. engines

COB 2: To get an overview of steam power plant.

COB 3: To impart the knowledge of the gas turbines

COB 4: To perceive the basic principles of impact jets and on various pumps

COB 5: To make the students know the importance of hydraulic power plant.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1 : Explain the working principles and basic functioning of I.C. engines

and their performances.

CO 2 : Evaluate the functioning and performance of thermal power plant.

CO 3 : Distinguish the advantage of Gas turbines over various other prime

movers.

CO 4 : Discuss the working principles of different types of hydraulic

turbines.

CO 5 : Illustrate the working principle of centrifugal and reciprocating

pumps.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K2) 2 1 - - - - 3 - - - - -

CO2 (K5) 3 3 - - - - 3 - - - - -

CO3 (K4) 3 3 - - - - 3 - - - - -

CO4 (K2) 2 1 - - - - 3 - - - - -

CO5 (K3) 3 2 - - - - 3 - - - - -


CO / PSO PSO 1(K3) PSO 2(K4) PSO 3(K3)

CO1 (K2) - - -

CO2 (K5) - 3 -

CO3 (K4) - 3 -

CO4 (K2) - - -

CO5 (K3) - 3 -



UNIT-I

Composite Materials:

Introduction, classification: polymer matrix composites, metal matrix composites,

ceramic matrix composites, carbon–carbon composites, fiber reinforced composites

and nature-made composites, Polymer composites, thermoplastics, thermosetting

plastics and applications.

Reinforcements:

Fibers- glass, silica, Kevlar, carbon, boron, silicon carbide, and born carbide fibres.

UNIT-II

Manufacturing Methods:

Manufacturing of PMC, MMC & CCC and their applications Autoclave, tape

production, moulding methods, filament winding, hand layup, pultrusion, RTM.

UNIT –III

Macro mechanical Analysis of a Lamina:

Introduction, generalized Hooke’s law, reduction of Hooke’s law in three dimensions

to two dimensions, relationship of compliance and stiffness matrix to engineering

elastic constants of an orthotropic lamina, laminate-laminate code.

UNIT-IV

Functionally Graded Materials:

Types of functionally graded materials-classification different systems-preparation-

properties and applications of functionally graded materials.

Shape Memory Alloys:

Introduction-shape memory effect-classification of shape memory alloys composition-

properties and applications of shape memory alloys.

UNIT-V

Nano Materials:

Introduction-properties at nano scales-advantages & disadvantages-applications in

comparison with bulk materials (nano – structure, wires, tubes, composites). Synthesis

and characterization. state of art nano advanced- topic delivered by student.

Text Books:

1. Material science and Technology: A comprehensive treatment/Robert W.Cahn,

/ VCH. 1st edition

2. Analysis and performance of fibre Composites /B. D. Agarwal and L. J.

Broutman / Wiley-Interscience New York, 1980. 1st edition



Reference Books

1. Mechanics of Composite Materials - Second Edition (Mechanical Engineering) /

AutarK.Kaw / CRC PressIntroduction to Fluid Mechanics, Edward .J. Shaughnessy

Jr., Oxford university press, UK, 3rd edition.

2. Analysis of Laminated Composite Structures / L. R. Calcote / Van Nostrand

Rainfold,NY 1969Fluid Mechanics & Fluid power Engineering, DrD.S.Kumar,

Kataria, New Delhi, 8th edition.

3. Nano material /A.K. Bandyopadyay/New age Publishers1st edition.

Web Links:

1. http://www.nptelvideos.in/2012/12/advanced-materials-and-processes.html/

2. https://www.slideshare.net

3. https://onlinecourses.nptel.ac.in

https://www.slideshare.net/



THERMAL EQUIPMENT DESIGN




Course Objectives:

COB 1: To impart the knowledge of different kinds of heat exchangers.

COB 2: To equip the student with the design methods of heat exchangers.

COB 3: To impart the knowledge of heat exchanger.

COB 4: To impart the knowledge of condensation of single vapours.

COB 5: To nurture the students about vaporizers, evaporators and

reboilers theory and applications.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1 : Explain the different types of heat exchangers.

CO 2 : Make use of the different design methods for heat exchangers.

CO 3 : Analyze the double pipe heat exchanger

CO 4 : Calculate the condensation of single vapours.

CO 5 : Estimate the heat transfer performance in vaporizers, evaporator.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K4) - 3 2 - - - - - - - - -

CO2 (K3) 3 2 1 - 3 3 - - - - - -

CO3 (K4) - 3 2 - - - - - - - - -

CO4 (K4) - 3 2 - - - - - - - - -

CO5 (K4) - 3 2 - - - - - - - - -



CO1 (K4) - - 3

CO2 (K3) 3 2 -

CO3 (K4) - - 3

CO4 (K4) - - 3

CO5 (K4) - - 3



UNIT-I Classification of Heat Exchangers:

Introduction, Recuperation & regeneration, Tabular heat exchangers, Double

pipe, shell & tube heat exchanger, Plate heat Exchangers, Cascaded plate heat

exchanger. Spiral plate heat exchanger, Lamella heat exchanger, Extended

surface heat exchanger, Plate fin and Tabular fin.

UNIT-II

Double Pipe Heat Exchanger:

Film coefficient for fluids in annulus, fouling factors, Calorific temperature,

Average fluid temperature. Influence of approach temperature on correction

factor. Shell side pressure drop, Tube side pressure drop, Analysis of

performance of 1-2 heat exchanger and design of shell & tube heat exchangers,

Flow arrangements for increased heat recovery, the calculation of 2-4

exchangers.

UNIT –III

Condensation of Single Vapors:

Calculation of horizontal condenser, Vertical condenser, De-Super heater

condenser, Vertical condenser-sub-Cooler, Horizontal Condenser- Sub cooler,

Vertical reflux type condenser. Condensation of steam.

UNIT-IV

Vaporizers, Evaporators and Boilers:

Vaporizing processes, forced circulation vaporizing exchanger, Natural

circulation vaporizing exchangers, Calculations of a reboiler. Extended

Surfaces: Longitudinal fins. Weighted fin efficiency curve, Calculation of a

Double pipe fin efficiency curve. Calculation of a double pipe finned

exchanger, Calculation of a longitudinal fin shell and tube exchanger.

UNIT-V

Direct Contact Heat Exchanger:

Cooling towers, relation between wet bulb & dew point temperatures, The

Lewis number and Classification of cooling towers, Cooling tower internals

and the roll of fill, Heat Balance. Heat Transfer by simultaneous diffusion and

convection, Analysis of cooling tower requirements, Deign of cooling towers,

Determination of the number of diffusion units, Calculation of cooling tower

performance.

Text Books:

1. Process Heat Transfer, D.Q.Kern, McGraw Hill Education, 1st Edition.

2. Fundamentals of Heat Exchanger Design, Ramesh K. Shah & Dusan P.

Sekulic, Wiley Wiley India Pvt Ltd, 1st Edition.



Reference Books:

1. Heat Exchanger Design, A.P.Fraas and M.N.Ozisicj, Wiley India Pvt Ltd, 2nd

Edition. 2. A Heat Transfer Textbook, John H. Lienhard IV & John H. Lienhard V,

Phlogiston Press, 4th Edition 3. Cooling Towers, J.D.Gurney and I.A. Cotter, Elsevier Science Ltd, 1st Edition.

Web Links:

1. http://nptel.ac.in/courses/103103027/ 2. https://www.slideshare.net/acpammar/heat-exchangers-35430932 3. www.coursehero.com/file/14558795/Lecture-1-Thermal-Equipment-Design


http://www.slideshare.net/acpammar/heat-exchangers-35430932

http://www.coursehero.com/file/14558795/Lecture-1-Thermal-Equipment-Design



JAVA PROGRAMMING

(Open Elective)

Course Objectives:

COB 1: To introduce object oriented concepts.

COB 2: To provide knowledge on classes, inheritance, interfaces and packages.

COB 3: To make the students, understand exception handling and multithreading.

COB 4: To impart knowledge on Input /Output concepts and Applets.

COB 5: To enable the students develop standalone applications using AWT.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1 : Describe the basic concepts and building blocks of java.

CO 2 : Solve complex problems using the concepts of class, inheritance, interface

and packages.

CO 3 : Test for runtime exceptions arise in java applications.

CO 4 : Make use of threads to create multithreaded java applications.

CO 5 : Summarize different types of Streams in java.

CO 6 : Apply java applets to standalone applications.

CO 7 : Develop GUI applications using event handlers, adapter classes and AWT.




CO1 (K2) 2 1 2

CO2 (K3) 3 - 3

CO3 (K3) - 2 3

CO4 (K3) 3 2 3

CO5 (K2) - 1 2

CO6 (K2) - 1 2

CO7 (K3) 3 2 3


Course Code: 171ME8O01 3 1 0 3

CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K2) - 1 - - 2 - - - - - - -

CO2 (K3) 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -

CO3 (K3) 3 2 1 1 - - - - - - - -

CO4 (K3) 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -

CO5 (K2) - - - - 2 - - - - - - -

CO6 (K2) 3 1 1 - 2 - - - - - - -

CO7 (K3) 3 2 1 1 - - - - - - - -



UNIT-I

The History and Evolution of Java:

The Creation of Java, Java’s Magic: The Byte Code, The Java Buzzwords, The

Evolution of Java.

An Overview of Java:

Object-Oriented Programming, A First Simple Program. Lexical Issues: Identifiers,

Literals, Comments.

Data Types, Variable and Arrays:

The Primitive Types, Variables, Type Conversion and Casting, Arrays.

Operators:

Arithmetic Operators, Bitwise Operators, Relational Operators, Boolean Logical

Operators, Assignment Operators, The? Operator.

UNIT -II

Introducing Classes:

Class Fundamentals, Declaring Objects, Assigning Object Reference Variables,

Introducing Methods, Constructors, This Keyword, Garbage Collection.

Inheritance:

Inheritance Basics, Using Super, Creating Multi-Level Hierarchy, Method Overriding,

Dynamic Method Dispatch, Using Abstract Classes, Using Final with Inheritance.

Packages and Interfaces:

Packages: Packages: Finding Packages and Finding Packages and CLASS PATH, A

Short Package Example, Access Protection, Importing Packages.

Interfaces: Interfaces: Defining an Interface, Implementing Interfaces, Nested

Interfaces.

UNIT-III

Exception Handling:

Exception Handling Fundamentals, Exception Types, Using try and catch, Multiple

Catch Clauses, Nested try Statements, Java’s Built-In Exceptions.

Multithreaded Programming: Java Thread Model, The Main Thread, Creating a Thread, Creating Multiple Threads,

Using is Alive() And join(),Thread Priorities, Synchronization, Inter thread

Communication, Suspending, Resuming and Stopping Threads, Using Multithreading.

UNIT-IV

Input / Output:

The Java I/O Classes and Interfaces, Reading Console Inputs, Writing Console

Output- Print writer Class, Reading and Writing Files.

Applet Class:

Applet Basics, Applet Architecture, Applet Skelton, Simple Applet Display Methods.

UNIT-V

Event Handling:

The Delegation Model, Sources of Event, Event Listener Interfaces, Adapter Classes,

Inner Classes.

AWT:

AWT Classes, Containers and components, Layout managers.



Text Books:

1. The Complete Reference Java, Herbert Schildt, Eighth Edition, TMH, 2011.

2. Introduction to java programming, by Y Daniel Liang, Seventh Edition,

Pearson, 2017.

Reference Books:

1. Programming in JAVA, Sachin Malhotra, Saurabh Choudary, Oxford, 2013.

2. Thinking in Java – Bruce Eckel, Fourth Edition, Prentice Hall, 2002.

3. Beginning Programming with Java for Dummies, Barry Burd, John Wiley &

Sons Inc., 2014.

4. Java one step ahead, Anita seth, B.L.Juneja, First Edition, Oxford, 2017.

Web Links:


2. https://www.coursera.org/specializations/object-oriented-programming

3. https://www.geeksforgeeks.org/java/

4. http://www.tutorialspoint.com/java

5. http://www.w3schools.com/java



ELECTRICAL SAFETY MANAGEMENT

(Open Elective)



Course Objectives:

COB 1: To help the students to know about electrical hazards

COB 2: To help the students to know about various grounding techniques

COB 3: To help the students to know about safety procedures

COB 4: To help the students to know about various electrical maintenance

techniques

Course Outcomes:





CO 1(K2) 2 1 -

CO 2(K4) 3 3 -

CO 3(K3) 3 2 -

CO 4(K3) - 2 -

CO 5(K2) 2 1 -

CO 1 : Describe electrical hazards and safety equipment

CO 2 : Analyze and apply various grounding and bonding techniques

CO 3 : Select appropriate safety method for low, medium and high voltage equipment

CO 4 : Participate in a safety team

CO 5 : Carry out proper maintenance of electrical equipment by understanding various Standards

CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO 1(K2) 2 1 3 1 - 3 1 2 - - 2 2

CO 2(K4) 3 3 3 - 1 3 1 - - - 2 -

CO 3(K3) 3 2 3 1 1 3 1 - - 1 3 -

CO 4(K3) - - 3 - 1 3 - 1 3 1 3 2

CO 5(K2) 2 1 3 1 2 3 2 2 1 - 2 1



UNIT-I

Hazards of Electricity and Electrical Safety Equipment:

Primary and secondary hazards- arc, blast, shocks-causes and effects-safety

equipment- flash and thermal protection, head and eye protection-rubber insulating

equipment, hot sticks, insulated tools, barriers and signs, safety tags, locking devices-

voltage measuring instruments- proximity and contact testers-safety electrical one line

diagram- electrician’s safety kit.

UNIT-II

Grounding of Electrical Systems and Equipment:

General requirements for grounding and bonding- definitions- grounding of electrical

equipment-bonding of electrically conducting materials and other equipment-

connection of grounding and bonding equipment- system grounding- purpose of

system grounding- grounding electrode system- grounding conductor connection to

electrodes-use of grounded circuit conductor for grounding equipment- grounding of

low voltage and high voltage systems.

UNIT-III

Safety Procedures and Methods:

The six step safety methods- pre job briefings - hot-work decision tree-safe switching

of power system- lockout-tag out- flash hazard calculation and approach distances-

calculating the required level of arc protection-safety equipment , procedure for low,

medium and high voltage systems- the one minute safety audit.

UNIT-IV

Safety Management and Organizing Structure:

Electrical safety programme structure, development- company safety team- safety

policy programme implementation- employee electrical safety teams- safety meetings-

safety audit accident prevention- first aid- rescue techniques-accident investigation.

UNIT-V

Electrical Maintenance, Legal Safety Requirements and Standards:

Safety related case for electrical maintenance- reliability centered maintenance (RCM)

- eight step maintenance programme- frequency of maintenance- maintenance

requirement for specific equipment and location- regulatory bodies- national electrical

safety code- standard for electrical safety in work place- occupational safety and

health administration standards, Indian Electricity Acts related to Electrical Safety.

Text Books: 1. John Cadick, Mary Capelli - Schellpfeffer, Dennis Neitzel, Al Winfield,

‘Electrical Safety Handbook’, McGraw-Hill Education, 4thEdition.

Reference Books: 1. Maxwell Adams.J, ‘Electrical Safety- a guide to the causes and prevention of

electric hazards’, The Institution of Electric Engineers, IET.

2. Ray A. Jones, Jane G. Jones, ‘Electrical Safety in the Workplace’, Jones &

Bartlett Learning.



Web Links:


2. https://www.electricalsafetyfirst.org.uk

3. https://www.ccohs.ca/oshanswers/safety_haz/electrical.html


https://www.electricalsafetyfirst.org.uk/

https://www.ccohs.ca/oshanswers/safety_haz/electrical.html



NEURAL NETWORKS AND FUZZY LOGIC

(Common to EEE & ME)

(Open Elective)


Course Code: 171EE8O04 3 1 0 3

Course Objectives:

COB 1 : To make the students learn artificial neuron models.

COB 2 : To facilitate the students to study various learning methods of ANN.

COB 3 : To utilize different algorithms of ANN.

COB 4 : To enable students to distinguish between Classical and Fuzzy Sets.

COB 5 : To describe different modules of Fuzzy Controller.

COB 6 : To provide adequate knowledge of application of fuzzy logic control to real

time systems.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1 : Demonstrate different models of artificial neuron.

CO 2 : Explain various learning methods of ANN.

CO 3 : Analyze the various feed forward neural networks and Hopfield

Network.

CO 4 : Compare and Contrast Classical and Fuzzy sets.

CO 5 : Utilize different modules of Fuzzy Logic Controller for rule base and

decision making Systems.

CO 6 : Analyze the application of fuzzy logic control to real time systems.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1( K2) 2 1 -- -- 2 -- -- -- -- -- -- 3

CO2 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 -- -- -- -- -- -- 3

CO3( K4) 3 3 2 2 2 -- -- -- -- -- -- 3

CO4( K2) 2 1 -- -- 2 -- -- -- -- -- -- 3

CO5(K3) 3 2 1 1 3 -- -- -- -- -- -- 3

CO6(K4) 3 3 2 2 2 -- -- -- -- -- -- 3





CO1 (K2) 2 1 --

CO2 (K3) 3 2 --

CO3 (K4) 3 3 3

CO4 (K2) 2 1 --

CO5 (K3) 3 2 3

CO6 (K4) 3 3 3

UNIT – I

Introduction to Neural Networks:

Introduction, Humans and Computers, Organization of the Brain, Biological Neuron,

Biological and Artificial Neuron Models, Hodgkin-Huxley Neuron Model, Integrate-

and-Fire Neuron Model, Spiking Neuron Model, Characteristics of ANN, McCulloch-

Pitts Model, Historical Developments, Potential, Applications of ANN.

UNIT – II

Essentials of Artificial Neural Networks:

Artificial Neuron Model, Operations of Artificial Neuron, Types of Neuron Activation

Function, ANN Architectures, Classification Taxonomy of ANN – Connectivity,

Neural Dynamics (Activation and Synaptic), Learning Strategy (Supervised,

Unsupervised, Reinforcement), Learning Rules, Types of Application.

UNIT – III

Multilayer feed forward Neural Networks:

Credit Assignment Problem, Generalized Delta Rule, Derivation of Back propagation

(BP) Training, Summary of Back propagation Algorithm, Kolmogorov Theorem,

Learning Difficulties and Improvements, Radial Basis Function (RBF) Neural

Network – Kohonen Self Organising feature Map (KSOM).

Associative Memories: Bidirectional Associative Memories (BAM)-Architecture of Hopfield Network:

Discrete and Continuous versions, Storage and Recall Algorithm

UNIT - IV

Classical & Fuzzy Sets:

Introduction to classical sets - properties, Operations and relations; Fuzzy sets,

Membership, Uncertainty, Operations, properties, fuzzy relations, cardinalities,

membership functions.

UNIT - V

Fuzzy Logic Modules:

Fuzzification, Membership value assignment, development of rule base and decision

making system, Defuzzification to crisp sets, Defuzzification methods.

Applications:

Neural network applications: Process identification, control, fault diagnosis and load

forecasting.

Fuzzy logic applications: Load frequency control and Fuzzy classification.



Text Books:

1. Neural Networks, Fuzzy logic, Genetic algorithms: synthesis and applications,

Rajasekharanand Rai – PHI Publication.

2. Introduction to Neural Networks using MATLAB 6.0 - S.N.Sivanandam,

S.Sumathi, S.N.Deepa, TMH, 2006.

Reference Books:

1. Neural Networks – James A Freeman and Davis Skapura, Pearson Education,

2002.

2. Neural Networks – Simon Hakins, Pearson Education.

3. Neural Engineering by C.Eliasmith and CH.Anderson, PHI.

4. Neural Networks and Fuzzy Logic System by Bart Kosko.

Web Links:

1. https://www.coursera.org/browse/computer-science

2. https://www.tutorialspoint.com/artificial_neural_network/

3. https://in.udacity.com/school-of-ai

https://www.coursera.org/browse/computer-science

https://in.udacity.com/school-of-ai



DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

(Common to CE, ME & ECE) (Open Elective)

Course Objectives:

Course Outcomes:




Course Code: 171CE8O02 3 1 0 3

COB 1: To discuss the basic concepts of database systems and its architectures.

COB 2: To enable the students to learn various data models.

COB 3: To illustrate the mechanisms involved in normalization of relational

databases.

COB 4: To make use of SQL statements for performing operations on databases.

COB 5: To impart knowledge on transaction management and concurrency

controls.

CO 1: Summarize various database characteristics.

CO 2: Identify various database architectures.

CO 3: Interpret relational database using SQL.

CO 4: Examine issues in data storage and query processing for appropriate

solutions. CO 5: Make use of normalization techniques for database design.

CO 6: Illustrate the mechanisms of transaction management.

CO 7: Build database system for real world problems.

CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K2) 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -

CO2 (K3) 3 3 1 1 3 - 3 - - - - -

CO3 (K2) 2 1 - - - - 3 - - - - -

CO4 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 - 3 - - - - -

CO5 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 - 3 - - - - -

CO6 (K2) 2 1 - - 2 - 3 - - - - -

CO7 (K3) 3 2 1 - - - 3 - - - - -





CO1 (K2) 2 1 2

CO2 (K3) 3 - 3

CO3 (K2) 2 1 2

CO4 (K3) 3 3 3

CO5 (K3) 3 3 3

CO6 (K2) 2 - 2

CO7 (K3) 3 - -

UNIT- I

Introduction to Databases:

Characteristics of database approach, advantages of using the DBMS approach.

Overview of Database Languages and Architectures:

Data models, schemas and instances, three schema architecture and data independence,

database system environment, centralized and client/server architectures for DBMSs,

classification of database management system.

SQL: Data Definition, Constraints and Basic Queries and Updates:

SQL data definition – DDL commands and data types, specifying constraints in SQL,

INSERT, DELETE and UPDATE statements in SQL, basic retrieval queries in SQL.

UNIT -II

Introduction to Database Design: Database Design and ER Diagrams, Entities, Attributes and Entity sets, Relationships

and Relationship sets, Additional features of the E-R Model, .Conceptual Design with

the ER-Model

The Relational Model:

Introduction to the relational model, Integrity constraints over relations, enforcing

integrity constraints, querying relational data, logical database design-ER to

Relational.

UNIT- III

Relational Algebra and Calculus:

Preliminaries, relational algebra, relational calculus, expressive power of algebra and

calculus.

Schema Refinement and Normal Forms:

Introduction to schema refinement, functional dependencies, reasoning about FDs,

Normal forms (1NF, 2NF, 3NF and BCNF), properties of decompositions,

normalization (decomposition into BCNF and 3NF), schema refinement in database

design, other kinds of dependencies.

UNIT -IV

Overview of Transaction Management & Concurrency Control:

Transaction Management:

The ACID properties, transactions and schedules, concurrent execution of

transactions, lock based concurrency control, performance of locking, and transaction

support in SQL, introduction to crash recovery.



Concurrency Control: 2PL, Serializability and recoverability, introduction to lock management, lock conversions,

dealing with deadlocks, specialized locking techniques, concurrency control without locking.

UNIT -V

Storage:

Overview of Storages and Indexing, Data on External Storage- File Organization and

Indexing –Clustered Indexing – Primary and Secondary Indexes, Index Data

Structures, Hash-Based Indexing – Tree-Based Indexing, Comparison of File

Organization.

Text Books:

1. Database Management Systems, Raghu Ramakrishnan, Johannes Gehrke, Tata

McGraw Hill, ThirdEdition, 2003.

2. Database Systems, RamezElmasri and ShamkantB.Navathe, Pearson

publications, SixthEdition, 2010.

Reference Books:

1. Introduction to Database Systems, CJ Date, Pearson, Eighth Edition, 2004.

2. Database Systems - The Complete Book, H G Molina, J D Ullman, J Widom

Pearson, Second Edition, 2009.

3. Data base Systems design, Implementation, and Management, Peter Rob &

Carlos Coronel, SeventhEdition, 2006.

4. Fundamentals of Database Systems, ElmasriNavathe, Pearson Education, 2015.

5. Database System Concepts, Silberschatz, Korth, TMH, Fifth Edition, 2006.

Web Links:

1. http://www.nptelvideos.in/2012/11/database-management-system.html

2. http://www.geeksforgeeks.org/dbms/

3. http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/database/features/plsql/index.html

4. https://www.lynda.com/Databases-training-tutorials/1458-0.html

5. https://beginnersbook.com/2015/05/normalization-in-dbms/

6. http://www.eazynotes.com/pages/database-management-system/transaction-

management.html

http://www.nptelvideos.in/2012/11/database-management-system.html

http://www.geeksforgeeks.org/dbms/

http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/database/features/plsql/index.html

https://www.lynda.com/Databases-training-tutorials/1458-0.html

https://beginnersbook.com/2015/05/normalization-in-dbms/

http://www.eazynotes.com/pages/database-management-system/transaction-management.html

http://www.eazynotes.com/pages/database-management-system/transaction-management.html



ENTERPRENEUR RESOURCE PLANNING

(Open Elective)



Course Objectives:

Course Outcomes:





CO 1(K3) 2 - -

CO 2(K3) - 2 -

CO 3(K4) - - 3

CO 4(K3) 3 - 3

CO 5(K2) - 1 -

COB 1: To provide a forward-looking on the theory and practice of ERP.

COB 2: To focus on a strong emphasis upon practice of theory in Practical oriented

approach.

COB 3: To train the students to develop the basic understanding of how ERP

enriches the business organizations.

COB 4: To aim at preparing the students technological competitive and make them

ready to self-upgrade with the higher technical skills.

CO 1: Make use of Enterprise software, and its role in integrating business function

CO 2: Analyze the strategic options for ERP identification and adoption

CO 3: Design the ERP implementation strategies.

CO 4: Apply reengineering business processes for successful ERP implementation.

CO 5: Summarize emerging trends in Enterprise Resource Planning

CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO 1(K3) 3 2 1 - 3 - - - - - 3 -

CO 2(K3) 3 2 1 - 3 - - - - - 3 -

CO 3(K4) 3 3 2 - 3 - - - - - 3 -

CO 4(K3) 3 2 1 - 3 - - - - - 3 -

CO 5(K2) 2 1 1 - 2 - - - - - 2 -



UNIT- I

Introduction:

Overview of enterprise systems – Evolution - Risks and benefits - Fundamental

technology - Issues to be consider in planning design and implementation of cross

functional integrated ERP systems.

UNIT –II

ERP Solutions and Functional Modules:

Overview of ERP software solutions- Small, medium and large enterprise vendor

solutions, BPR, and best business practices - Business process Management,

Functional modules.

UNIT – III

ERP Implementation:

Planning Evaluation and selection of ERP systems - Implementation life cycle - ERP

implementation, Methodology and Frame work- Training – Data Migration. People

Organization in implementation-Consultants, Vendors and Employees

UNIT-IV

Post Implementation:

Maintenance of ERP- Organizational and Industrial impact; Success and Failure

factors of ERP Implementation.

UNIT – V

Emerging Trends on ERP:

Extended ERP systems and ERP add-ons -CRM, SCM, Business analytics - Future

trends in ERP systems-web enabled, Wireless technologies, cloud computing.

Text Books:

1. Enterprise Resource Planning, Alexis Leon, second edition, Tata McGraw-Hill,

2008.

2. ERP in Practice, Mahadeo Jaiswal and Ganesh Vanapalli, Tata McGraw-Hill,

2008.

Reference Books 1. Manufacturing Resource Planning (MRP II) with Introduction to ERP; SCM;

Khalid Sheikh, McGraw-Hill

2. The Impact of Enterprise Systems on Corporate Performance, K.B. Hendricks;

V.R. Singhal , Elsevier,2008

3. ERP and Supply Chain Management by Christian N. Madu, Publisher, 2009

4. Implementing SAP ERP Sales & Distribution by Glynn C. Williams, Publisher

McGraw-Hil, 2009.



Web Links:

1. https://www.wirc-icai.org/material/7-An-Overview-Enterprise-Resource-

Planning

2. http://www.gc11.ac.in/wp-content/uploads/2017/02/Enterprise-Resource-

Planning

3. http://164.100.133.129:81/econtent/Uploads/

Enterprise_ Resource Planning.

4. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/279515140_Enterprise_Resource_

Planning

http://164.100.133.129:81/econtent/Uploads/

https://www.researchgate.net/publication/279515140_Enterprise_Resource_



COMPUTER GRAPHICS (Open Elective)

Course Objectives:

COB 1: To discuss the basic principles of computer graphics primitives.

COB 2: To demonstrate transformation, clipping and viewing in 2D graphics.

COB 3: To impart the knowledge on 2D viewing and clipping.

COB 4: To introduce the concepts of 3D primitives using OpenGL (Open

Graphics Library).

COB 5: To outline the concepts of visible surface detections in 3D graphics.

Course Outcomes:


CO 1 : List the applications of computer graphics and Video Display devices

for implementing Graphical user interface.

CO 2 : Analyze the concepts of output primitives and filled area primitives in

implementing various algorithms.

CO 3 : Apply the concepts of Geometric Transformations, Viewing and

Clipping in 2D & 3D Graphics.

CO 4 : Explain the basic graphics application programs including animation.

CO 5 : Show the impact of representation of different color models.

CO 6 : Apply OpenGL for General Computer Animations.

CO 7 : Illustrate the concepts of Visual Surface detection Methods in 3D

Graphics.


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -

CO2 (K4) 3 3 2 2 3 - - - - - - -

CO3 (K3) 3 2 - - - - - - - - - -

CO4 (K3) 3 2 - - 3 - - - - - - -

CO5 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 - - - - - - -

CO6 (K3) 3 2 1 1 3 - - - - - - -

CO7 (K2) 2 1 - - 2 - - - - - - -






UNIT -I

Introduction:

Application areas of computer graphics, overview of graphic system, video-display

devices, raster-scan systems, random scan systems, graphics monitors and work

stations and input devices.

UNIT -II

Output Primitives:

Points and lines, line drawing algorithms, mid- point circle algorithm

Filled area primitives: scan-line polygon fill algorithm, boundary-fill and flood-fill

algorithm.

2-D Geometrical Transformations: Translation, scaling, rotation, reflection and

shear transformation matrix representations and homogeneous co-ordinates, composite

transformations, transformations between coordinates.

UNIT- III

2-D Viewing:

The viewing pipe-line, viewing coordinate reference frame, window to view-port

coordinate transformations, viewing function, Cohen-Sutherland and Cyrus-beck line

clipping algorithms, Sutherland- Hodgeman polygon clipping algorithm.

UNIT -IV

Computer animation:

Design of animation sequence, general computer animation functions, raster

animation, computer animation language Color models: RGB, YIQ, CMY, HSV.

Graphics programming using OPENGL: basic graphics primitives.

UNIT- V

3-D Geometric Transformations:

Translation, rotation, scaling, reflection and shear transformation and composite

transformations.

Visible surface detection methods: Classification, back-face detection, depth-buffer,

scan-line, depth sorting.

Text Books: 1. Computer Graphics C Version/Donald D. Hearn, M. Pauline Baker,

Pearson/PHI.

2. Computer Graphics using OPENGL, Stephen M. Kelley, Francis S. Hill,

Pearson, Second Edition.


CO1 (K3) 3 2 3

CO2 (K4) 3 - 3

CO3 (K3) 3 2 3

CO4 (K3) 3 - -

CO5 (K3) 3 - 3

CO6 (K3) 3 2 3

CO7 (K2) 2 1 2



Reference Books:

1. Computer Graphics, Zhigandxiang, RoyPlastock, Schaum’ soutlines, TataMc-

Graw hill edition, Second edition.

2. Procedural elements for Computer Graphics, David F Rogers, Tata McGraw

hill, 2nd edition.

3. Principles of Interactive Computer Graphics, Neumanand Sproul, TMH.

4. Computer Graphics, Steven Harrington, TMH.

Web Links:

1. https://ocw.mit.edu/courses/electrical-engineering-and-computer-science/6-

837-computer-graphics-fall-2012/


3. https://in.udacity.com/course/interactive-3d-graphics--cs291

4. http://www.cse.iitm.ac.in/~vplab/computer_graphics.html

5. https://www.okino.com/links.htm

6. http://www.graphics.cornell.edu/online/links.html

http://www.graphics.cornell.edu/online/links.html



MAJOR PROJECT


Course Code: 171ME8P02 0 0 0 14

Guidelines: 1. The number of students per team should be five.

2. Each team is assigned with a project guide, who monitors the progress of the

work.

3. After working out a preliminary approach to the assigned topic, the abstract should

be submitted with in first week of the beginning of the semester.

4. Every team is required to submit project proposal and get approval from the

departmental committee, comprising of three senior faculty members.

5. The project team members should attend reviews and update the progress of the

work before the departmental committee.

6. If the work of the candidate/ team is found incomplete, the review committee and

the Head of the department will initiate the further action.

7. Each team should submit hard copies of the project report in a prescribed format

suggested by the department.

8. The end semester evaluation shall be based on the report submitted and viva-voce

exam conducted by a committee comprising of the Head of the department, project

guide and an external examiner.

Course Objectives:

COB1: To make the student perform a comphrensive project work that

involves optimum design and analysis of mechanical components, cost

effective manufacturing process, material selection testing procedures

and detailed technical thesis report

COB2: To realise the importance of real time applications, energy

management and environmental effect

Course Outcomes:


CO1 : Develop technical procedure of planning, scheduling and realize an

engineering product

CO2 : Acquire the skills of technical report writing and data collection


CO/PO PO 1

(K3)

PO 2

(K4)

PO 3

(K5)

PO 4

(K5)

PO 5

(K3)

PO 6

(K3)

PO 7

(K2)

PO 8

(K3)

PO 9

(K2)

PO 10

(K2)

PO11

(K3)

PO12

(K1)

CO1 (K5) 3 3 - 3 - - - - - - 3 -

CO2 (K4) 3 3 - 2 - - - - - - 3 -





CO1 (K5) - - -

CO2 (K4) 3 - 3

****

academic regulations, program structure and syllabus pdf/b-tech/me.pdf · academic regulations,...

Documents